Sunvik Steels Private...

Sunvik Steels Private Limited (EXPANSION OF STEEL PLANT - CATEGORY ‘A’ PROJECT)

AT

Village Jodidevarahalli, Taluka Sira, District Tumkur, and Karnataka

FINAL

Environmental Impact Assessment Report

[Based on TOR letter vide No. F. No. J-11011/959/2008-IA II (I) data. 27th May 2016]

Monitoring Period

March 2018 to May 2018

6-3-652 | Flat # 7-3 | Dhruvatara Apartments | Amrutha Estates | Erramanjil | Somajiguda |

Hyderabad- 500082

Prepared by:

Accredited by NABET - QCI ISO 9001: 2008 Certified

SEPTEMBER 2018

Accredited by NABET Vide No. NABET/ EIA/ 1619/ RA 026

[Mini Integrated Steel Plant (Brownfield Project) – Increase in Sponge Iron capacity from 90,000 TPA to 1,50,000 TPA through DRI Kilns, M S Ingots/Billets capacity from 36,000 TPA to 1,50,000 TPA through Induction Furnace with Concast, Rolled products from 30,000 TPA to 1,50,000 TPA through Rolling Mill, Fly Ash Brick plant capacity from 2000 Bricks/day to 6000 Bricks/day, Slag

Crusher & Beneficiation Plant production capacity from 4500 TPA to 13,500 TPA, Power generation capacity through WHRB from 6 MW to 11 MW, through FBC Boiler 4 MW to 14 MW & New units to produce Pig Iron of 90,000 TPA through Mini Blast Furnace, Cold Briquetted Iron of 60,000 TPA through Tunnel Kilns , Iron Ore Beneficiation & Pelletization Plant of 6,00,000 TPA]

SUNVIK STEELS PVT LTD

UNDERTAKING

9 #23, 3rd Floor, MES Road, Bahubali Nagar, Jalahalli Village, Bengaluru 560 013 KA, INDIA

~ +91 80 23084700 f%l [email protected] @l www.sunviksteels.com

CIN NO. U2731 OKA2003PTC032546 9 Factory : Sy. No. 59-72,

Jodidevarahalli , Kallam bella Hobli, Sira Taluk, Tumkur Dist-572 125

'ir + 081 3532 0044

I, VIVEK KUMAR KEJRIWAL, Managing Director of M/s. SUNVIK STEELS PVT. LTD., give this

undertaking that the Final EIA report has been prepared by M/s. Pioneer Enviro

Laboratories & Consultants Pvt. Ltd., Hyderabad incorporating the Terms of Reference

(ToRs) prescribed by MoEF&CC, New Delhi vide letter no. F. No. J-11011/959/2008-IA II (I)

dated 27th May 2016 for our proposed Mini Integrated Steel plant at Jodidevarahalli

Village, Sira Taluka, Tumkur District, Karnataka. It is here by confirmed that the data

submitted are factually correct & owe the contents of this report.

Date : 15th September 2018

Place : Bangalore For & behalr8/ ~tJf.j~}2~ ~~~~[!~JT~I'?D .

\- -~

SUNVIK®

Man~gin'Q_ Director VIVEK KUMAR KE.JRIWAL

Managing Director

SUNVIK® TMT

A Primary Steel Producer

DECLARATION

Declaration by Experts contributing to the Final EIA report for the proposed expansion of Mini

Integrated Steel Plant by M/s. SUNVIK STEELS PRIVATE LIMITED at Jodideverahalli Village,

Kallambella Hobli, Sira Taluk, Tumkur District, Karnataka.

We, hereby, certify that we were part of the EIA team in the following capacity that developed the

above EIA.

EIA Co-ordinator : Metallurgical Industries (Ferrous & Non-ferrous)

Name : Mr. Y. Maheshwara Reddy

Signature : Date 15/09/2018

DECLARATION BY FUNCTIONAL AREA EXPERTS INVOLVED IN THE PREPARATION OF EIA REPORT

Functional Area Name of the Expert Involvement (Period)

Signature

AP Mr. Sudhir Singh Mourya Sep. 2015 to Sep.2016

AP Mr. Y. Maheshwara Reddy Sep.2016 to till date

WP Mr. Y. Maheshwara Reddy Sep. 2015 to till date

SW Mr. Ramesh Babu Oct. 2015 to till date

SW Mr. Y. Maheshwara Reddy Sep.2016 to till date

SE Mr. I. Durga Prasad Oct. 2015 to till date

EB Prof. Bayyapu Reddy Oct. 2015 to till date

HG Mr. V. Tarun Chander Oct. 2015 to till date

GEO Mr. V. Tarun Chander Oct. 2015 to till date

SC Prof. Bayyapu Reddy Oct. 2015 to till date

AQ Mr. Y. Maheshwara Reddy Oct. 2015 to till date

NV Mr. B. Bhaskar Rao Oct. 2015 to Oct.2017

NV Mr. B. Kotaiah Sep.2016 to till date

LU Dr. Y. Ramamohan Oct. 2015 to till date

RH Mr. D.H. Patel Oct. 2015 to till date

Involved as Name of the person Involvement (Period)

Signature

Team Member Mr. Nagarjuna SRD Sep. 2015 to till date

Team Member Mr. B. Shravan Goud Oct. 2017 to till date

Team Member Mr. K. Santhosh Kumar Sep. 2015 to till date

Declaration by the Head of the Accredited Consultant Organization

I, Y. MAHESHWARA REDDY, hereby, confirm that the above mentioned experts prepared the EIA

for M/s. SUNVIK STEELS PRIVATE LIMITED for their proposed expansion of Mini Integrated Steel

Plant situated at Jodideverahalli Village, Kallambella Hobli, Sira Taluk, Tumkur District, Karnataka.. I

also confirm that I shall be fully accountable for any misleading information mentioned in this

statement.

Signature :

Name : Y. Maheshwara Reddy

Designation : Managing Director

Organization : Pioneer Enviro Laboratories & Consultants Pvt. Ltd. , Hyderabad

Date : 15/09/2018

Sunvik Steel Pvt. Ltd

Expansion of Steel Plant Village Jodidevarahalli, Taluka Sira,

District Tumkur, Karnataka

EIA Report - Index

1

INDEX

S.No. Contents Page No.

TOR LETTER

TOR COMPLIANCE i to xv

Chapter – 1 : Introduction

1.1 Purpose of the Report 1.1

1.2 Identification of Project & Project Proponent 1.1

1.3 Brief Description 1.4

1.3.1 Nature of the Project 1.4

1.3.2 Size of the Project (Existing & Proposed) 1.5

1.3.3 Location of the Project 1.6

1.3.4 Importance of Project 1.6

1.4 Scope of the Study 1.7

Chapter – 2 : Project Description

2.1 Type of Project 2.1

2.2 Need for the Project 2.1

2.3 Location of the Project 2.2

2.3.1 Environmental Setting Within 10 Km. Radius of the Project Site 2.9

2.4 Details of Land 2.12

2.5 Size / Magnitude of Operation 2.14

2.6 Proposed Schedule for Approval and Implementation 2.15

2.7 Project Cost 2.16

2.8 Technology & Process Description 2.16

2.8.1 Raw Materials 2.16

2.8.2 Raw Material Transport, Storage & Handling 2.18

2.8.3 Material Balance (for proposed expansion) 2.18

2.8.4 Manufacturing Process 2.21

2.8.4.1 Iron Ore Beneficiation Process 2.21

2.8.4.2 Iron Ore Pelletisation 2.23

2.8.4.3 DRI Plant 2.25

2.8.4.4 Blast furnace 2.28

2.8.4.5 Cold Briquitted Iron (through Tunnel Kiln Technology) 2.31

2.8.4.6 Steel Melting Shop (SMS) 2.33

2.8.4.7 Rolling Mill 2.34

2.8.4.8 Power Generation (WHRB & FBC) 2.37

2.8.4.9 Fly Ash Brick Manufacturing 2.37

2.8.4.10 Slag Crusher & Beneficiation Plant 2.38

2.8.4.11 Producer Gas Plant 2.39

2.8.5 Stack Details 2.41

2.8.6 Manpower Requirement 2.42

2.8.7 Power Requirement 2.42

2.9 Environmental Mitigation Measures 2.43




EIA Report - Index

2

2.9.1. Air Emission Control 2.43

2.9.2. Waste Water Management 2.46

2.9.3. Noise Level Management 2.48

2.9.4. Solid Waste Management 2.48

2.9.5. Green Belt Development 2.50

2.10 Assessment of new & Untested Technology for the Risk of technological Failure

2.50

Chapter – 3 : Description of Environment

3.1 Baseline Environmental Status 3.1

3.2 Air Environment 3.1

3.2.1 Meteorology 3.1

3.2.2 Meteorological Data Recorded at Site 3.2

3.2.3 Air Quality 3.5

3.2.3.1 Selection of Sampling Stations 3.5

3.2.3.2 Parameters Monitored 3.5

3.2.3.3 Sampling & Analytical Techniques, Instruments used For Sampling 3.6

3.3 Noise Environnent 3.13

3.3.1 Reconnaissance 3.14

3.3.1.1 Background Noise 3.14

3.3.1.2 Sources of Noise 3.14

3.3.2 Community Noise 3.15

3.3.2.1 Occupational Exposure 3.15

3.3.3 Methodology Adopted for Noise Level Observation 3.16

3.3.4 Noise Level Observations in the Study Area 3.16

3.4 Water Quality Impacts 3.19

3.4.1 Surface Water Quality 3.19

3.4.2 Ground Water Quality 3.22

3.5 Land Environment 3.33

3.5.1 Geological & Hydrogeological Status of the District 3.33

3.5.1.1 Geology of the Area 3.33

3.5.1.2 Hydrogeology of the Area 3.34

3.5.1.3 Drainage Pattern of the Area 3.36

3.5.2 Mineral Reserves 3.38

3.5.3 Seismic Effect 3.38

3.5.4 Land Use Pattern 3.38

3.5.5 Soil Environment 3.42

3.6 Biological Environment 3.46

3.7 Socio Economic Data 3.67

CHAPTER – 4 : Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures

4.1 Introduction 4.1

4.2 Air Environment 4.1

4.2.1 Impact on Topography and Climate 4.2




EIA Report - Index

3

4.2.1.1 Impact on Topography 4.2

4.2.1.2 Impact on Climate 4.2

4.2.2 Predictions of Impact on Air Environment 4.2

4.2.3 Stack Height Calculation 4.6

4.3 Prediction of Impacts on Water Environment 4.21

4.3.1 Water Requirement 4.21

4.3.2 Wastewater Generation 4.22

4.3.3 Impact on Suface Water Bodies 4.24

4.4 Prediction of Impacts due to Noise 4.24

4.4.1 Prediction of Impact Due to the Proposed Activity 4.24

4.4.2 Prediction of Impacts on Community 4.26

4.4.3 Prediction of Impact on Occupational Health 4.26

4.5 Prediction of Impacts on Land Environment 4.26

4.5.1 Impacts On Hydro-Geology And Mitigation Measures Proposed 4.27

4.5.2 Impacts On Geology And Mitigation Measures Proposed 4.28

4.6 Prediction of Impacts Due to Vehicular Movement 4.28

4.7 Prediction Of Impacts On Flora & Fauna 4.31

4.8 Prediction of Impacts on Socio Economic Environment 4.31

CHAPTER – 5 : Analysis of Alternatives [Technology & Site]

5.1 Alternative Technologies 5.1

5.2 Alternative Sites 5.1

CHAPTER – 6 : Environmental Monitoring Programme

6.1 Technical Aspects 6.1

6.1.1 Methodologies 6.1

6.1.2 Frequency & Locations of Environmental Monitoring 6.2

6.1.3 Data Analysis 6.3

6.1.4 Reporting Schedule 6.3

6.1.5 Emergency Procedures 6.3

6.1.6 Detailed Budget & Procurement Schedules 6.3

CHAPTER – 7 : Additional Studies


7.2 Public Consultation 7.1

7.2.1 Proceedings of Public Hearing 7.1

7.2.2 Management response for the issues raised during Public Hearing & action plan

7.1

7.3 Social Impact Assessment Study 7.28

7.3.1 Legislative & Regulatory Considerations 7.28

7.3.2 Objective 7.28

7.3.3 Scope 7.29

7.3.4 Approach & Methodology 7.29

7.3.5 Socio Economic Study Area 7.30




EIA Report - Index

4

7.3.6 Project Impact Zones 7.31

7.3.7 Baseline Data And Analysis Of Surveyed Villages 7.33

7.3.7.1 Desktop Review / Research 7.33

7.3.7.2 Field Survey 7.34

7.3.7.3 Data Analysis & Its Interpretation 7.35

7.3.8 Interpretation On Socio-Economic Study 7.41

7.4 Risk Assessment 7.43

7.4.1 Introduction 7.43

7.4.2 Scope of Study 7.43

7.4.3 Fire Protection System 7.43

7.4.4 Methodology of MCA Analysis 7.44

7.4.5 Fire & Explosion and Toxicity Index 7.45

7.4.6 Assessment of Risk at M/s. TIRUMALA BALAJI ALLOYS PVT. LTD. 7.45

7.4.7 Risk & Consequence Analysis of Fire 7.50

7.4.7.1 Methodology 7.50

7.5 Disaster Management Plan 7.51

7.5.1 Disasters 7.51

7.5.2 Objectives of Disaster Management of Plan 7.52

7.5.3 Emergencies 7.53

7.5.3.1 General, Industrial, Emergencies 7.53

7.5.3.2 Specific Emergencies Anticipated 7.53

7.5.3.3 Emergency Organization 7.53

7.5.3.4 Emergency Communication 7.54

7.5.3.5 Emergency Responsibilities 7.54

7.5.3.5.1 Site Controller 7.54

7.5.3.5.2 Incident Controller 7.55

7.5.3.5.3 Emergency-Coordinator, Rescue, Fire Fighting 7.56

7.5.3.5.4 Emergency-Coordinator, Medical, Mutual Aid, Rehabilitation, Transport and Communication

7.56

7.5.3.5.5 Emergency-Coordinator, Essential Services 7.57

7.5.3.5.6 General Responsibilities of Employees during an Emergency 7.58

7.5.3.6 Emergency Facilities 7.58

7.5.3.6.1 Emergency Control Centre 7.58

7.5.3.6.2 Emergency Power Supply 7.59

7.5.3.6.3 Fire Fighting Facilities 7.59

7.5.3.6.4 Location of Wind Sock 7.59

7.5.3.6.5 Emergency Medical Facilities 7.59

7.5.3.7 Emergency Actions 7.59

7.5.3.7.1 Emergency Warning 7.59

7.5.3.7.2 Emergency Shutdown 7.59

7.5.3.7.3 Evacuation of Personnel 7.60

7.5.3.7.4 All Clear Signal 7.60

7.6 Occupational Health and Surveillance 7.60

7.6.1 Occupational Health 7.60




EIA Report - Index

5

7.6.2 Construction & Erection 7.61

7.6.3 Operation & Maintenance 7.61

7.6.4 Occupational Health 7.61

7.7 Safety Plan 7.65

7.7.1 Safety Organization 7.66

7.7.1.1 Construction and Erection Phase 7.66

7.7.1.2 Operation & Maintenance Phase 7.66

7.7.1.3 Safety Circle 7.66

7.7.2 Safety Training 7.66

7.7.3 Health and Safety Monitoring Plan 7.67

7.8 R & R Action Plan 7.67

CHAPTER – 8 : Project Benefit

8.1 Physical Infrastructure 8.1

8.2 Socio Infrastructure 8.1

8.3 Employment Potential 8.1

8.3.1 Skilled 8.1

8.3.2 Semi-Skilled 8.1

8.3.3 Unskilled 8.1

8.4 Socio-Economic Developmental Activities Proposed 8.2

CHAPTER – 9 : Environmental Cost Benefits

9.0 Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis 9.1

CHAPTER – 10 : Environmental Management Plan


10.2 Management during Construction phase 10.2

10.2.1 Site Preparation 10.2

10.2.2 Water Supply & Sanitation 10.2

10.2.3 Fuel & Rest Rooms Facility 10.2

10.2.4 Noise 10.3

10.2.5 Maintenance of Vehicles 10.3

10.2.6 Waste 10.3

10.2.7 Storage of Hazardous Material 10.3

10.2.8 Land Environment 10.3

10.3 Post Construction Phase 10.3

10.3.1 Air Emission Management 10.3

10.3.1.1 Dust Suppression System 10.5

10.3.1.2 Technical Specifications of Control Systems 10.5

10.3.1.2.1 Technical Specifications of Electrostatic Precipitator 10.7

10.3.1.2.2 Technical Specifications of Dust Catcher Followed By Venturi Scrubber 10.9

10.3.1.2.3 Technical Specifications of Bagfilter (to Induction Furnace) 10.9

10.3.2 Action Plan for Control and Monitoring of Fugitive Emissions 10.10

10.3.2.1 Control of Fugitive Emissions From Sponge Iron Plant 10.10




EIA Report - Index

6

10.3.2.2 Control of Fugitive Emissions (Blast Furnace) 10.10

10.3.2.3 Monitoring of Secondary Fugitive Emissions 10.10

10.3.2.4 Dust Suppression System 10.11

10.3.2.5 Internal Roads 10.11

10.3.2.6 Interlocking System 10.11

10.3.3 Compliance on CREP Recommendations 10.12

10.3.4 Wastewater Management Plan 10.12

10.3.5 Solid Waste Generation & its Disposal 10.15

10.3.6 Noise Level Management 10.16

10.3.7 Land Environment 10.17

10.3.8 Measures for Improvement of Ecology 10.17

10.3.8.1 Green Belt Development 10.18

10.3.9 Rainwater Harvesting 10.20

10.4 Post Project Monitoring Strategy 10.21

10.5 Cost for Environmental Protection 10.23

10.6 Environment Policy 10.24

CHAPTER – 11 : Summary

i. Project name and location 11.1

ii. Products and Production capacities 11.1

iii. Requirement of land, raw material, water, power, fuel 11.2

iv. Process description 11.5

v. Measures for mitigating the impact on the environment 11.13

vi. Capital cost of the project, estimated time of completion 11.15

vii. Site Selection / Environment Setting within 10 Km. radius. 11.15

viii. Baseline environmental data 11.16

ix. Identification of hazards 11.17

x. Impact of the project on air, water, land, flora-fauna and nearby population

11.21

xi. Emergency preparedness plan 11.21

xii. Issues raised during public hearing (if applicable) and response given 11.21

xiii. ESC plan with proposed expenditure 11.22

xiv. Occupational Health Measures 11.22

xv. Post project monitoring plan 11.23

CHAPTER – 12 : Disclosure of Consultant

12.1 Disclosure of Consultant Engaged 12.1




EIA Report - Index

7

S. No. CONTENTS PAGE NO.

CHAPTER – 1

1.3.1 TYPE OF PRODUCTS TO BE MANUFACTURED 1.4

1.3.2 EXISTING & PROPOSED UNITS, PRODUCTS & THEIR PRODUCTION CAPACITIES 1.5

CHAPTER – 2

2.3.1 GEO-COORDINATES OF THE PROJECT SITE 2.2

2.3.2 ENVIRONMENTAL FEATURES WITHIN 10 KM. RADIUS 2.9

2.3.3 LAND USE STATEMENT OF THE PLANT AREA 2.12

2.5.1 EXISTING & PROPOSED UNITS, PRODUCTS & THEIR PRODUCTION CAPACITIES 2.14

2.7.1 BREAK-UP OF PROJECT COST 2.16

2.8.1 RAW MATERIAL REQUIREMENT 2.16

2.8.2 STACK DETAILS 2.41

2.8.3 POWER REQUIREMENT 2.42

2.9.1 PROPOSED AIR EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMS 2.43

2.9.2 SOLID WASTE GENERATION & METHOD OF DISPOSAL 2.48

CHAPTER – 3

3.2.1 24 HOURLY SITE-SPECIFIC MICRO-METEOROLOGICAL DATA 3.4

3.2.2 TECHNIQUES USED FOR AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING 3.6

3.2.3 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING STATIONS 3.6

3.2.3 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY (EXISTING PLANT) 3.8

3.2.4 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY (Jogihalli) 3.8

3.2.5 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY (Devarhalli) 3.8

3.2.6 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY (Dasarahalli) 3.8

3.2.7 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY (Sibi) 3.9

3.2.8 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY (Tavinakere) 3.9

3.2.9 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY (Dodda Sibi) 3.9

3.2.10 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY (KIADB Industrial Area) 3.9

3.3.1 NOISE LEVEL MONITORING STATIONS 3.17

3.3.2 EQUIVALENT DAY NIGHT NOISE LEVELS 3.17

3.4.1 SURFACE WATER QUALITY ANALYSIS 3.20

3.4.2 SURFACE WATER QUALITY ANALYSIS 3.21

3.4.3 GROUND WATER QUALITY MONITORING STATIONS 3.23

3.4.4 GROUND WATER QUALITY ANALYSIS (Existing Plant) 3.25

3.4.5 GROUND WATER QUALITY ANALYSIS (Jogihalli) 3.26

3.4.6 GROUND WATER QUALITY ANALYSIS (Yaladabagi ) 3.27




EIA Report - Index

8

3.4.7 GROUND WATER QUALITY ANALYSIS (Haldodderi) 3.28

3.4.8 GROUND WATER QUALITY ANALYSIS (Melahalu) 3.29

3.4.9 GROUND WATER QUALITY ANALYSIS (KIADB Industrial area) 3.30

3.4.10 GROUND WATER QUALITY ANALYSIS (Hunjanalu) 3.31

3.4.11 GROUND WATER QUALITY ANALYSIS (Tavinakere) 3.32

3.5.1 LAND USE PATTERN OF STUDY AREA 3.38

3.5.2 SOIL SAMPLING LOCATIONS 3.42

3.5.3 SOIL CHARACTERISTICS 3.44

3.7.1 POPULATION BREAK UP AS PER CENSUS 2011 3.72

3.7.2 LITERACY LEVELS OF THE POPULATION UP AS PER CENSUS 2011 3.74

3.7.3 WORKERS CLASSIFICATION AS PER CENSUS 2011 (MAIN & MARGINAL) 3.76

3.7.4 CULTIVATORS CLASSIFICATION AS PER CENSUS 2011 (MAIN & MARGINAL) 3.78

3.7.5 AGRICULTURAL LABOURS CLASSIFICATION AS PER CENSUS 2011 3.80

3.7.6 HOUSEHOLD INDUSTRY WORKERS CLASSIFICATION AS PER CENSUS 2011 3.82

3.7.7 OTHER WORKERS CLASSIFICATION AS PER CENSUS 2011 (MAIN & MARGINAL) 3.84

3.7.8 NON-WORKERS CLASSIFICATION AS PER CENSUS 2011 3.86

CHAPTER - 4

4.2.1 LATERAL TURBULENCE CRITERIA FOR INITIAL ESTIMATE OF STABILITY 4.4

4.2.2 WIND SPEED ADJUSTMENTS FOR DETERMINING FINAL ESTIMATE OF PG

STABILITY CATEGORY FROM A 4.4

4.2.3 PREDICTION OF IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES 4.5

4.2.4 STACK EMISSIONS (from Expansion Project) 4.11

4.2.5 NET RESULTANT MAXIMUM CONCENTRATIONS (with APCS) 4.12

4.2.6 NET RESULTANT MAXIMUM CONCENTRATIONS (without APCS) 4.13

4.3.1 WATER REQUIREMENT FOR EXPANSION 4.21

4.3.2 WASTE WATER GENERATION FROM EXPANSION 4.22

4.3.3 CHARACTERISTICS OF UNTREATED EFFLUENT 4-22

4.5.1 IMPACTS ON HYDRO-GEOLOGY AND MITIGATION MEASURES PROPOSED 4.27

4.5.2 IMPACTS ON GEOLOGY AND MITIGATION MEASURES PROPOSED 4.28

CHAPTER - 6

6.1.1 MONITORING SCHEDULE FOR ENVIRONMENTAL PARAMETERS 6.2

6.1.2 BREAK UP OF BUDGET ALLOCATION FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING 6.4




EIA Report - Index

9

CHAPTER - 7

7.2.1 PUBLIC HEARING ISSUES AND COMMITMENT OF THE PROJECT PROPONENT 7.2 7.3.1 THE KEY DEMOGRAPHIC FEATURES OF THE VILLAGES / TOWNS

IN THE THREE IMPACT ZONES 7.31 7.3.2 DEMOGRAPHY OF THE SURVEYED VILLAGES 7.35 7.3.3 DEMOGRAPHY OF VULNERABLE GROUPS 7.36 7.3.4 LITERACY RATE IN THE SURVEYED VILLAGES 7.38 7.3.5 WORK FORCE OF THE SURVEYED VILLAGES 7.39 7.4.1 POSSIBLE HAZARDS FROM THE PROPOSED EXPANSION PROJECT

& MITIGATION MEASURES 7.46

7.1.2 HAZARD DISTANCES 7.51

CHAPTER - 8

8.4.1 BREAKUP OF BUDGET ALLOCATED FOR CER ACTIVITIES 8.2

CHAPTER - 10

10.3.1 PROPOSED DUST EXTRACTION AND DUST SUPPRESSION SYSTEM 10.5

10.3.2 SOURCES OF AIR POLLUTION (DRI Kilns) 10.5 10.3.3 MONITORING LOCATIONS FOR MONITORING SECONDARY FUGITIVE EMISSION 10.11 10.3.4 SOLID WASTE GENERATION & ITS DISPOSAL 10.14 10.3.5 TYPICAL COMPOSITION OF SOLID WASTE 10.15 10.3.6 MUNICIPAL SOLID WASTE GENERATION & ITS DISPOSAL 10.16

10.3.7 PREDICTED POST PROJECT RUNOFF FROM DIFFERENT SURFACES 10.21

10.4.1 MONITORING SCHEDULE FOR ENVIRONMENTAL PARAMETERS 10.22

10.5.1 BUDGET FOR ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION MEASURES 10.23 CHAPTER - 11

11.1 EXISTING & PROPOSED UNITS, PRODUCTS & THEIR PRODUCTION CAPACITIES 11.1

11.2 RAW MATERIAL REQUIREMENT 11.2

11.3 WATER REQUIREMENT 11.4

11.4 STACK DETAILS 11.8

11.5 WASTEWATER BREAKUP 11.9

11.6 SOLID WASTE GENERATION & ITS DISPOSAL 11.9

11.7 ENVIRONMENT SETTING WITHIN 10 KM. RADIUS. 11.15

11.8 POSSIBLE HAZARDS FROM THE PROPOSED EXPANSION PROJECT 11.17

& MITIGATION MEASURES

11.9 POST PROJECT ENVIRONMENT MONITORING 11.14




EIA Report - Index

10

LIST OF FIGURES

Fig No. CONTENTS PAGE NO.

CHAPTER # 2

2.1 TOPOGRAPHICAL MAP SHOWING GEO-COORDINATES OF THE SITE 2.3

2.2 GOOGLE EARTH IMAGE SHOWING THE PLANT LOCATION 2.4

2.3 GENERAL LOCATION OF THE PROJECT SITE 2.10

2.4 TOPOGRAPHICAL MAP SHOWING SITE SURROUNDINGS WITHIN 10 KM RADIUS

2.11

2.5 PLANT LAY-OUT 2.13

2.6 PROCESS FLOW DIAGRAM SHOWING MANUFACTURING PROCESS OF IRON ORE BENEFICIATION

2.22

2.7 PROCESS FLOW DIAGRAM SHOWING MANUFACTURING PROCESS OF PELLETIZATION

2.25

2.8 PROCESS FLOW DIAGRAM SHOWING MANUFACTURING PROCESS OF SPONGE IRON

2.27

2.9 PROCESS FLOW DIAGRAM SHOWING MANUFACTURING PROCESS OF PIG IRON THROUGH BLAST FURNACE

2.30

2.10 PROCESS FLOW DIAGRAM SHOWING MANUFACTURING PROCESS OF COLD BRIQUITTED IRON

2.32

2.11 PROCESS FLOW DIAGRAM SHOWING MANUFACTURING OF STEEL BILLETS THROUGH INDUCTION FURNACE & ROLLED PRODUCTS THROUGH ROLLING MILL

2.36

2.12 PROCESS FLOW DIAGRAM SHOWING MANUFACTURING OF PRODUCER GAS 2.41

CHAPTER # 3

3.1 WIND ROSE AT SITE 3.3

3.2 MAP SHOWING AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING STATIONS 3.7

3.3 MAP SHOWING NOISE LEVELS MONITORING LOCATIONS 3.18

3.4 MAP SHOWING GROUNDWATER SAMPLING LOCATIONS 3.24

3.5 MAP SHOWING HYDROGEOLOGY OF THE AREA 3.35

3.6 MAP SHOWING DRAINAGE MAP OF THE AREA 3.37

3.7 MAP SHOWING LAND USE / LAND COVER OF THE STUDY AREA 3.40

3.8 MAP SHOWING SATELLITE IMAGERY OF THE STUDY AREA 3.41

3.9 MAP SHOWING SOIL QUALITY SAMPLING LOCATIONS 3.43

CHAPTER # 4

4.1 MAP SHOWING NET RESULTANT GLCs OF PM 4.14

4.2 MAP SHOWING NET RESULTANT GLCs OF PM DUE TO VEHICLES 4.15

4.3 MAP SHOWING NET RESULTANT GLCs OF SO2 4.16

4.4 MAP SHOWING NET RESULTANT GLCs OF NOx 4.17

4.5 MAP SHOWING NET RESULTANT GLCs OF NOx DUE TO VEHICLES 4.18

4.6 MAP SHOWING NET RESULTANT GLCs OF “CO” DUE TO VEHICLES 4.19

4.7 MAP SHOWING NET RESULTANT GLCs OF “PM” WITHOUT APCS 4.20

CHAPTER # 10

10.1 EFFLUENT TREATMENT PLANT FLOW DIAGRAM 10.14




EIA Report - Index

11

List of Annexures

Annexure – 1 Existing plant Environmental Clearance Copy

Annexure – 2 Certified EC Compliance

Annexure – 3 A copy of correspondence letter from KGWA

Annexure – 4 One Season data

Annexure – 5 Letter for Utilisation of Tailing

Annexure – 6 Letter for Utilisation of Gran. Slag

Annexure – 7 Health report of employees

Annexure – 8 MoU for Imported Coal

Annexure – 9 A copy of Public Consultation Proceedings

Sunvik Steel Pvt. Ltd.



EIA report – TOR Compliance

i

TORs COMPLIANCE

Compliance made on TOR issued by Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change (MoEF&CC) Vide letter No. J-11011 / 959 / 2008-IA-II (I)

dated 27th May 2016

Specific TORs

TOR No. TOR point raised TOR Compliance

i. Public Hearing to be conducted by Karnataka Pollution Control Board Noted

ii. Compliance report of earlier EC from the Regional Office of the Ministry should be submitted along with EIA / EMP report.

Kindly refer to ANNEXURE – 2 for Certified compliance report.

iii. On the request of the proponent the committee has allowed to use the data collected since October 2015 for the project.

Baseline data collection commenced from 1st October 2015 to 31st December 2015. Details are furnished in CHAPTER # 3 of EIA report.

iv. The issues raised during public hearing and commitment of the project proponent on the same along with time bound action plan to implement the commitment and financial allocation thereto should be clearly provided.

Kindly refer to ANNEXURE – 9 for proceedings Public Consultation. Kindly refer to Page no. 7.1 to 7.30 of CHAPTER # 7 of EIA report for management reply for the issues raised during Public Consultation and action plan.

v. The project proponent should carry out Social Impact Assessment of the project as per the Office Memorandum No. J-11013/25/2014-IA.I dated 11.08.2014 issued by the Ministry regarding guidelines on Environment Sustainability and CSR issues. The Social Impact assessment study so carried should form part of EIA and EMP report.

Social Impact Assessment of the study area is furnished in Page no. 7.31 to 7.45 of CHAPTER # 7 of EIA report for SIA. Kindly refer to Page no. 8.2 of CHAPTER # 8 of EIA report for activities proposed under CER along with budgetary allocation and time schedule.





ii

Generic TORs in Respect of Industry Sector


1. Executive Summary Kindly refer to CHAPTER – 11 of EIA report.

2. Introduction

i. Details of the EIA Consultant including NABET accreditation Kindly refer to page no. 12.1 of CHAPTER # 12 of EIA report.

ii. Information about the project proponent Kindly refer to page no. 1.3 of CHAPTER # 1 of EIA report.

iii. Importance and benefits of the project Kindly refer to page no. 1.6 of CHAPTER # 1 of EIA report.

3. Project Description

i. Cost of project and time of completion. Kindly refer to page no. 2.15 of Chapter # 2 of EIA report.

ii. Products with capacities for the proposed project. Kindly refer to page no. 2.13 of CHAPTER # 2 of EIA report.

iii. If expansion project, details of existing products with capacities and whether adequate land is available for expansion, reference of earlier EC if any.

Kindly refer to page no. 2.7 of CHAPTER # 2 of EIA report. Proposed expansion will be taken up partly in the existing plant of 49.5 acres for which EC has already been obtained and the remaining in the 48 acres land adjacent to the existing plant. Total land envisaged for the entire project is 97.5 acres (49.5 acres + 48.0 acres). Out of 97.5 Acres of land 57.55 Acres was already under acquisition, Agreements have been entered for another 4.95 Acres, remaining 35 Acres of land is to be allotted under Section 109 of Karnataka Land Reforms Act, 1961. Govt. of Karnataka. Kindly refer to page no. 2.11 of CHAPTER # 2 of EIA report





iii


for land details.

iv. List of raw materials required and their source along with mode of transportation.

Kindly refer to page no. 2.15 of CHAPTER # 2 of EIA report

v. Other chemicals and materials required with quantities and storage capacities

Maximum quantity of HFO (Heavy Fuel Oil), LDO (Light Diesel Oil) & FO (Fuel Oil) stored at site will be 1 x 50m3, 1 x 25 m3 & 2 x 25 m3 capacity respectively.

vi. Details of Emission, effluents, hazardous waste generation and their management.

Kindly refer to page no. 2.43 of CHAPTER # 2 of EIA report for Stack emission details. Kindly refer to page no. 2.44 to 2.48 of CHAPTER # 2 of EIA report for Air Emission Management. Kindly refer to page no. 2.48 of CHAPTER # 2 of EIA report for effluent generation and its management details. Kindly refer to page no. 2.50 of CHAPTER # 2 of EIA report for Solid & hazardous waste generation and is management.

vii. Requirement of water, power, with source of supply, status of approval, water balance diagram, man-power requirement (regular and contract)

Water required for the proposed expansion plant will be sourced from Ground Water source. Water requirement for expansion project will be 1000 KLD. An Application has already been submitted for NOC from Karnataka Ground Water Authority (KGWA). A copy of correspondence received from KGWA is enclosed as ANNEXURE – 3. Kindly refer to page no. 4.21 of CHAPTER # 4 EIA report for detailed water requirement breakup. Power required for the proposed expansion project will be





iv


sourced partly from captive power generation & partly from the state Grid. Kindly refer to page no. 2.44 of CHAPTER # 2 of EIA report Power requirement to each unit. Kindly refer to page no. 2.43 of CHAPTER # 2 of EIA report for Man power requirement (regular & contract)

viii. Process description along with major equipment’s and machineries, process flow sheet (quantitative) from raw material to products to be provided

Kindly refer to page no. 2.20 to 2.42 of CHAPTER # 2 of EIA report for process description.

ix. Hazard identification and details of proposed safety systems. Kindly refer to Page no. 7.48 of CHAPTER # 7 of EIA report

x. Expansion / modernization proposals

a. Copy of all the Environmental Clearance(s) including Amendments thereto obtained for the project from MOEF/SEIAA shall be attached as an Annexure. A certified copy of the latest Monitoring Report of the Regional Office of the Ministry of Environment and Forests as per circular dated 30th May, 2012 on the status of compliance of conditions stipulated in all the existing environmental clearances including Amendments shall be provided. In addition, status of compliance of Consent to Operate for the ongoing /existing operation of the project from SPCB shall be attached with the EIA-EMP report.

Kindly refer to ANNEXURE - 1 for copies of earlier Environmental Clearance. Certified Compliance report for Earlier Environmental Clearance, from the Regional Office is enclosed as ANNEXURE – 2

b. In case the existing project has not obtained environmental clearance, reasons for not taking EC under the provisions of the EIA Notification 1994 and/or EIA Notification 2006 shall be provided. Copies of Consent to Establish/No Objection Certificate and Consent to Operate (in case of units operating prior to EIA Notification 2006, CTE and CTO of FY 2005-2006) obtained from the SPCB shall be submitted. Further, compliance report to the

Not applicable, as existing plant has obtained Environmental Clearance.





v


conditions of consents from the SPCB shall be submitted.

4. Site Details

i. Location of the project site covering village, Taluka/Tehsil, District and State, Justification for selecting the site, whether other sites were considered.

Kindly refer to page no. 2.2 & 2.8 of CHAPTER # 2 of EIA report for Location of the project site & Environmental Setting within 10 Km. radius of the project site. No alternate site has been selected as the proposed expansion of steel plant will be taken up, partly in the existing plant and partly in the land adjacent to the existing plant.

ii. A toposheet of the study area of radius of 10 km and site location on 1:50,000/1:25,000 scale on an A3/A2 sheet, (including all eco-sensitive areas and environmentally sensitive places)

Kindly refer to page no. 2.10 of CHAPTER # 2 of EIA report.

iii. Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four corners of the site. Kindly refer to page no. 2.2 of CHAPTER # 2 of EIA report.

iv. Google map-Earth downloaded of the project site. Google Earth map is shown in page no. 2.4 of CHAPTER # 2 of EIA report.

v. Layout maps indicating existing unit as well as proposed unit indicating storage area, plant area, greenbelt area, utilities etc. If located within an Industrial area/Estate/Complex, layout of Industrial Area indicating location of unit within the Industrial area/Estate.

Kindly refer to page no. 2.12 of CHAPTER # 2 of EIA report for Plant layout showing existing unit as well as proposed unit.

vi. Photographs of the proposed and existing (if applicable) plant site. If existing, show photographs of plantation/greenbelt, in particular.

Kindly refer to page no. 2.5 to 2.7 of CHAPTER # 2 of EIA report.

vii. Landuse break-up of total land of the project site (identified and acquired), government/private - agricultural, forest, wasteland, water bodies, settlements, etc shall be included, (not required for industrial area)

No forest land is involved in the proposed land for expansion project. Out of 97.5 Acres of land 57.55 Acres was already under acquisition, Agreements have been entered for another 4.95 Acres, remaining 35 Acres of land is to be allotted under Section 109 of Karnataka Land Reforms Act, 1961,





vi


Govt. of Karnataka. Kindly refer to page no. 2.11 of CHAPTER # 2 of EIA report.

viii. A list of major industries with name and type within study area (10km radius) shall be incorporated. Land use details of the study area

Kindly refer to page no. 2.8 of CHAPTER # 2 of EIA report for major industries within 10 Km radius of the project site. Kindly refer to page no. 3.38 of CHAPTER # 3 of EIA report for land use details of the study area.

ix. Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of the study area shall be included.


x. Details of Drainage of the project upto 5km radius of study area. If the site is within 1 km radius of any major river, peak and lean season river discharge as well as flood occurrence frequency based on peak rainfall data of the past 30 years. Details of Flood Level of the project site and maximum Flood Level of the river shall also be provided, (mega green field projects)

There is no major river within 10 Kms. radius of the project. However, Drainage Map of the study area is shown in page no. 3.37 of CHAPTER # 3 of EIA report.

xi. Status of acquisition of land. If acquisition is not complete, stage of the acquisition process and expected time of complete possession of the land.

Out of 97.5 Acres of land 57.55 Acres was already under acquisition, Agreements have been entered for another 4.95 Acres, remaining 35 Acres of land is to be allotted under Section 109 of Karnataka Land Reforms Act, 1961, Govt. of Karnataka. Kindly refer to page no. 2.11 of CHAPTER # 2 of EIA report.

xii. R & R details in respect of land in line with state Government policy Not applicable as there are no habitation in the land envisaged for the proposed expansion project.

5. Forest and Wildlife related issues (if applicable)

i. Permission and approval for the use of forest land (forestry clearance), if any, and recommendations of the State Forest Department, (if applicable)

Not applicable, as there is no forest land involved in the existing plant site and land envisaged for the proposed expansion project also.





vii


ii. Landuse map based on High resolution satellite imagery (GPS) of the proposed site delineating the forestland (in case of projects involving forest land more than 40 ha)

Kindly refer to page no. 3.40 of CHAPTER # 3 of EIA report for LULC map & Satellite imagery.

iii. Status of Application submitted for obtaining the stage I forestry clearance along with latest status shall be submitted.

Not applicable, as there is no forest land involved in the existing plant site and land envisaged for the proposed expansion project also.

iv. The projects to be located within 10 km of the National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, Migratory Corridors of Wild Animals, the project proponent shall submit the map duly authenticated by Chief Wildlife Warden showing these features vis-a-vis the project location and the recommendations or comments of the Chief Wildlife Warden-thereon

Not applicable, as there no National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, Migratory Corridors of Wild Animals within 10 Km. radius of the project site.

v. Wildlife Conservation Plan duly authenticated by the Chief Wildlife Warden of the State Government for conservation of Schedule I fauna, if any exists in the study area

Not applicable, as there are no Schedule- I fauna exists in the study area.

vi. Copy of application submitted for clearance under the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972, to the Standing Committee of the National Board for Wildlife

Not applicable

6. Environmental Status

i. Determination of atmospheric inversion level at the project site and site-specific micro-meteorological data using temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind speed and direction and rainfall;

Kindly refer to page no. 4.2 to 4.5 of CHAPTER # 4 of EIA report. Kindly refer to page no. 3.2 to 3.3 of CHAPTER # 3 of EIA report.

ii. AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, CO and other parameters relevant to the project shall be collected. The monitoring stations shall be based CPCB guidelines and take into account the pre-dominant wind direction, population zone and sensitive receptors including reserved forests.

8 nos. of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations were established with in the study area of the plant area in accordance with CPCB guidelines. Kindly refer to page no. 3.5 to 3.12 of CHAPTER # 3 of EIA





viii


report.

iii. Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12 weeks of all stations as per frequency given in the NAQQM Notification of Nov. 2009 along with -min., max., average and 98% values for each of the AAQ parameters from data of all AAQ stations should be provided as an annexure to the EIA Report.

Kindly refer to ANNEXURE – 4 for One season data of all AAQ measurement for 12 weeks of all stations as per frequency given in the NAQQM Notification of November 2009.

iv. Surface water quality of nearby River (60m upstream and downstream) and, other surface drains at eight locations as per CPCB/MoEF&CC guidelines.


v. Whether the site falls near to polluted stretch of river identified by the CPCB/MoEF&CC.

No, proposed site does not falls near to polluted stretch of river identified by CPCB/MoEFCC.

vi. Ground water monitoring at minimum at 8 locations shall be included.


vii. Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations within the study area. Kindly refer to page no. 3.16 to 3.19 of CHAPTER # 3 of EIA report.

viii. Soil Characteristic as per CPCB guidelines. Kindly refer to page no. 3.42 of CHAPTER # 3 of EIA report.

ix. Traffic study of the area, type of vehicles, frequency of vehicles for transportation of materials, additional traffic due to proposed project, parking arrangement etc.

Kindly refer to page no. 4.29 of CHAPTER # 4 of EIA report for Traffic Study.

x. Detailed description of flora and fauna (terrestrial and aquatic) existing in the study area shall be given with special reference to rare, endemic and endangered species. If Schedule-I fauna are found within the study area, a Wildlife Conservation Plan shall be prepared and furnished.

Kindly refer to page no. 3.45 to 3.66 of CHAPTER # 3 of EIA report for detailed description of flora and fauna. Wildlife Conservation Plan is not applicable, as there are no Schedule- I fauna exists in the study area.

xi. Socio-economic status of the study area. Kindly refer to page no. 3.66 to 3.86 of CHAPTER # 3 of EIA report for baseline socio economic details of the study area.

7. Impact Assessment and Environment Management Plan

i. Assessment of ground level concentration of pollutants from the Kindly refer to page no. 4.2 to 4.12 of CHAPTER # 4 of EIA





ix


stack emission based on site-specific meteorological features. In case the project is located on a hilly terrain, the AQIP Modelling shall be done using inputs of the specific terrain characteristics for determining the potential impacts of the project on the AAQ. Cumulative impact of all sources of emissions (including transportation) on the AAQ of the area shall be well assessed. Details of the model used and the input data used for modeling shall also be provided. The air quality contours shall be plotted on a location map showing the location of project site, habitation nearby, sensitive receptors, if any.

report. Kindly refer to page no. 4.14 to 4.20 of CHAPTER # 4 of EIA report for Isopleths of Air Quality modeling.

ii. Water Quality modelling - in case, if the effluent is proposed to be discharged in to the local drain, then Water Quality Modelling study should be conducted for the drain water taking into consideration the upstream and downstream quality of water of the drain.

The effluent generated from I/O Beneficiation plant, Pellet plant, DRI plant, Tunnel Kiln, SMS & Rolling Mill units will be sent to settling tank & will be recycled through closed circuit cooling system. There will not be any effluent generation from the Fly-Ash Brick Plant, Fly-Ash Beneficiation Plant, Slag Crusher & Beneficiation Plant. Effluent from Gas cleaning plant of Blast Furnace will be treated in a settling tank and after treatment it will be recycled. Effluent from power plant will be treated and after ensuring compliance with KSPCB norms, it will be utilized for dust suppression, ash conditioning and for greenbelt development. Sanitary wastewater will be treated in septic tank followed by sub-surface dispersion trench.

iii. Impact of the transport of the raw materials and end products on the surrounding environment shall be assessed and provided. In






x


this regard, options for transport of raw materials and finished products and wastes (large quantities) by rail or rail-cum road transport or conveyor-cum-rail transport shall be examined.

iv. A note on treatment of wastewater from different plant operations, extent recycled and reused for different purposes shall be included. Complete scheme of effluent treatment. Characteristics of untreated and treated effluent to meet the prescribed standards of discharge under E(P) Rules.

Kindly refer to page no. 2.48 of CHAPTER # 2 of EIA report for note on treatment of wastewater from different plant operations, recycling and reuse of treated effluent for different purposes. Kindly refer to page no. 4.22 of CHAPTER # 4 of EIA report for Characteristics of untreated and treated effluent. Kindly refer to page no. 10.11 to 10.13 of CHAPTER # 10 of EIA report Complete scheme of effluent treatment.

v. Details of stack emission and action plan for control of emissions to meet standards.

Kindly refer to page no. 2.43 of CHAPTER # 2 of EIA report for Stack emission. Kindly refer to page no. 2.43 of CHAPTER # 2 of EIA report for Air Emission Management.

vi. Measures for fugitive emission control Kindly refer to page no.10.9 of CHAPTER # 10 of EIA report.

vii. Details, of hazardous waste generation and their storage, utilization and disposal. Copies of MOU regarding utilization of solid and hazardous waste shall also be included. EMP shall include the concept of waste-minimization, recycle/reuse/recover techniques, Energy conservation, and natural resource conservation.

Kindly refer to page no. 10.14 of CHAPTER # 10 of EIA report. Fly ash generated from the existing & proposed units will be completely utilized in our own existing & proposed Fly ash brick manufacturing unit of 20,000 bricks/day capacity. Kindly refer to ANNEXURE – 5 for expression of interest letter for utilization of tailings.





xi


Kindly refer to ANNEXURE – 6 for expression of interest letter for utilization of Granulated slag.

viii. Proper 'utilization of fly ash shall be ensured as per Fly Ash Notification, 2009. A detailed plan of action shall be provided.

Fly ash generated from the existing & proposed units will be completely utilized in our own existing & proposed Fly ash brick manufacturing unit of 20,000 bricks/day capacity.

ix. Action plan for the green belt development plan in 33 % area i.e. land with not less than 1,500 trees per ha. Giving details of species, width of plantation, planning schedule etc. shall be included. The green belt shall be around the project boundary and a scheme for greening of the roads used for the project shall also be incorporated.

Kindly refer to page no.10.16 to 10.19 of CHAPTER # 10 of EIA report for Greenbelt development plan.

x. Action plan for rainwater harvesting measures at plant site shall be submitted to harvest rainwater from the roof tops and storm water drains to recharge the ground water and also to use for the various activities at the project site to conserve fresh water and reduce the water requirement from other sources.

Kindly refer to page no.10.19 of CHAPTER # 10 of EIA report.

xi. Total capital cost and recurring cost/annum for environmental pollution control measures shall be included.

Budget of Rs. 47 Crores will be allocated for Capital Cost for Environment Protection, Health & safety measures. Budget of Rs.3.45 Crores will be allocated Recurring Cost per annum for Environment Protection, Health & safety measures. Kindly refer to page no.10.21 of CHAPTER # 10 of EIA report for break-up of budget allocated for Environment Protection, Health & safety measures.

xii. Action plan for post-project environmental monitoring shall be submitted.

Kindly refer to page no.6.2 to 6.4 of CHAPTER # 6 of EIA report.

xiii. Onsite and Offsite Disaster (Natural and Man-made) Preparedness Kindly refer to CHAPTER # 7 of EIA report.





xii


and Emergency Management Plan including Risk Assessment and damage control. Disaster management plan should be linked with District Disaster Management Plan.

8. Occupational Health

i. Details of existing Occupational & Safety Hazards. What are the exposure levels of above mentioned hazards and whether they are within Permissible Exposure level (PEL). If these are not within PEL, what measures the company has adopted to keep them within PEL so that health of the workers can be preserved,


ii. Details of exposure specific health status evaluation of worker. If the workers' health is being evaluated by pre designed format, chest x rays, Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision testing (Far & Near vision, colour vision and any other ocular defect) ECG, during pre-placement and periodical examinations give the details of the same. Details regarding last month analyzed data of abovementioned parameters as per age, sex, duration of exposure and department wise.

Kindly refer to ANNEXURE – 7 for Health report of employees.

iii. Annual report of health status of workers with special reference to Occupational Health and Safety.

iv. Plan and fund allocation to ensure the occupational health & safety of all contract and casual workers.

Budget of Rs. 4.5 Crores will be allocated for as Capital Cost for Occupational Health & Fire Safety Systems. Budget of Rs.20 lakhs will be allocated as Recurring Cost per annum for Occupational Health & Fire Safety Systems. Kindly refer to page no.10.21 of CHAPTER # 10 of EIA report for break-up of budget allocated for Environment Protection, Health & safety measures.

9. Corporate Environment Policy





xiii


i. Does the company have a well laid down Environment Policy approved by its Board of Directors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA report.

An Environmental Officer will look after all environmental issues and ensure compliance with Environmental Clearance conditions / SPCB norms and will report to Unit Head who ultimately will report to Managing Director and the Board of Directors. Kindly refer to page no.10.22 of CHAPTER # 10 of EIA report for Environment Policy OF the company.

ii. Does the Environment Policy prescribe for standard operating process / procedures to bring into focus any infringement / deviation / violation of the environmental or forest norms / conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA.

iii. What is the hierarchical system or Administrative order of the company to deal with the environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the environmental clearance conditions? Details of this system may be given.

iv. Does the company have system of reporting of non-compliances / violations of environmental norms to the Board of Directors of the company and / or shareholders or stakeholders at large? This reporting mechanism shall be detailed in the EIA report

10. Details regarding infrastructure facilities such as sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. to be provided to the labour force during construction as well as to the casual workers including truck drivers during operation phase.


11. Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC)

i. Adequate funds (atleast 2.5 % of the project cost) shall be earmarked towards the Enterprise Social Commitment based on Public Hearing issues and item-wise details along with time bound action plan shall be included." Socio-economic development activities need to be elaborated upon.

Funds will be allocated for Corporate Environment Responsibility as per the Ministry’s Office Memorandum vide F.No. 22-65/2017-IA.III dated 1st May 2018. Budget of Rs. 4.25 Crores is earmarked for CER activities. Kindly refer to page no. 8.2 of Chapter # 8 of EIA report for Breakup of Budget for various CER activities proposed.

12. Any litigation pending against the project and / or any direction / order passed by any Court of Law against the project, if so, details thereof shall also be included. Has the unit received any notice under the Section 5 of

No litigation is pending against the project and / or any direction / order passed by any Court of Law against the project.





xiv


Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 or relevant Sections of Air and Water Acts? If so, details thereof and compliance / ATR to the notice(s) and present status of the case.

13. A tabular chart with index for point wise compliance of above TORs Noted

14. The TORs prescribed shall be valid for a period of three years for submission of the EIA-EMP reports along with Public Hearing Proceedings (wherever stipulated).

Noted

Additional TORs for INTEGRATED STEEL PLANT


1. Iron ore / coal linkage documents along with status of environmental clearance of iron and coal mines.

Kindly refer to ANNEXURE – 8 for MoU for supply of Imported Coal. Iron ore will be procured from E-auction conducted by Monitoring committee of Karnataka.

2. Quantum of production of coal and iron ore from coal & iron ore mines and the projects they cater to. Mode of transportation to the plant and its impact.

Kindly refer to page no. 2.15 of CHAPTER # 2 of EIA report for source of raw material, requirement & Mode of transportation to the plant for the proposed expansion project. Kindly refer to page no. 4.28 of CHAPTER # 4 of EIA report.

3. For Large ISPs, a 3 D view i.e. DEM (Digital Elevation Model) for the area in 10 Km. radius from the proposal site. MRL details of project site and RL of nearby sources of water shall be indicated.

Not applicable, as the proposed project is Mini Steel Plant.

4. Recent land use map based on satellite imagery. High resolution satellite imager data having 1m-5m spatial resolution like quickbird, Ikonos, IRS P-6 pan sharpened etc. for the 10 Km. radius area from proposed site. The

Kindly refer to page no. 3.40 of CHAPTER # 3 of EIA report for LULC map & Satellite imagery.





xv


same shall be used for land used/land cover mapping of the area.

5. PM (PM10 and PM2.5) present in the ambient air must be analysed for sources – natural dust/RSPM generated from plant operation (trace elements) of PM10 to be carried over.

8 nos. of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations were established with in the study area of the plant area in accordance with CPCB guidelines. Kindly refer to page no. 3.5 to 3.12 of CHAPTER # 3 of EIA report.

6. All stock piles will have to be on top of a stable liner to avoid leaching of materials to ground water.

All the raw material required for existing & proposed project will be stored on pucca platform above ground level to avoid leaching of materials to ground water.

7. Plan for the implementation of the recommendations made for the steel plants in the CREP guidelines.


8. Plan for slag utilization Kindly refer to page no. 10.14 of CHAPTER - 10 of EIA report.

9. Plan for utilization of energy in off gases (coke oven, blast furnace) The blast furnace gas coming-out from the furnace will be used as fuel for stoves and Ladle.

10. System of coke quenching adopted with justification Not applicable, as coke oven plant is not envisaged in the proposed expansion project.

11. Trace metals Mercury, Arsenic and Fluoride emission in the raw material Below Detectable level

12. Trace metals in waste material especially slag Below Detectable level Kindly refer to page no. 10.14 of CHAPTER - 10 of EIA report.

13. Trace metals in water Kindly refer to page no.3.21 to 3.31 of CHAPTER # 3 of EIA report.




EIA report – Chapter 1

1.1

CHAPTER – 1 INTRODUCTION

1.1 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT

Environmental management plays a vital role in sustainable development of a country.

Recognizing its importance, the Ministry of Environment and Forest, Government of India

had formulated policies and procedures governing the industrial and other developmental

activities to prevent indiscriminate exploitation of natural resources and to promote

integration of environmental concern in developmental projects.

Ministry of Environment, Forest & Climate Change (MoEF&CC) has made prior

Environmental Clearance (EC) for certain developmental projects mandatory through its

notification issued on 14th September 2006 and its subsequent amendment.

Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) is systematic process to identifying, predicting,

evaluating and mitigating the biophysical, social and other relevant environmental effects

due to the proposed developmental project. It plays a vital role in providing information for

decision-making on the environmental consequences of proposed projects.

The proposed expansion has both positive and negative impacts on the environment. The

negative impacts include environmental degradation and adverse socio economic changes. It

is the responsibility of the company to document the associated positive and negative

impacts, so that the attempts can be made to minimize the effects due to the negative

impacts and maximize the benefits due to the positive impacts. In this regards,

Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) and Environmental Management Plan (EMP) have

been considered as the most important documentation in understanding the environmental

implications and safeguarding the environment.

1.2 IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT & PROJECT PROPONENT

India is on a threshold of a steel revolution. The National Steel Policy envisages production of

110 million ton per annum (MTPA) of steel in India by the year 2020. This implies that the

country, which produces 40 MTPA of steel currently, will have to add around 70 MTPA of

1





1.2

new steel making capacity in the next 10 to 11 years. This translates into addition of more

than 6 MTPA of steel making capacity every year till 2020. On a national level, a multi-

pronged strategy has been formulated for attaining this goal. The demand for steel will

increase through rapid infrastructural development and a quantum increase in rural steel

consumption. Keeping pace with the demand, domestic steel production will be enhanced

through creation of additional capacity. The expansion plans of existing steel producers and

entry of new players are all indicative of a very bright future for steel industry. The National

Steel Policy has set a long-term goal that India should have a modern and efficient steel

industry of world standards, catering to diversified steel demand. The focus of the policy is to

achieve global competitiveness not only in terms of cost, quality and product-mix but also in

terms of global benchmarks of efficiency and productivity.

About the Project

SUNVIK STEELS PVT. LTD. is an existing steel plant at Village Jodidevarahalli, Taluka Sira,

District Tumkur and Karnataka. The Company has received the Environmental Clearance for

the existing Sponge Iron Plant (90,000 TPA) along with Power Plant (WHRB - 6 MW & AFBC -

4 MW), Induction Furnace (36,000 TPA), Rolling Mill (30,000 TPA), Fly ash brick plant (2000

bricks/day), Slag Crusher & Beneficiation Plant (15 TPD) vide letter No: J-11011/959/2008-IA-

II (I) dated 10th June 2009 by MoEF&CC.

As a part of expansion, proposed to expand the production capacity as mentioned in the

Table 1.3.1.

As per the Ministry of Environment, Forests & Climate Change, New Delhi, EIA notification

dated 14th September, 2006 & its subsequent amendments, all Primary metallurgical

processing industries are listed under S.No. 3(a), under Category ‘A’.

In order to obtain Environmental Clearance for the proposed Steel plant, Form - I, proposed

TOR along with Pre-Feasibility Report were submitted to the Honourable Ministry of

Environment, Forests & Climate Change (MoEF&CC), New Delhi. Presentation was made

before the Expert Appraisal Committee of MoEF&CC on 29th December 2015 for the approval

of TORs (Terms of Reference) for EIA study. Subsequently TOR letter was issued vide letter

No. J-11011/959/2008- IA II (I) dated 27th May 2016. Accordingly, Draft EIA report has been





1.3

prepared incorporating the Terms of Reference and submitted to KSPCB for conducting

Public Hearing. Accordingly Public Hearing has been conducted by KSPCB on 12-09-2017.

Pioneer Enviro Laboratories & Consultants Private Limited, Hyderabad, which is accredited by

NABET, Quality Council of India, vide certificate No. NABET/ EIA/ 1619/ RA 026, for preparing

Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) report for Metallurgical Unit, have prepared EIA

report for the proposed expansion project.

This report furnishes the details of location of Site, Description of the project, prevailing

baseline status w.r.t Air Environment, Water Environment, Noise Environment, Land

Environment, Flora & Fauna and Socio-economic environment. This report also helps in

identification of environmental impacts and suggesting mitigation measures to be followed

during Construction and Operation of the proposed project as a part of Environmental

Management Plan. This report also acts as guidance manual for the proponent for following

the Environmental Management Plan (EMP) and for adopting post project Environmental

Monitoring Program as per statutory norms.

About Project Proponent [Gen. TOR # 2 (ii)]

Sunvik Steels Private Limited was established in 2003 at Jodidevarahalli in Sira Taluk, Tumkur

District, Karnataka. It was the first Integrated Steel Plant built on an area spanning about 50

acres.

Combining state-of-the-art technologies with deep-rooted knowledge, Sunvik Steel has

established a formidable reputation since its inception. Leveraging cutting-edge German

technology in the manufacturing process, the company's emphasis on excellence of quality is

evident in all the products, which include sponge iron, billets, power and TMT bars. Sunvik

Steels is headed by partners interested in building strong, reliable products that facilitate the

process of construction.

Delivering superior quality, cementing strong relationships with clients and end-users,

constantly striving to build a better enduring world; Sunvik Steels is more than just

impeccable products. It's about building a strong future.





1.4

VISION

To create a product par excellence using cutting-edge technology blended with an in-

depth knowledge on the same.

To certify sustainable high quality standards in congruence with our expanding scope

of operations and in adherence with environmental standards.

To strive towards maintaining customer satisfaction and product quality at all times.

MISSION

To internalize the pursuit of ‘Quality’ into the framework of the organization.

To epitomize ‘Quality’ in all our actions, reflecting in our sincere efforts, intelligent

direction and skillful execution towards our products, clients, vendors and our

employees.

Consolidate our strengths with greater achievements in quality without

compromising on environmental standards.

1.3 BRIEF DESCRIPTION

1.3.1 NATURE OF THE PROJECT

Sunvik Steels Pvt. Ltd. is an existing steel plant at Village Jodidevarahalli, Taluka Sira, District

Tumkur, and Karnataka.

Table No. 1.3.1: Type of Products to be Manufactured

Unit : Description

Iron ore beneficiation : Manufacturing of Iron ore concentrate using Iron ore fines as raw materials

Pellet plant : Manufacturing of Pellet using Iron ore concentrate, Bentonite, Limestone & Coal as raw material

DRI Kiln : Manufacturing of Sponge Iron using Pellets, Coal and Dolomite as raw materials

Tunnel Kiln : Manufacturing of Cold Briquetted Iron (CBI) using Iron ore concentrate, Coal, Limestone as raw materials

Induction Furnace : Manufacturing of MS Billets using Sponge Iron, Scrap, Ferro Alloys as raw materials

Blast Furnace : Manufacturing of Pig Iron using Iron ore lump, BF coke, Quartzite, Mn ore using as raw materials.

Rolling Mill : Manufacturing of Rolled Product using MS Ingots / Steel Billets

Power generation : By utilizing hot waste flue gases from DRI kilns in WHRB. By utilizing coal in FBC boiler

Fly Ash Bricks : Manufacturing of Fly Ash Bricks by utilizing Fly ash from the Existing & Expansion units.





1.5

1.3.2 SIZE OF THE PROJECT (Existing and Proposed)

The proposed Integrated Steel Plant envisages manufacturing of the following products

Table No. 1.3.2: EXISTING & PROPOSED UNITS, PRODUCTS & THEIR PRODUCTION CAPACITIES

S.No. Units Product Configuration for

which EC obtained on 10th June 2009

Proposed Expansion Total production capacities after

expansion

1 DRI Kiln based Sponge Iron Plant Sponge Iron 90,000 TPA

(3 x 100 TPD) 60,000 TPA

(1 x 200 TPD) 1,50,000 TPA

2 Induction Furnace based Steel Melting Shop

M S Ingots/Billets 36,000 TPA (1 x 12 T)

1,50,000 TPA (2 x 25 T)

1,86,000 TPA

3 Rolling Mill Rolled products 30,000 TPA

(1 x 100 TPD) 1,50,000 TPA (1 x 500 TPD)

1,80,000 TPA

4 Captive Power Plant Power WHRB - 6 MW

& AFBC - 4 MW

WHRB - 1 x 5 MW &

AFBC - 1 x 10 MW 25 MW

5 Blast Furnace Pig iron --- 1 x 125 m3 (300 TPD)

90,000 TPA

6 Tunnel Kilns Cold Briquetted Iron

(CBI) --- 2 x 100 TPD 60,000 TPA

7 Iron Ore Beneficiation & Pelletisation

Iron ore concentrate / Pellets

--- 1 x 2000 TPD 6,00,000 TPA

8 Fly-Ash Brick Unit Fly ash Bricks 2000 Bricks/day 18000 Bricks/Day 20000 Bricks/Day

9 Fly-Ash Beneficiation Plant (Dropped)

--- --- 1 x 100 TPD (Dropped)

30,000 TPA (Dropped)

10 Slag Crusher & Beneficiation Plant --- 1 x 15 TPD 1 x 30 TPD 13,500 TPA

Note: During ToR, Fly-Ash Beneficiation Plant of 1 x 100 TPD capacity was included. Now it is proposed to Drop Fly-Ash Beneficiation Plant.





1.6

1.3.3 LOCATION OF THE PROJECT

Existing plant is located at Jodidevarahalli village, Kallambellla, Sira Taluk, Tumkur District,

Karnataka and the proposed expansion project will be taken up in the 97.5 Acres [49.5 acres

(Existing) + 48 acres (additional land to be allotted under Section 109 of Karnataka Land

Reforms Act, 1961)]. The entire project area will fall in the Survey of India Topo sheet no. 57

C/14 & 57 G/2.

1.3.4 IMPORTANCE OF PROJECT [Gen. TOR # 2 (iii)]

Global Scenario

In 2016, the world crude steel production reached 1630 million tonnes (mt) and showed a

growth of 0.6% over 2015. China remained world’s largest crude steel producer in 2016

(808 mt) followed by Japan (105 mt), India (96 mt) and the USA (79 mt). World Steel

Association has projected Indian steel demand to grow by 6.1% in 2017 and by 7.1% in 2018

while globally, steel demand has been projected to grow by 1.3% in 2017 and by 0.9% in

2018. Chinese steel use is projected to show nil growth in 2017 and decline by 2% in 2018.

Per capita finished steel consumption in 2016 is placed at 208 kg for world and 493 kg for

China by World Steel Association.

Domestic Scenario

The Indian steel industry has entered into a new development stage, post de-

regulation, riding high on the resurgent economy and rising demand for steel.

Rapid rise in production has resulted in India becoming the 3rd largest producer of

crude steel in 2015 as well as in 2016. The country was the largest producer of

sponge iron or DRI in the world during the period 2003-2015 and emerged as the

2nd largest global producer of DRI in 2016 (after Iran). India is also the 3rd largest

finished steel consumer in the world and maintained this status in 2016. Such

rankings are based on provisional data released by the World Steel Association for

the above year.

In a de-regulated, liberalized economic/market scenario like India the Government’s

role is that of a facilitator which lays down the policy guidelines and establishes the





1.7

institutional mechanism/structure for creating conducive environment for improving

efficiency and performance of the steel sector.

In this role, the Government has released the National Steel Policy 2017, which has

laid down the broad roadmap for encouraging long term growth for the Indian steel

industry, both on demand and supply sides, by 2030-31.

The said Policy is an updated version of National Steel Policy 2005 which was

released earlier and provided a long-term growth perspective for the domestic iron

and steel industry by 2019-20.

The Government has also announced a policy for providing preference to

domestically manufactured Iron & Steel products in Government procurement. This

policy seeks to accomplish PM’s vision of ‘Make in India’ with objective of nation

building and encourage domestic manufacturing and is applicable on all government

tenders where price bid is yet to be opened. Further, the Policy provides a minimum

value addition of 15% in notified steel products which are covered under

preferential procurement. In order to provide flexibility, Ministry of Steel may

review specified steel products and the minimum value addition criterion.

BENEFIT TO THE REGION

The estimated manpower requirement for the proposed project is 400 numbers; the total

manpower requirement for the entire plant is 590 numbers inclusive of staff and security.

They will comprise of 20 % of skilled labors, 40 % of semi- skilled labors and 40 % of

unskilled labors. Priority will be given to locals in employment. This will result in upliftment

of the socio-economic status of the people living in the nearby area.

1.4 SCOPE OF THE STUDY

The scope of work includes a detailed characterization of the environment in an area of 10

Km. radius of the project site for various environmental parameters like Air, Water, Noise,

Land, Biological and Social-economic aspects.

The Draft EIA Report is prepared in accordance with the Terms of Reference issued vide by

the Honourable Ministry of Environment, Forests & Climate Change, New Delhi.





1.8

Generic Structure of the Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) report as per the EIA

notification of the MoEF&CC, GoI dated 14th September 2006 and its subsequent

amendments is detailed below:

Ch. No. Heading

1. Introduction

2. Project Description

3. Description of the Environment

4. Anticipated Environmental Impact & Mitigation Measures

5. Analysis of Alternatives (Technology & Site)

6. Environmental Monitoring Program

7. Additional Studies

8. Project Benefits

9. Environmental Cost – Benefit Analysis

10. Environmental Management Plan (EMP)

11. Summary & Conclusion

12. Disclosure of Consultant engaged





2.1

CHAPTER – 2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1 TYPE OF PROJECT

Sunvik Steels Pvt. Ltd., as a part of expansion of the existing steel plant, envisage to produce

the following product through different routes:

Unit : Description Iron ore beneficiation : Manufacturing of Iron ore concentrate using Iron ore fines as raw

materials Pellet plant : Manufacturing of Pellet using Iron ore concentrate, Bentonite,

Limestone & Coal as raw material DRI Kiln : Manufacturing of Sponge Iron using Pellets/Iron ore, Coal and

Dolomite as raw materials Tunnel Kiln : Manufacturing of Cold Briquetted Iron (CBI) using Iron ore

concentrate, Coal, Limestone as raw materials Induction Furnace : Manufacturing of MS Billets using Sponge Iron, Scrap, Ferro Alloys

as raw materials Blast Furnace : Manufacturing of Pig Iron using Iron ore lump, BF coke, Quartzite,

Mn ore using as raw materials. Rolling Mill : Manufacturing of Rolled Product using Steel Billets Power generation : By utilizing hot waste flue gases from DRI kilns in WHRB.

By utilizing coal in FBC/CFBC boiler Fly Ash Bricks : Manufacturing of Fly Ash Bricks by utilizing Fly ash from the

Existing & Expansion units.

2.2 NEED FOR THE PROJECT

The National Steel Policy has envisaged steel production to reach 110 million tonnes by

2019-20. However, based on the assessment of the current ongoing projects, both in

Greenfield and Brownfield, Ministry of Steel has projected that the steel capacity in the

county is likely to be 124.06 million tonnes by 2011-12. Further, based on the status of

MOUs signed by the private producers with the various State Governments, it is expected

that India’s steel capacity would be nearly 293 million ton by 2020.

In the light of the above scenario, Sunvik Steel Pvt. Ltd. Has proposed to expand the

existing steel plant.

2





2.2

2.3 LOCATION OF THE PROJECT [Gen. TOR # 4 (i)]

Sunvik SteelsPvt. Ltd. is an existing steel plant at Village Jodidevarahalli, Taluka Sira, District

Tumkur, Karnataka. The Company has received the Environmental Clearance for the existing

Sponge Iron Plant (90,000 TPA) along with Power Plant (WHRB - 6 MW& AFBC - 4 MW),

Induction Furnace (36,000 TPA), Rolling Mill (30,000 TPA), Fly ash brick plant (2000

bricks/day), Slag Crusher & Beneficiation Plant (15 TPD) vide letter No: J-11011/959/2008-IA-

II (I) dated 10thJune 2009 by MoEF&CC in 49.5 acres of land.

Proposed expansion of steel plant will be taken up, partly in the existing plant and partly in

the land adjacent to the existing plant. The project area will fall in the Survey of India topo

sheet no. The entire project area will fall in the Survey of India topo sheet no. 57 C/14 & 57

G/2.

The Coordinates of the project site are following: [Gen. TOR # 4 (iii)]

Table No. 2.3.1: Geo-Coordinates of the project site

Point No. Coordinates

1. 13°33'23.16"N 77° 0'56.80"E

2. 13°33'29.08"N 77° 0'43.78"E

3. 13°33'27.46"N 77° 0'38.36"E

4. 13°33'29.24"N 77° 0'33.33"E

5. 13°33'25.52"N 77° 0'28.83"E

6. 13°33'16.92"N 77° 0'29.67"E

7. 13°33'12.30"N 77° 0'55.21"E

8. 13°33'18.69"N 77° 0'55.77"E



District Tuamkur, Karnataka


2.3

1 2

3 4

5

7

8

6

Fig: 2.1

Gen. TOR # 4 (iii)

Project site

TOPOGRAPHICAL MAP SHOWING GEO-COORDINATES OF THE SITE





2.4

Google Earth Image showing the Plant location of SUNVIK STEELS PVT. LTD. [Gen. TOR # 4 (iv)]

Fig: 2.2





2.5

Existing Plant Photographs [Gen.TOR # 4 (vi)]





2.6

In-house Fly Ash Brick manufacturing Unit

for effective solid waste management





2.7

Raw Material Storage Sheds at Project Site

Roads Constructed with in-house Fly ash Blocks





2.8

Fume Extraction System with Bag filter

ESP with Chimney





2.9

2.3.1 ENVIRONMENTAL SETTING WITHIN 10 Km. RADIUS OF THE PROJECT SITE

[Gen.TOR # 4(i)]

The following is the environmental setting within the 10 Km. radius of the project site:

Table No. 2.3.2: Environmental features within 10 Km. radius

S.No. Salient Features / Environmental features Distance w.r.t. site / Remarks

1. Type of Land Land converted to Industrial

2. National Park/ Wild life sanctuary / Biosphere reserve / Tiger Reserve / Elephant Corridor / migratory routes for Birds

Nil

3. Historical places / Places of Tourist importance / Archeological sites

Nil

4. Industrial areas / cluster / Critically polluted area as per MoEF&CC Office Memorandum dated 13th January 2010

Nil

5. Defence Installations Nil

6. Nearest village Devarahalli - 1.3 Kms.

7. Forests Ankasandra RF (6.2 Kms.) Badavanahalli RF (4.9 Kms.) Maradiguda RF (7.5 Kms) Madhugiri R.F (9.5 Kms.) exists within 10 Km. radius of the plant site. No forest land is involved in the proposed project site.

8. Water body A Seasonal Nallah is passing proximate to the site DoddaHalla stream (5.0 Kms.) No River / Stream passes through the site.

9. Nearest Highway NH # 4 (2.0 Kms.) – Tumakuru to Sira Road

10. Nearest Railway Station Nil (Tumakuru R.S – 26 Kms.)

11. Interstate Border Nil (Andhra Pradesh – 20 Kms. )

12. Industries in 10 Km. radius

[Gen. TOR # 4 (viii)]

Vasanthanarsapura Industrial area is situated within 10 Km. radius of the project site.

13. R & R There are no habitations in the land earmarked for the project. Hence no rehabilitation and resettlement is involved.

14. Litigation / court case is pending against the proposed project / proposed site and or any direction passed by the court of law against the project

Nil

The general location of the project site is shown in fig. 2.3. The topographical map showing

the location of the proposed site is shown in fig. 2.4.





2.10


GENERAL LOCATION OF THE PROJECT SITE (Fig: 2.3)





2.11

Gen. TOR # 4 (ii)

Plant site

Fig: 2.4





2.12

2.4 DETAILS OF LAND [Gen. TOR # 3 (iii), 4 (vii) & 4 (xi)] Existing plant is located at Jodidevarahalli village, Sira Taluk, Tumkur District, Karnataka.

Proposed expansion will be taken up partly in the existing plant of 20 Ha. / 49.5 acres for

which EC has already been obtained and the remaining in the 19.4 Ha. / 48 acres land

adjacent to the existing plant.

Total land envisaged for the entire project is 39.46 Ha. / 97.5 acres (49.5 acres + 48.0 acres).

Out of 97.5 Acres of land 57.55 Acres was already under acquisition, Agreements have been

entered for another 4.95 Acres, remaining 35 Acres of land is yet to be allotted under Section

109 of Karnataka Land Reforms Act, 1961, Govt. of Karnataka. The following are the Sy. Nos.

24, 33, 33P - P4, 56, 57, 59 to 72 involved for 97.5 Acres.

Table No. 2.3.3: Land use statement of the Plant Area

S.No. Land use Area in Acres Area in Ha.

1. Plant area (existing and proposed) 30.0 12.14 2. Storage area (includes iron ore stock yard, Coal

storage, Scrap yard, Products Storage etc.) 15.0 6.07

3. Internal roads 3.0 1.21 4. Switch yard 0.5 0.20 5. Tailing and Slag storage 7.0 2.83 6. Greenbelt (existing and proposed) 33.0 13.36 7. Water Reservoir 3.0 1.21 8. Truck Parking area 4.0 1.62 9. Other areas 2.0 0.81

Total 97.5 39.46

Pie Diagram – Land Use Statement





2.13

Fig: 2.5

Gen. TOR # 4 (v)





2.14

2.5 SIZE / MAGNITUDE OF OPERATION [Gen. TOR # 3 (ii) & 3 (iii)]

The proposed Integrated Steel Plant envisages manufacturing of the following products

Table No. 2.5.1: Existing & Proposed Units, Products & their Production Capacities



Proposed Expansion Total production capacities after

expansion

1 DRI Kiln based Sponge Iron Plant Sponge Iron 90,000 TPA

(3 x 100 TPD) 60,000 TPA

(1 x 200 TPD) 1,50,000 TPA



1,50,000 TPA (2 x 25 T)

1,86,000 TPA


(1 x 100 TPD) 1,50,000 TPA (1 x 500 TPD)

1,80,000 TPA


& AFBC - 4 MW

WHRB - 1 x 5 MW &

AFBC - 1 x 10 MW 25 MW


90,000 TPA

6 Tunnel Kilns Cold Briquetted

Iron (CBI) --- 2 x 100 TPD 60,000 TPA

7 Iron Ore Beneficiation & Pelletisation I/O concentrate /

Pellets --- 1 x 2000 TPD 6,00,000 TPA

8 Fly-Ash Brick Plant Fly ash 2000 Bricks/day 18000 Bricks/Day 20000 Bricks/Day

9 Fly-Ash Beneficiation Plant (dropped)* --- --- 1 x 100 TPD (dropped)* 30,000 TPA (dropped)*

10 Slag Crusher & Beneficiation Plant --- 1 x 15 TPD 1 x 30 TPD 13,500 TPA

Note: * During ToR, Fly-Ash Beneficiation Plant of 1 x 100 TPD capacity was included. Now it is proposed to Drop Fly-Ash Beneficiation Plant.





2.15

2.6 PROPOSED SCHEDULE FOR APPROVAL AND IMPLEMENTATION [Gen. TOR # 3 (i)]

S.No. Description Plant

Configuration Production

Capacity

Duration From the Date of receipt of EC & Financial Closure

1st year 2nd Year 3rd Year 4th Year 5th Year 6th Year 7th Year

1 DRI Kiln based Sponge Iron Plant

1 x 200 TPD 60,000 TPA


2 x 12 T 75,000 TPA


2 x 12 T 75,000 TPA

4 Rolling Mill 1 x 500 TPD 1,50,000 TPA

5 Power Generation Through WHRB

1 x 25 TPH 5 MW

Through FBC 1 x 50 TPH 10 MW

6 Blast Furnace 1 x 125 m3 300 TPD

7 Tunnel Kiln 1 x 100 TPD 30,000 TPA

8 Tunnel Kiln 1 x 100 TPD 30,000 TPA


1 x 2000 TPD 1 x 2000 TPD

10 Fly-Ash Brick Plant 18000 Bricks/Day

11 Slag Crusher & Beneficiation Plant

1 x 30 TPD 13,500 TPA





2.16

2.7 PROJECT COST [Gen. TOR # 3 (i)]

The project cost envisaged for the proposed expansion project is Rs. 550 Crores.

Table No. 2.7.1: BREAK-UP OF PROJECT COST

S.No. Units Estimated Cost (in Rs. Crores)

1. DRI Kiln based Sponge Iron Plant 32

2. Induction Furnace based Steel Melting Shop 17

3. Rolling Mill 14

4. Captive Power Plant 78

5. Blast Furnace 144

6. Tunnel Kilns 45

7. Iron Ore Beneficiation & Pelletisation 200

8. Fly-Ash Brick Plant 8.25

9. Slag Crusher & Beneficiation Plant 4.50

10. Land cost 3

11. For Occupational Health, Fire & Safety 4.5

12. For Corporate Environment Responsibility (CER) as per Ministry’s Office Memorandum vide F.No. 22-65/2017-IA.III dated 1st May 2018

4.25

Total 550

2.8 TECHNOLOGY AND PROCESS DESCRIPTION

2.8.1 RAW MATERIALS [Gen. TOR # 3 (iv) & Addl. TOR # 2]

The following will be the raw material requirement for the proposed expansion project:

Table No. 2.8.1: RAW MATERIAL REQUIREMENT

Raw Material Quantity Sources Distance in Kms.

w.r.t. plant

Mode of Transport

For Iron Ore beneficiation plant (Iron ore concentrate)

Iron ore fines 9,00,000 Karnataka (E-auctions

conducted by Monitoring Committee)

~200 By rail & road (through covered trucks)

For Pellet Plant (Pellets)

Iron ore Concentrate 6,30,000 Own Generation Nil Covered Conveyor

Bentonite 9,000 Karnataka 200 to 300 By road (through covered trucks)

Limestone 9,000 Karnataka ~100 By road (through covered trucks)

Coke breeze 36,770 Indonesia / South ~350 By Sea, Rail & Road





2.17

Africa / Australia (Covered trucks)

Furnace Oil 8100 KL/annum

Karnataka ~350 By road (through Tankers)

Coal (Gasifier)

Imported 23,750 Indonesia / South Africa / Australia

~350 By Sea, Rail & Road (Covered trucks)

For DRI Kilns (Sponge Iron)

Pellets (for 1 x 200 TPD DRI Kilns)

96,000 Own generation --- Covered Conveyor

Dolomite 3,000 Karnataka ~100 By road (through covered trucks)

Coal (1 x 200 TPD DRI Kilns)

Indian 78,000 SCCL, Telangana / SECL



~350 Through sea route, rail route & by road

For Induction Furnace (MS Billets)

Sponge Iron 1,08,000

42,000

In plant generation & External purchase

---

~200

By road (through covered trucks)

Scrap / end cuttings from Rolling mill

22,500 Karnataka ~200 By road (through covered trucks)

Ferro Alloys 2,250 Karnataka ~200 By road (through covered trucks)

For Rolling Mill (TMT bars & Structural Steel)

M.S. Ingots / Steel billets

1,53,000

13,000


Nil

~200


Furnace oil 5100 KL/annum


Coal (Gasifier)





For Mini Blast Furnace (Pig Iron)

Iron ore lump 1,49,700 Karnataka ~200 By rail & road (through covered trucks)

BF coke 45,000 Andhra Pradesh ~350 By road (through covered trucks)

Quartzite 2,250 KARNATAKA ~200 By rail & road (through covered trucks)

Manganese ore 1350 KARNATAKA MOIL, Maharashtra

~200

~1000

By rail & road (through covered trucks)

For FBC Boiler [Power Generation 10 MW]

Dolochar 18,000 In plant generation Nil through covered





2.18

conveyors

Coal Indian 46,500 SCCL, Telangana / SECL



~350 Through sea route / rail route / by road

For Tunnel Kiln (Cold Briquetted Iron)

Iron ore concentrate 1,00,000 Karnataka ~200 By road (through covered trucks)


Coal for Tunnel Kilns & Coal Gasifier (Imported)

47,000 Indonesia / South Africa / Australia


Note: 1. An MoU entered with M/s. AGAREAL COAL CORPORATION PRIVATE LIMITED , M/s. HEMANG

RESOURCED LIMITED & M/s. MAGNIFICO MINERALS PRIVATE LIMITED for supply of Imported Coal. 2. All raw materials are in TPA except Furnace Oil, which is in KL/annum

2.8.2 RAW MATERIAL TRANSPORT, STORAGE & HANDLING

Major raw materials will be transported through railway rakes up to the nearest

railway station and then to the site through road by covered trucks.

All the trucks used for the transport of raw materials, products and wastes will be by

covered trucks.

No. of trucks in the existing plant is 376 trucks/day.

No. of trucks that will be added to the existing traffic will be 451 trucks /day.

Internal roads will be made pucca as per the need during expansion also.

All the raw material required for existing & proposed project will be stored on pucca

platform above ground level to avoid leaching of materials to ground water.

All the raw material yards are equipped with water sprinkling system so as to avoid

fugitive emission during the material handling.

2.8.3 MATERIAL BALANCE (for Proposed Expansion)

(A) IRON BENEFICIAITON UNIT

INPUTS OUTPUTS

S.No. Item Quantity (TPA) Item Quantity (TPA)

1. Iron ore fines 9,00,000 Iron ore concentrate 6,30,000

Tailing 2,70,000

Total 9,00,000 Total 9,00,000





2.19

(B) PELLETISATION UNIT

INPUTS OUTPUTS


1. Iron ore concentrate 6,30,000 Pellets 6,00,000

2. Coal 36,770 Ash/Dust 16,200

3. Bentonite 9,000 Gases 68,570

4. Lime Powder 9,000

Total 6,84,770 Total 6,84,770

(C) SPONGE IRON UNIT [1 x 200 TPD DRI Kilns]

INPUTS OUTPUTS


1. Pellets/Iron Ore 96,000 Sponge Iron 60,000

2. Coal (Indian) 78,000 Dolochar 18,000

3. Dolomite 3,000 Flue Gases 55,200

4. Ash / Dust from Bag filters 10,800

5. Wet Scraper sludge 27,000

6. Accretion slag 6,000

Total 1,77,000 Total 1,77,000

(D) PIG IRON UNIT

INPUTS OUTPUTS


1. Iron ore lump 1,49,700 Pig Iron 90,000

2. BF coke 45,000 Granulated slag 27,000

3. Quartzite 2,250 BF Gases 81,300

4. Manganese ore 1,350

Total 1,98,300 Total 1,98,300

(E) COLD BRIQUETTED IRON (CBI) UNIT

INPUTS OUTPUTS


1. Pellets 1,00,000 Cold Briquetted Iron 60,000

2. Coal 47,000 Char 14,400

3. Limestone 3,600 Burning loss 76,200

Total 1,50,600 Total 1,50,600





2.20

(F) INDUCTION FURNACE

INPUTS OUTPUTS


1. Sponge Iron 1,50,000 Billets 1,50,000

2. Scrap / end cuttings from Rolling mill

22,500 Slag 15,000

3. Ferro Alloys 2,250 Gases & dust 9,750

Total 1,74,750 Total 1,74,750

(G) ROLLING MILL

INPUTS OUTPUTS


1. Billets 1,66,000 Rolled Products 1,50,000

2. Mill scales 3,000

3. End Cuttings 4,500

4. Gases 8,500

Total 1,66,000 Total 1,66,000

(H) POWER PLANT [10 MW]

With Imported Coal

INPUTS OUTPUTS

S.No. Item Quantity (TPA) Item Quantity

1. Coal (Imported) 25,200 Power 10 MW

2. Dolochar 18,000 Ash 15,120 TPA

Gases 28,080 TPA

Total 43,200 Total 43,200TPA Note: Ash in Imported coal is considered as 10%

With Indian Coal

INPUTS OUTPUTS


1. Coal (Indian) 46,500 Power 10 MW


Gases including dust 30,975 TPA

Total 64,500 Total 64,500 TPA

Note: Ash in Indian coal is considered as 45%





2.21

2.8.4 MANUFACTURING PROCESS [Gen. TOR # 3 (viii)]

2.8.4.1 IRON ORE BENEFICIATION

Iron Ore Beneficiation

Beneficiation is a process which removes the gang particle like Alumina, Silica from the Iron

Ore. Basically, it separates Fe2O3 or Fe3O4 from other impurities in the iron ore. In this

process the Fe content is improve to maximum possible extent. The highest can be 70% i.e.

purest form.

Process Description

Iron ore fines reclaimed from the blending stockpile shall be conveyed into a surge bin

within the beneficiation plant building. Ore drawn from the surge bin by a belt weigh feeder

is fed to a spiral screw type classifier.

Washed ore from spiral classifier is screened for +4 mm and -4 mm fractions over a scalping

screen. Undersize fraction of -4 mm is pumped to sizing screens for screening off -1 mm

fraction. Oversize fractions of +4 mm from the scalping screen and +1 mm from the sizing

screens are ground in a primary ball mill in closed circuit with sizing screens to get 100% -1

mm solids suitable for gravity separation in spirals.

Washed sizing screen underflow fraction of -1 mm is pumped to dewatering cyclones.

Underflow of dewatering cyclones is beneficiated by gravity separation through two stage

spirals viz., rougher and cleaner spirals. Concentrate from spirals circuit is ground to a size

consistency of 100% passing 100 mesh and ~70% passing 325 mesh in secondary ball mills in

closed circuit with classifying cyclones. Ground concentrate from the classifying cyclones

overflow as well as the overflow from dewatering cyclones ahead of spirals are pumped to

concentrate thickener. Concentrate thickener underflow is thereafter filtered to get a

product with 8% moisture max. The filter cake is conveyed to stockpile.

Tailings from the spirals circuit is pumped to a linear screen to ensure a 100% -1 mm size

solids in the slurry being fed to high gradient magnetic separators to recover feebly

magnetic Fe units. Concentrate from high gradient magnetic separators is diverted to





2.22

secondary ball mill discharge pump box for grinding along with spiral concentrate, to

desired fineness.

Tailings from high gradient magnetic separators is fed to tailings thickener.

Spiral classifier overflow is pumped to de-sliming cyclones. Overflow from these de-sliming

cyclones is fed to the tailings thickener. Underflow from de-sliming cyclones is diverted to

spiral tailings pump box in turn to high gradient magnetic separators to recover Fe units as

much as possible.

Tailings thickener underflow is pumped to tailings settling pond.

Clear water from concentrate thickener, tailings thickener and tailings settling pond flows by

gravity back into the process water sump for recirculation. Process flow diagram of

beneficiation process is shown as Fig: 2.6.

Fig: 2.6





2.23

2.8.4.2 IRON ORE PELLETISATION

The process of pelletization enables converting Iron Ore Fines into “Uniformed Sized Iron

Ore Pellets” that can be charged into the blast furnaces or for Production of Direct Reduced

Iron (DRI).Pellets are uniform size, with purity of 63%- 65% contributing to faster reduction

and high metallization rates. Pellets with their high, uniform mechanical strength and high

abrasive strength increase production of sponge iron by 25% to 30% with same amount of

fuel.

Process Description

The iron ore pelletization unit comprises of following sections:

a) Drying & Prepn. of Iron Ore Fines

b) Grinding

c) Mixing and Blending

d) Pelletization

e) Screening

f) Travel Grate Furnace

g) Rotary Kiln

h) Cooler

i) Stacking

j) Recovery of Dust and Spillage

a. Drying & Preparation of Iron ore Fines:

Generally Iron Ore Fines, Lime Stone fines available, contain more than 6-7% moisture

and require drying before grinding. The drying is carried out in Rotary Drum Dryer. The

moisture content in the dry material is controlled. The low grade Iron Ore Fines is feed in

a screen for separation. Oversize/ under size moves to the primary grinding circuit.

b. Grinding

Iron Ore Fines, Lime Stone are mixed in required proportion and fed into a Ball Mill. The

fineness of the product is controlled as may be necessary for particular ore and Pellet

quality.

c. Mixing and Blending





2.24

Iron Ore powder blended with Bentonite and other binding materials in desired

proportion. Small quantity of water is added during blending operation. This raw mix is

ready for Pellet making and store in feed hopper.

d. Pelletization

Controlled quantity of raw mix is fed on disc Pelletizer. Some amount of water is

sprinkled for producing Pellets. These Pellets are passed through oversize and undersize

screens. Sized Pellets are then sent to sintering section.

e. Screening

Pellets produce in Pelletization sections are passed through oversize and undersize

screens. Rejects Pellets are sent back to raw mix silos sized Pellets are fed in to

Indurations Furnace.

f. Travel Grate Furnace

A Travel Grate Furnace is used for indurations of Pellets. This is divided into 3 sections

(Drying–Preheating–Heating). Hot Pellets at around 950ºC to 1000ºC from this Travel

Grate are dropped into the Kiln for further strengthening.

g. Rotary Kiln

Rotary Kiln receives Pellets from the Indurations Furnace where Pellets have to withstand

at high temperature approx. 1050ºC – 1200ºC. Here the Pellets gain more hardness due

to high temperature. Furnace Oil / Producer Gas is used as a fuel inside the Kiln. After the

Kiln the Pellets are passed to the Grate Cooler.

h. Cooler

Grate Cooler receives hot Pellet with temperature up to 1200ºC coming from Rotary Kiln.

Cooler has its own blowers to blast the air from bottom. The hot air from the first zone is

used as a combustion air in kiln. The hot blast of the second zone is used in the pre-

heating zone-1 of travel grate and the air from the 3rd zone is discharged to the

atmosphere through chimney as its dust concentration is well within the permissible

limits of pollution norms. Volume of cooling air in all the three zones is regulated





2.25

automatically through the temperature control loops as per the requirement. Cold Pellets

at about 100ºC are discharged on conveyors and they are quenched by the cold water for

further cooling and then conveyed to the stock pile/ loading hoppers.

i. Stacking

The screened Pellets of required size duly cooled at air cooler and subsequently natural

cooling are transported to Bunkers.

j. Recovery of Dust and Spillage

Spillage from drying zone and preheating zone of traveling grate, dust from the wind box

of traveling grate and dust collected through de-duster of technological process shall

meet and will be sent to dust bin via belt conveyor, after they are ground together with

iron ore concentrate at grinding mill. Spillage (dry Pellets) produced at the discharge end

of traveling grate will be fed into the kiln from the feed chute of the kiln feed end by

bucket elevation. Almost all the dust and spillage are re-circulated and recovered.

Process flow diagram for Pelletization process is shown as Fig: 2.7.

Fig: 2.7





2.26

2.8.4.3 DRI PLANT

The Direct Reduced Iron (DRI) plant will comprise of one 200 TPD kiln and related

accessories including Waste Heat Recovery power generating unit.

The major plant facilities for the Sponge Iron plant envisaged are as follows:

Day bins

Rotary Kiln & Cooler

Central Control Room

Product processing and product storage

Off gas system including waste heat recovery power generation

There will be one day bin building for kiln. The day bin building will have bins for meeting

raw material required for kiln. This bin will have the storage facility for pellets, feed coal,

dolomite etc.

A refractory lined rotary kiln will be used for reduction of Iron ore in solid state. A central

Burner located at the discharge end will be used for initial heating of the kiln. Sized Iron ore

will be continuously fed into the kiln along with coal which has dual role of fuel as well as

reductant. Dolomite will be added to scavenge the Sulphur from the coal. A number of air

tubes will be provided along the length of the kiln.

The desired temperature profile will be maintained by controlling the volume of the

combustion air through these tubes. The Carbon monoxide generated due to the

combustion of coal, reduces the iron ore and converts it into sponge iron. The rotary kiln is

primarily divided into two zones viz. the pre heating zone and the reduction zone. The

preheating zone extends over 30 to 50 % of the length of the kiln and in this the moisture in

the charge will be driven off and the volatile matter in the coal will be burnt with the

combustion air supplied through the air tubes. Heat from the combustion rises the

temperature of the lining and the bed surface. As the kiln rotates, the lining transfers the

heat to the charge. Charge material, pre-heated to about 1000oC enters the reduction zone.

Temperature of the order of 1050oC will be maintained in the reduction zone, which is the

appropriate temperature for solid state reduction of iron oxide to metallic iron. This hot

material will be transferred to rotary cooler. In rotary cooler the material will cool from

1000oC to 100oC in cooler by spraying water. The cooler discharge material consists of





2.27

sponge iron lumps, sponge iron fines and char. Magneticand non-magnetic material will be

separated through magnetic separators and stored in separate bins.

Process flow

Technological parameters of kiln and cooler

Description Parameters

Effective Diameter of Kiln (ID), m : 3.4

Length of Kiln, m : 60.0

Support, No. : 4

Kiln speed, rpm : 0.25 – 0.75

Diameter of cooler (ID), m : 3.0

Length of cooler, m : 30.0

Support, No. : 2

Slope % : 0.5

Cooler speed, rpm : 1.0

Production, tpd : 200

Generation of DRI fines (-3 mm), % : 20

Fig: 2.8





2.28

Working days / years, No. : 300

Shifts per day, No. : 3

Quality of Sponge Iron

Typical quality of DRI would be as:

Degree of metallization, % : 90±2

Fe(t), % : 87.28

Fe(m), % : 78.55

FeO, % : 11.22

Al2O3 : 4.15

SiO2 : 5.05

MgO : 0.41

CaO : 0.36

C % : 0.20

P % : 0.04

S % : 0.014

2.8.4.4BLAST FURNACE (PIG IRON PROCESS)

It is proposed to produce hot metal by installing one Blast Furnace with 1 x 125 m3volume

along with auxiliary facilities. The Furnace will produce 300 TPD of hot metal.

Blast Furnace will consist of following facilities:

RAW MATERIAL HANDLING SYSTEM

Basic raw materials used for production of pig iron are Iron ore, coke, Limestone, Mn Ore

and Quartzite.

These raw materials are stored / heaped in the respective yards with proper identification,

based on the raw material specification / supplier.

Raw materials are transported from respected yards to ground hopper by means of trucks

or tippers and dumped into the ground hopper, they are sent to respective day bins through

conveyors.

BATCHING & CHARGING SYSTEM

Automatic batching & charging system has been envisaged through Honeywell PLC. The

batching will be done automatically as per the burden set by the operation. The burden will

be decided by the operation based on the required quality of the pig iron. The material,





2.29

which is weighed, will be sent to the blast furnace via conveyors as per the recipe. Charging

will be done to MBF by means of upper & lower bells.

PREPARATION OF HOT BLAST

HT fans will be installed for generating blast required for blast furnace operation. Based on

the requirement of pressure and flow, the fans will be switched on to operate in series to

maintain the pressure. The cold blast generated from the blower fans is preheated in hot

blast stoves before sending to blast furnace.

There are three stoves envisaged for pre-heating the cold blast. Based on the process

requirement, stoves will be started & taken in to service. Stoves will be lighted with oil and

finally changed over to blast furnace as fuel for firing. The cold blast will be indirectly

heated in stoves up to required temperature as per process requirement. This hot blast will

be sent to Blast furnace.

BLOWING SYSTEM

There are 10 tuyers and blowpipes envisaged for blowing hot air in to the furnace. The hot

blast will flow upward in the blast furnace opposite to the direction of movement of the raw

material. The iron ore gets pre-heated, reduction process takes place and iron start melting

at different zones & finally become hot metal. It is collected in the hearth.

The hot metal collected will be tapped from blast furnace at regular intervals. The hot

metal tapped will be collected in ladles and weighed. The weighed ladles will be sent to

SMS division through trucks / EOT crane as per the requirement. The excess hot metal will

be converted into pigs through Pig Casting Machine (PCM). The pigs will be collected in

trucks and dumped at pig iron yard with batch identification.

BY PRODUCT / WASTE GENERATION FROM MINI BLAST FURNACE

A. SLAG GENERATION

Slag is a bi-product from blast furnace, which will be granulated by means of slag

granulation system. Granulated slag will be brick manufacturing units.





2.30

B. BLAST FURNACE GAS

The blast furnace gas coming-out from the furnace will be used as fuel for stoves and

Ladle.

C. FLUE DUST FROM DUST CATCHER

The flue dust generated will be collected at dust catcher. It will be periodically loaded to

trucks and dumped at designated places.

Quality of products and by products of Blast Furnace

Hot metal

Items Unit Value Carbon % 4.3 Silicon % 0.6 Phosphorus % 0.15 Sulphur % 0.05 Hot metal temperature 0C 1500

Fig: 2.9





2.31

Technological parameters

The major technological parameters of the blast furnace are indicated as follows;

Description : Parameters No. of Blast Furnace : One Working Volume, m3 : 125 Productivity, t/d/m3 : 2.4 Daily Production, t/d/Furnace : 300 Coke rate (dry), kg/thm : 485 Coal dust injection, kg/thm : 100 Oxygen enrichment, % : 3 – 5 Slag rate, kg/thm : 300 Top pressure, kg/cm2 (g) design : 1.8 Hot blast temperature, 0C : 1150 Blast volume, Nm3/thm : 1300 BF gas generation, Nm3/thm : 1950

Slag

Items Unit Value CaO % 33.62 MgO % 8 SiO2 % 35.39 Al2O3 % 20 Others % 3 CaO / SiO2 % 0.95 Slag rate Kg/thm 300 Slag temperature 0C ~ 1550 (?)

2.8.4.5 COLD BRIQUITTED IRON (through Tunnel Kiln Technology)

In this process, iron cakes or moulds of iron ore concentrates are made by using high

pressure hydraulic press. The cakes are then placed in silicon carbide crucibles and then

covering it with coal powder from all sides as per design and the container is completely

filled with coal powder and closed from top. The container is already closed from bottom, so

now it is almost closed. Containers are placed on the kiln cars/ trolleys and sent to tunnel

kiln.

The tunnel kiln consists of three zones: Pre - heating zone, Reduction zone and Cooling

zone. The temperature in the pre-heating zone is going up to 900oC. In Reduction zone, the

temperature goes up to 1200oC. In cooling zone the temperature goes down slowly to app.

200 / 300oC near the exit.





2.32

The reduced iron is kept in the crucible till the temperature comes down to 50 /100oC. After

cooling it is separated from the char and sent for crushing.

The char is reused by mixing with coal and briquetted to be used in gasifier.

The direct reduced iron is crushed in crushers and cold briquettes are made by using

briquetting machine. The cold briquetted iron so made has metallization > 90 %.

Reduction is in closed crucibles is very good, as there are no chances of backward reaction

with air. The heating of the furnace is by coal gas generated from coal gasifier. The kiln has

sufficient provision for our waste heat recovery. Heat exchangers are installed in the

furnace roof which preheats the combustion air, resulting in high efficiency of heating

system.

The cold briquetted iron has Fem= > 90% and metallization > 95 %

Fig: 2.10





2.33

2.8.4.6 STEEL MELTING SHOP (SMS)

In Steel Melting Shop (SMS), Sponge Iron will be melted along with melting scrap and fluxes

to make pure liquid steel and then to mould it in required size billets.The SMS will consist of

following equipment and subassemblies:

Induction Furnace: Induction Furnaces is a device to melt the charge material using

electrical power. It consists of Crucible lined with water cooled induction coils, Electrical

system to give controlled power to induction coil, Hydraulic tilting system, Heat exchanger

to cool the circulating water, water softener for generating soft water, furnace transformer,

Power Factor improvement system and surge suppressor.

Ladles: Ladles are pots with refractory lining inside to withstand 16000C temperature. It has

side arms so that can be lifted with the help of crane. Ladles are used to stores the liquid

steel from Induction Furnace and take it for further processing. Ladles are with bottom

nozzle and pneumatically operated gate for discharge of liquid.

Cranes: Electric Over-head(EOT) cranes of various capacities are used to carry the

ladles/materials at different places. Cranes are used in Melting hall to charge melting scrap,

remove the ladles to the LRF, further to place it over the Tundish of the Continuous Caster,

to remove billets from the cooling bed and store at designated places, and also for other

petty use. Accordingly, the sizes, capacity and numbers of cranes are decided.

Continuous Casting Machine (CCM): CCM is used to continuously cast the liquid steel in

required cross section and in length. It consists of Tundish, Mould, Bow with Withdrawal

mechanism, straightening mechanism and cooling bed, hydraulic system for withdrawal

mechanism, water pumps and cooling towers for water spray on the withdrawn section as

well as on the cooling bed. Dummy bar is provided to start the casting. Tundish is a

rectangular vessel, lined with refractory and having discharge nozzle with pneumatically

operated gate. A stand is erected over it where the ladle is stationed for discharging the

liquid in it. Mould is of copper with water cooled jacked. Its cross-section in the bottom is of

the size of which billet is to be drawn. Initially the dummy for of the same size is kept

inserted. When the liquid steel is poured in the mould, the dummy bar is drawn slowly, so





2.34

that the liquid steel in partially frozen state comes out of the mould. Water spray nozzles

are installed to spray water over the just drawn billet to cool it further and to harden the

skin of the drawn billet.

There will be 2 nos. of Induction Furnaces in the SMS plant, each of 25T capacity. MS Ingots/

MS Billets will be produced in Continuous Casting Machine.

Technological parameters of Induction Furnace

Parameter : Value / Features Number of furnaces : Two Number of crucibles per IF

: Two (4)

(2 Operating +2 Standby) Furnace capacity : 25 tons Tilting arrangement : Hydraulic Forward tilt : 950 Metallic charge : 80% DRI and 20% scrap & ohers Method of charging : Batch charging by EOT crane Melting rate : 25 tons/hr Operating frequency : 300-500 Hz No. of transformer taps : To suit furnace operation Primary voltage : 11 kV

2.8.4.7 ROLLING MILL

A pusher type furnace has been envisaged for the heating of Ingots/Billets. The furnace will

be end charging and side discharging. It will have single row as well as double row charging

facility. The furnace will be heated with FO. The furnace combustion system will comprise of

air blowers, FO storage, supply and preheating system and other associated facilities. The

product of combustion will leave the furnace at charging end and exhausted through

underground flue tunnel and passed through a metallic tubular recuperator before finally

let off to a self-supporting steel chimney of sufficient height. A set of instrument will be

used for smooth operation of the furnace.

Bar and Round mill

A cross country type mill has been envisaged for the plant. The stands have been grouped

into roughing, intermediate and finishing groups. Roughing group will have 4 (four) stands,

intermediate group will have 8 (eight) stands and finishing mill will have 8 (eight) stands.





2.35

Roughing group of stands will be driven by one motor. 4 nos. of intermediate stands will be

driven by two motors and balance 4 nos. will be driven by a separate motor. Each stand of

finishing group will be driven by single motor. Necessary guides and troughs will be

provided at entry and exit of mill stands.

One wire rod outlet has been provided in the mill. The wire rod line will have 4 stand blocks

driven by a single motor through gear box. Coil forming and handling of coil is provided.

Automated tilting, drop type tilter and feeding arrangement will be provided in roughing

group of stands. Repeaters have been provided in roughing / intermediate stands as

necessary.

Design provision has been made for introduction of slit rolling facility in future to roll 8 mm,

10 mm & 12 mm rebars in two strands. The rebars discharged from the mill will pass

through a water cooling system comprising cooling pipes with high pressure water nozzles

for rapid water quenching. At the cooling pipes the bar skin temperature will be reduced to

about 600oC. The core of the bar still remains hot. This entrapped heat tempers the bar.

This thermo-mechanical treatment of the bars increases tensile strength without adversely

effecting weldability and elongation properties. This process eliminates requirement of cold

twisting of bars for production of rebars.

A dividing shear, to cut the products to cooling bed length, will be located immediately after

the water cooling system. This shear will divide all products to cooling bed lengths. Rake

type cooling beds have been envisaged to receive the rolled product. Cooling bed will be

provided with incoming and outgoing roller tables. One cold shear has been provided to cut

the bars coming out of cooling bed into commercial length of 6 to 12 m. The bar products

will be formed into bundles and will be strapped by strapping machine manually.

The finished products will be removed by overhead EOT crane and stored in the storage

area or dispatched through road vehicles.

Process flow diagram for Billets & Rolled Products manufacturing is shown below.





2.36

Major Technical Parameters of the Mill

Item Unit Parameter Type of mill -- Straight mill Capacity of mill t/yr 1,50,000 Rolling (operating) speed max m/s 23 mps Operating days d/yr 300 Shifts /day No. 3 Hot rolling hours Hrs./yr 5800 Reheating furnace -- Pulverized coal, 40 t/d nominal

capacity with cold charge, pusher type (Pollution issue?)

Feed billet size Mm 100 – 150, x4000 mm max. Finished products size range -- TMT 8mm to 32mm Billets to product yield % 96.5

Fig: 2.11





2.37

2.8.4.8 POWER GENERATION (WHRB & FBC)

WHRB (Waste Heat Recovery Boiler)

Waste Heat Recovery Boiler will be installed to the DRI kiln. 10 TPH boiler will be installed.

The waste gases from the DRI kilns will pass through WHRB to generate Power. The flue

gases after Post Combustion Chamber (PCC) will be taken to unifired furnace chamber and

then flow over banks of super heater, convective evaporator and economizer before being

discharged to atmosphere through ESP, ID fan and stack. After heat recovery the flue gases

will be treated in a high efficiency ESP to bring down the particulate matter in the gases to

less than 30 mg/Nm3 and discharged through a common stack [twin flue] and a single flue

stack. 5 MW of power will be generated through waste heat recovery.

Atmospheric Fluidized Bed Combustion (AFBC)

The proposed power plant will have a single Boiler – single Turbine configuration. The boiler

will be of Fluidized Bed Combustion boiler with a rating of 40 TPH @ 100 ata and 5300C.

Boiler will be provided with all associated accessories like FD / ID / PA Fans, Air Heater,

Economizer, Electro Static Precipitator etc. The Steam Turbo Generator will be capable of

generating 10.0 MW power at 11 KV, 50 Hz and 0.8 pf at Generator terminals.

In the Fluidized Bed Combustion boiler envisaged, combustion of fuel particles is achieved in

suspension with an inert aggregate i.e. sand. Combustion air will be fed through air nozzles

from underneath into the sand fuel bed. Oil burner will be provided for startup and low load

flame stabilization. The fuels proposed in FBC Boiler are Dolochar&Coal (Indian / Imported).

The flue gases will pass over various heat transfer surfaces to ESP and then finally

discharged into chimney by ID fan. The condensate after condenser of STG will be pumped

to a common de-aerator by condensate extraction pumps. Feed water from the de-aerator

will be pumped to the waste heat recovery boiler as well as FBC boiler by boiler feed pumps.

10 MW power will be generated through FBC Boiler. The steam generated from both the

WHRB and FBC boilers will drive the steam turbine through a common steam header.

2.8.4.9 FLY ASH BRICK MANUFACTURING

Fly ash (70%), Bed Material (10%), cement (5%) and M-sand (15%) are manually feed into a

pan mixer where water is added to the required proportion for homogeneous mixing. The





2.38

proportion of raw material may vary depending upon quality of raw materials. After mixing,

the mixture is allowed to belt conveyor through feed in to automatic block making machine

where the blocks are pressed automatically. Then the blocks/ blocks are placed on wooden

pallets and kept as it is for two days there-after transported to open area where they are

water cured for 10 -15 days. The blocks are sorted and tested before dispatch.

2.8.4.10 SLAG CRUSHER & BENEFICIATION PLANT

Steel slag iron separation equipment researched and developed by our company is of high

efficiency. Steelmaking in steel works, the residue flowing out contains iron, the second

recycling uses crane to pour the liquid slag of slag ladle with layering onto the slag bed (or

slag pit), spray a proper amount of water to make the high-temperature slag quench

fragmentate and accelerate cooling, and then excavate and loading with loading machine,

electric shovel and other equipment mining loading, then ship it to the residue field. Those

needs processing and utilization is transported to the steel slag treatment room for

fabrication processing such as crushing, grinding, grading, magnetic separation.

Steel slag iron separation processes:

Disc splash water (ISC method)

In a steel slag workshop, set elevated splash slag plate, use the crane to splash liquid

steel slag inside slag ladle into the slag plate. The slag layer is generally 30-120mm thick,

then sprayed with proper amount of water to quench cracking.

Overturn the slag in the slag car, drive the car to the pool water cooling, unload the slag

to the tank for further cooling. Residual particle size is generally 5 - 100mm, finally grab

it out with grab bucket and then load in the car, send to slag processing workshop, crush

from large to small pieces, get into the ball mill for grinding, when up to a certain

degree, with mortar pump beat them into the high-frequency screen, sieve, sieved

material gets into the magnetic separator for magnetic separation, those not on the

magnetic into the re-election, shaker and the spiral chute separate, the grade can reach

above 64%, three times of recycle into steel steelmaking.

Steel slag water quenching process





2.39

Hot melt slag in the outflow, falling process, segment and shatter by pressure water.

Slag meets water and rupture because of stress concentration from quenching

shrinkage, and granulate the slag. As slag has higher basicity and viscosity than blast

furnace slag, difficulty of water quenching is big. In order to prevent the explosion, some

use slag pot hole, adopt method of water quenching of the water slag groove and limit

the maximum flow rate through the aperture of slag ladle slag.

Wind quenching method

Slag ladle receives slag and transport it to the air quenching device, tip slag ladle, slag

flows out via intermediate tank, blown and scattered by the air a special nozzle blows,

crushed into particles, in bell type boiler recycle high-temperature air and the heat slag

particles emit and trap slag particles. After air quenching particles turn into the

converter slag can be used as building materials; the medium temperature steam

generated by the boiler can be used for drying and oxidizing the iron sheet.

Steel slag powder processing

As slag contains free CaO, when processing converter steel slag with steam of 100 ℃ and

0.2-0.3 MPa pressure, its volume increases by 23% to 87%, powder ratio of steel slag less

than 0.3mm is up to 50% -80%. Without changing the main mineral phase composition in

the slag, it eliminates uncombined CaO, improves the stability of the steel slag. This

treatment process can significantly reduce broken steel slag processing capacity as well as

reducing the wear of the equipment.

2.8.4.11 PRODUCER GAS PLANT

Coal is lifted to the coal storage bin by lifting system; the coal is added in the carbonation

stage of two-stage coal gasifier by a programmable control feeding system. Air is blown in

the bottom of furnace by air blower, at the same time, low pressure steam goes through the

blending bin and blends with air, becomes the gasification agent, which will carry on the

gasification reaction with 1200 Celsius degree semi coke in the gasification stage.

Producer gas is made by the gasification agent, which is mixture of steam and air, which

goes through red-hot fixed burning bed. The oxygen content in the air and steam react with





2.40

the carbon in the fuel; generating the producer gas which has ingredients like CO, CO2, H2,

CH4, C2H4, N2 etc.

Reaction of steam and carbon is endothermic reaction:

C + H2O= CO + H2

When oxygen and carbon react, and then heat output:

2C + O2 =2CO

C + O2 = CO2

Some steam here reacts with carbon monoxide:

CO + H2O = CO2 + H2

In the reducing zone, quick reaction is occurred when the temperature is below 1200

Celsius degree

CO2 + C = 2CO and

H2O + C=H2 + CO

When the coal gas goes through the reducing zone, flammable gas content raises rapidly,

carbon dioxide and steam content decrease. Across the reducing zone, a part of coal gas is

withdrawn through a series of vents in the gasifier walls and is called “DOWN STAGE GAS”.

Its temperature is around 300-400 Celsius degree and contain dust and ash particles.

This down stage gas is treated in the cyclone to remove the dust particles, and is then

cooled through a heat exchanger. In this heat exchanger the heat is given to the water in

the steam drum. The gas is further cooled in a wind cooler, where natural air cools the gas

to a lower temperature. The thickness of the slag should be kept 200-400 mm and when the

layer thickness increases the de-slagging of the slag should be carried out with the help of

stroker.

In the carbonation stage, the coal added in the gasifier are dried, preheated and

carbonated, generate steam, tar and coal gas, exported from the top of gasifier together,

this part of gas is called “up-stage coal gas”, its temperature is around 100-120 Celsius

degree.

The Upstage and downstage coal gas are mixed in the entrance of indirect cooler, the

temperature after mixing and cooling in the indirect cooler is 35-40 Celsius degree. The coal





2.41

gas pressure adder increases the pressure of the coal gas to the desired value and then

connects to the transmitting coal gas pipelines which take the gas to the equipment.

Process flow chart is given as Fig: 2.12.

2.8.5 STACK DETAILS [Gen. TOR # 3 (vi) & 7 (v)]

The following are the stack details of proposed units under expansion project

Table No. 2.8.2: STACK DETAILS

S.No. Stack attached to Height

(m) PM

(g/s) SO2 (g/s)

NOx (g/s)

For Pellet Plant (1 x 2000 TPD)

1. Travelling Grate Kiln 52 1.9 21.3 7.6

2. De-dusting system 30 1.2 --- ---

For Sponge Iron (1 x 200 TPD)

3. DRI kiln with WHRB 70 1.5 21.4 5.8

For Induction Furnace (2 x 25 T)

4. Induction Furnace 30 (Twin flues )

0.5 (per flue)

--- 1.9 (per flue)

For Rolling Mill (1 x 500 TPD)

5. Rolling Mill 45 0.4 13.4 4.0

For Blast Furnace (1 x 125 m3)

6. Stove 50 0.9 17.4 5.8

7. Cast House 30 0.5 --- ---

8. Stock House 30 0.5 --- ---





2.42

For 10 MW Power Plant (40 TPH Boiler)

9. AFBC Boiler * 56 0.5 1.8 1.8

For Tunnel Kiln (2 x 100 TPD)

10. Tunnel Kiln 61 (Twin flues )

0.4 (per flue)

10.9 (per flue)

1.6 (per flue)

2.8.6 MANPOWER REQUIREMENT [Gen. ToR # 3 (vii)]

The proposed expansion project creates employment to 300 people during construction and

150 people during operation of the proposed expansion project.

Department Skilled Semi-skilled Un-skilled TOTAL

During operation 30 50 70 150

2.8.7 POWER REQUIREMENT [Gen. TOR # 3 (vii)]

The following is the Power requirement for the operation of Existing & expansion projects

Table No. 2.8.3: POWER REQUIREMENT

S.No. Particulars Power Requirement (in MW)

Existing Expansion Total

1 DRI Kiln based Sponge Iron Plant 1.0 0.5 1.5

2 Induction Furnace based Steel Melting Shop 6.0 22.0 28

3 Rolling Mill 2.5 3.0 5.5

4 Captive Power Plant 1.2 1.5 2.7

5 Blast Furnace --- 4.0 4

6 Tunnel Kilns --- 0.6 0.6

7 Iron Ore Beneficiation & Pelletisation --- 2.5 2.5

8 Fly-Ash Brick Plant 0.1 0.5 0.6

9 Fly-Ash Beneficiation Plant --- 0.2 0.2

10 Slag Crusher & Beneficiation Plant --- 0.2 0.2

Total 10.8 35.0 45.8

Total power requirement after expansion = 45.8 MW.

Total captive power generation envisaged = 10 MW + 15 MW = 25 MW

Balance 20.8 MW will be sourced from the State Grid.





2.43

2.9 ENVIRONMENTAL MITIGATION MEASURES [Gen. TOR # 3 (vi) & 7 (v)]

2.9.1 AIR EMISSION CONTROL

The following are the Air Emission Control systems are proposed.

Table No. 2.9.1: PROPOSED AIR EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMS

S.No. Source Control Equipment Particulate emission at the outlet

1. DRI kilns with WHRB’s Electro Static Precipitators (ESP) < 50 mg/Nm3

2. Induction Furnaces with CCM Fume Extraction system with

bag filters < 50 mg/Nm3

3. Blast furnace Dust catcher followed by

Venturi scrubber < 30 mg/Nm

3

4. Tunnel Kilns Multicyclones followed by Bag

filters < 50 mg/Nm3

5. Pellet plant Electro Static Precipitator (ESP) < 50 mg/Nm3

6. AFBC Boiler Electro Static Precipitator (ESP) < 30 mg/Nm3

Note : Apart from the above Fume extraction system with bagfilters, dust suppression system, covered conveyers etc. will also be installed.

i. Pellet plant

The flue gases from the Travelling Grate Kiln will be treated in ESP & discharged

through a stack of 52 m height for effective dispersion of emissions into the

atmosphere. The stack height is designed as per CPCB norms. The outlet Particulate

emission will be less than 50 mg/Nm3.

All conveyors will be covered with GI Sheets to prevent to fugitive emission.

Material transfer points will be provided with Dust Extraction system with Bagfilters.

The emission from Producer gas plant will be treated in Cyclone separator to remove

dust particles and Electric detarrer to separate the tar. The clean gas will be sent to

Pelletization unit.

Fugitive dust generated from Raw Material Handling, Bentonite Grinding, Lime and

Coal Grinding and Bentonite Transfer points will be collected using suction ducts and

cleaned in Bag Houses.

Dust collected from the bentonite and lime stone systems and other systems will be

returned to their respective storage bins. Collected dust from ESP's and Bag Filters

will be reused.





2.44

ii. Blast Furnace

Dust catcher followed by Venturi Scrubber will be provided to bring down the

particulate matter in the exhaust gases connected to BF Stove will be less than 30

mg/Nm3 and other BF areas such as Dedusting & other areas, PM will be less than 50

mg/Nm3.

Emissions will be minimized by covering the runners, ladle charging points etc.

Cast house de-dusting catering tap holes, runners, skimmers, ladle charging points

etc.

Fugitive emissions from material handling, conveying and screening operations will be

evacuated in closed systems and treated by Fabric filters.

Fugitive emissions will be controlled by controlled wetting by the use of crust

formers.

Blast Furnace flue dust, collected within the dust catchers will be evacuated using

closed vessels or employing equally effective methods to minimize fugitive dust.

iii. Sponge Iron (DRI)

Covered trucks will be used for transport of Raw materials.

Stock piles will be provided with Dust Suppression system.

Coal screen House, Crusher House, Junction houses and surge hopper, Iron ore screen

house and bins, Product discharge, Junction House & SMS bins will be provided with

dust extraction system with bagfilters.

Dust extraction system with Bagfilters will be provided at material transfer points,

crusher area, cooler discharge, product separation area, etc. to control dust emission.

All the material handling systems will be connected with de dusting system. All the

discharge points and feed points wherever the possibility of dust generation is there a

de dusting suction point will be provided to collect the dust.

Water sprinklers will be provided for dust suppression during unloading of raw

materials.

All conveyors will be covered with GI sheets to prevent the fugitive dust.

Post Combustion Chamber (PCC) will be provided to eliminate the CO emissions.





2.45

Covered shed for storage of Raw materials.

In the proposed plant the exhaust gases from the rotary kilns will pass through a

Waste Heat Recovery Boiler (WHRB) and after heat recovery the gases will pass

through high efficiency Electro Static Precipitator to bring down the particulate

matter in the exhaust gases to less than 50 mg/Nm3. Then the treated gases will be

let out through a combined stack of 70 m height for 1 x 200 TPD for effective

dispersion of emissions into the atmosphere.

All internal roads will be asphalted to prevent the fugitive dust due to vehicular

transport.

iv. Cold Briquetted Iron (Tunnel Kiln)

Covered trucks will be used for transport of Raw materials.

Dust extraction system with Bagfilters will be provided at material transfer points,

crusher area, product separation area, etc. to control dust emission. All the material

handling systems will be connected with de dusting system. All the discharge points

and feed points wherever the possibility of dust generation is there a de dusting

suction point will be provided to collect the dust.

In the proposed plant, the exhaust gases from the tunnel kilns will pass through Multi

cyclone with bag filters to bring down the particulate matter in the exhaust gases to

less than 50 mg/Nm3. Then the treated gases will be let out a through combined stack

(twin flues)of 61 m height for effective dispersion of emissions into the atmosphere.

Water sprinklers will be provided for dust suppression during unloading of raw

materials.

All internal roads will be asphalted to prevent the fugitive dust due to vehicular

transport.

v. Steel Melting Shop

The Fugitive emissions from the Induction furnaces will be sucked through hoods and

will pass through a fume extraction system with bag filters and then the treated gases

will be discharged into the atmosphere through a combined stack (with twin flues) of

30 m height for effective dispersion of emissions from Induction Furnaces. The outlet





2.46

dust emission in the exhaust gases will be less than 50 mg/Nm3. The dust will be

pneumatically carried to covered bins.

vi. Power Generation

Covered trucks will be used for transport of fuel.

Water sprinklers will be provided at the unloading areas of the fuel for dust

suppression. Dust suppression system with plain water - comprising piping network,

valves pumps, instrumentation & control, water tank etc. will be provided.

Coal handling plant & Coal transfer points will be provided with dust extraction

system with bagfilters.

Covered conveyers will be provided with GI sheets to prevent fugitive dust emission.

The flue gases from the AFBC boiler will be treated in a high efficiency Electro Static

Precipitator to bring down the particulate emission to less than 30 mg/Nm3.

NOx & SO2 emission will be less than 100 mg/Nm3.

The flue gases will be discharged through a stack of 56m height for effective

dispersion of SO2.

Internal roads will be asphalted to prevent the fugitive dust emission due to vehicular

movement.

Fly ash will be stored in Silos to prevent fugitive dust emissions.

vii. Internal Roads

All internal roads will be asphalted to prevent fugitive emissions due to vehicular

movement.

2.9.2 WASTEWATER MANAGEMENT [Gen. TOR # 7 (iv)]

In the existing plant zero effluent discharge is being maintained and similar pattern will

be maintained after expansion also.

The effluent generated from I/O Beneficiation plant, Pellet plant, DRI plant, Tunnel Kiln,

SMS & Rolling Mill units will be sent to settling tank & will be recycled through closed

circuit cooling system.





2.47

The effluent generated will be in the form of GCP blow down (From MBF), Boiler blow

down, D.M. Plant regeneration water and sanitary water.

Effluent from Gas cleaning plant of Blast Furnace will be treated in a settling tank and

after treatment it will be recycled.

Effluent from power plant will be treated and after ensuring compliance with KSPCB

norms, it will be utilized for dust suppression, ash conditioning and for greenbelt

development.

Sanitary waste water will be treated in proposed septic tank followed by Subsurface

dispersion trench.

EFFLUENT TREATMENT PLANT

pH of the boiler blowdown will be between 9.5 to 10.5. Hence a neutralization tank will be

constructed for neutralizing the boiler blow down. DM plant regeneration water will be

neutralized in a neutralization tank. After neutralization, these two effluent streams will be

mixed in a Central Monitoring Basin (CMB). Service water will be treated in an oil separator

and after treatment it will be taken to CMB. The treated effluent will be utilized for dust

suppression, ash conditioning and for Green belt development. No effluent will be let out of

the plant premises. Hence Zero discharge concept will be implemented. Sanitary waste

water will be treated in septic tank followed by subsurface dispersion trench.

The following will be treated combined effluent characteristics of ETP

pH - 6.5 - 8.5

TSS - < 100 mg/l

Oil & Grease - < 10 mg/l

Free available chlorine - < 1.0 mg/l

Copper - <1.0 mg/l

Iron - < 1.0 mg/l

Zinc - < 1.0 mg/l

Chromium - < 0.2 mg/l

Phosphates - < 5.0 mg/l

TREATED EFFLUENT DISPOSAL

Total effluent generation from project : 124 m3/day

Effluent quantity to be used for ash conditioning : 40 m3/day





2.48

Effluent to be used for dust suppression in CHP : 10 m3/day

Effluent to be used for slag granulation : 20 m3/day

Balance effluent to be used for Greenbelt development : 54 m3/day

33.0 acres of greenbelt will be developed within the plant premises by using the treated

effluent. A dedicated pipe distribution network will be provided for using the treated

effluent for greenbelt development.

The characteristics of the treated effluent will comply with the KSPCB Standards for onland

irrigation. Hence there will not be any adverse impact on ground water / surface water due

to the proposed expansion project.

2.9.3 NOISE LEVEL MANAGEMENT

The major noise generating sources in the plant will be STG, boiler, feed pumps,

steam blowing from boiler, D.G. Sets.

Acoustic enclosures will be provided to STG & D.G. set.

Quench water Silencer will be provided to prevent the noise during steam blowing.

All machinery will be manufactured as per MoEF/OSHA & other international

standards on noise levels.

The noise levels will be confined to the working zones of the plant.

Ear plugs will be provided to all employees who will enter into the noise prone areas.

Community noise levels are not likely to be affected due to the proposed thick green

belt and attenuation due to the physical barriers.

The ambient noise levels will be in accordance with MoEF&CCnorms i.e. ambient

noise levels will be < 75 dBA during daytime and < 70 dBA during night time.

2.9.4 SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT [Gen. TOR # 3 (vi) & 7 (vii)]

The following will be the solid waste generation from the proposed expansion project &

proposed method of disposal.

Table No. 2.9.2: SOLID WASTE GENERATION & METHOD OF DISPOSAL

S.No Waste / By product Quantity (TPA)

Method of disposal

1. Tailings 2,70,000 Will be given to M/s. KEJ Minerals Pvt. Ltd. for their





2.49

processing plant.

2. Ash from Pellet plant 16,200 Will be completely utilized in our own existing & proposed brick manufacturing unit.

3. Ash from DRI 10,800 Will be completely utilized in our own existing & proposed brick manufacturing unit.

4. DoloChar 18,000 Will be used in FBC boiler as fuel

5. Wet scrapper sludge 27,000 Will be used in own brick manufacturing unit and remaining quantity will be given to other brick manufacturers.

6. Kiln Accretion Slag 6,000 Will be used in road construction

7. Granulated slag 27,000 Will be given to M/s. Samvruddi Concrete Blocks & M/s. Pragathi Enterprises for manufacturing Concrete blocks in their units.

8. Slag from SMS 15,000 Slag will be crushed and after recovery of iron, it will be used for road construction.

9. Mill Scale from Rolling Mill 3,000 Mill scales will be given to nearby Ferro alloys manufacturing units or casting units.

10. End cuttings from Rolling Mill

4,500 Recycled back as raw material in own induction Furnaces

11. Char from Tunnel Kiln 48 Will be used in Gasifier as fuel

12. Ash from Power Plant

with Indian coal

with Imported coal

33,525 15,120

Will be completely utilized in our own existing & proposed brick manufacturing unit.

13. Ash / cinders generated from Gasifier units

20 Will be used in own brick manufacturing unit

14. Tar from Gasifier

4.0 Will be Given to TAR recyclers or Road making contractors.

15. Dust from APCS 300 It will be used in own brick manufacturing unit.

A copy of expression of interest letter for utilization of tailings is enclosed as ANNEXURE – 5

for & ANNEXURE – 6 for expression of interest letter for utilization of Granulated slag.

Hazardous waste generation, storage & disposal

1. Waste oil: 1.0 KL / Annum

This will be stored in covered HDPE drums in a designated area and will be given to

SPCB approved vendors.

2. Used Batteries

Used batteries will be given back to the supplier under buy back agreement with

supplier.





2.50

MUNICIPAL SOLID WASTE GENERATION & ITS DISPOSAL

Type of Municipal solid waste Proposed method of disposal

Construction debris (generated during construction phase)

: Used for landfill within the plant site to the extent possible and recyclables will be given to authorised recyclers.

Canteen waste : Used in composting / Vermiculture Used as manure for greenbelt development within the premises.

Recyclables : Given to SPCB authorised dealers

2.9.5 GREEN BELT

Local DFO will be consulted in developing the green belt to suit to the local soil

conditions.

Greenbelt of 13.36 Ha. / 33.0 acres (inclusive of existing greenbelt) will be developed

in the plant premises.

7 m to 95 m wide greenbelt will be developed all around the plant.

The tree species to be selected for the plantation are pollutant tolerant, fast growing,

wind firm, deep rooted. A three tier plantation is proposed comprising of an outer

most belt of taller trees which will act as barrier, middle core acting as air cleaner and

the innermost core which may be termed as absorptive layer consisting of trees

which are known to be particularly tolerant to pollutants.

Greenbelt will be developed as per CPCB guidelines.

600 plants will be planted per acre as per CPCB norms.

2.10 ASSESSMENT OF NEW & UNTESTED TECHNOLOGY FOR THE RISK OF TECHNOLOGICAL

FAILURE

Manufacturing technologies for all the units proposed in the project are well proven

technologies all over the world. Hence there will not be any risk of technological failures

from this plant.





3.1

CHAPTER – 3

DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT (BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS)

3.1 BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS

This chapter gives an idea and description of environmental status of the study area with

reference to the prominent environmental attributes. The main objective of describing the

environment is to assess present environmental quality & the environmental impacts. The

study area 10 Km. radius of the Project site is covered in Survey of India Toposheet Nos. 57

C/14 & 57 G/2.

The impact identification always commences with the collection of baseline data such as

ambient air quality, ground water quality, surface water quality, noise levels, land

environment, land use pattern, flora & fauna and socio economic aspects with in the study

zone of 10 Km. radius during October 2015 to December 2015.

Baseline data has been collected pertaining to Ambient Air, Noise, Water & Soil by an

external laboratory M/s. Universal Enviro Associates (UEA), which is a MoEFCC recognized

laboratory. Due care has been taken by PIONEER ENVIRO to ensure that calibrated samplers

/ equipments/ instruments have been utilized for sampling & analysis. Adequate care has

also been taken to ensure proper Preservation & Transportation methods in accordance

with the standard procedures. It is ensured by PIONEER ENVIRO that Standard Operating

Procedures have been followed by M/s. Universal Enviro Associates (UEA).

3.2 AIR ENVIRONMENT

3.2.1 METEOROLOGY

Meteorology of the study area plays an important role in the air pollution studies. The

prevailing micro meteorological conditions at the site will regulate the dispersion and

dilution of air pollutants in the atmosphere. The predominant wind directions and the wind

speed will decide the direction and distance of the most affected zone from the proposed

activity. The meteorological data collected during the monitoring period is very useful in

3





3.2

interpretation of baseline as input for dispersion models for predicting the Ground Level

Concentrations (GLC).

3.2.2 METEOROLOGICAL DATA RECORDED AT PROJECT SITE [Gen. TOR # 6 (i)]

A Temporary Weather Monitoring Station was installed at the project site and temperature,

relative humidity, wind direction, wind speed, rainfall, etc. were recorded for one season

October 2015 to December 2015.

Cloud cover

During the study period, it was observed that no clouds have seen & sky is very clear. During

the monsoon season both in the mornings & evenings the skies were found to be cloudy.

Rainfall

There is no rainfall recorded during the study period. However, average annual rainfall is

780 mm.

Temperature

The maximum temperature recorded was 28.60C and the minimum temperature was 12.3

0C at the Plant.

Relative Humidity

The relative humidity’s he site at are ranging from 35% to 65%.

Wind Pattern at Project Site during the study period

Wind rose from IMD has been collected for Bangalore, Karnataka (Nearest IMD station)

Weather monitoring station has been established at site to collect Meteorological data.

Wind speed and direction are recorded at site every hour.

The wind rose shows that winds are predominantly blowing from E to W direction. The wind

rose diagram of summer season is shown in fig 3.1.





3.3

Fig: 3.1





3.4

TABLE NO.3.2.1: 24 HOURLY SITE-SPECIFIC MICRO-METEOROLOGICAL DATA

SITE SPECIFIC METEOROLOGICAL DATA

S.No. Time Wind

Direction

Wind

Speed

(m/s)

Ambient

Temp.

(Kelvin)

Stability

Class

Mixing Height

(m)

1 1:00:00 CALM 0.0 285.9 5 300

2 2:00:00 CALM 0.0 286.2 6 200

3 3:00:00 N 1.8 287.3 5 400

4 4:00:00 E 1.1 288.9 6 400

5 5:00:00 NEE 2.8 289.1 6 200

6 6:00:00 NE 1.3 290.4 4 600

7 7:00:00 E 1.2 292.3 2 1000

8 8:00:00 SW 2.9 294.7 3 900

9 9:00:00 E 4.2 297.3 2 1000

10 10:00:00 E 3.4 299.4 1 1300

11 11:00:00 W 1.5 300.2 1 1200

12 12:00:00 E 5.7 301.1 2 1000

13 13:00:00 NWW 3.8 301.6 1 1200

14 14:00:00 E 1.3 300.5 1 1300

15 15:00:00 SE 4.0 298.6 2 1000

16 16:00:00 E 1.3 296.2 1 1400

17 17:00:00 NE 4.5 295.7 3 900

18 18:00:00 E 1.4 293.1 3 800

19 19:00:00 E 1.0 291.5 4 600

20 20:00:00 SEE 6.5 290.4 4 500

21 21:00:00 E 3.5 298.5 3 900

22 22:00:00 NE 0.7 296.7 5 500

23 23:00:00 CALM 0.0 290.1 6 400

24 0:00:00 CALM 0.0 285.3 5 600





3.5

3.2.3 AIR QUALITY [Gen. TOR # 6 (ii) & Addl. TOR # 5]

The ambient air quality with respect to the study zone of 10 km. radius around the project

site forms the baseline information. The study area represents mostly rural environment.

The various sources of air pollution in the region are vehicular traffic, dust arising from

unpaved village roads & domestic fuel burning. The Prime objective of baseline air quality

survey is to assess the existing air quality of the area. This will also be useful is assessing the

conformity to standards of the ambient air quality during the operation of the proposed

project.

3.2.3.1 SELECTION OF SAMPLING STATIONS

The base line status of the ambient air quality can be assessed through scientifically

designed Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Network.

The selection of sampling locations in the air quality surveillance programme is based on the

following:

(a) Representation of the Existing Plant.

(b) Representation of down wind direction.

(c) Representation of upwind direction.

(d) Representation of cross wind direction.

(e) Representation of residential areas.

(f) Representation of sensitive receptors.

8 nos. of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations were established with in the study zone of

the plant area in accordance with CPCB guidelines.

The sampling locations and their distances are shown in Table 3.2.3 and in Fig 3.2. The Max.,

Min., and 98th percentile values for all the sampling locations for PM2.5, PM10, SO2 and NOX

are shown in Table 3.2.4 to 3.2.11.

3.2.3.2 PARAMETERS MONITORED

Ambient air quality was monitored for 2 days in a week for three months (October 2015 to

December 2015) to assess the existing status of air pollution and pollution dispersion

pattern over the whole air basin of plant as per the National Ambient Air Quality Standards

vide No. S. No. 826 (E) dated 16th November, 2009. At each Monitoring Particulate Matter

(PM2.5), Particulate Matter (PM10), SO2 NOX and CO are monitored.





3.6

3.2.3.3 SAMPLING & ANALYTICAL TECHNIQUES INSTRUMENTS USED FOR SAMPLING

Envirotech RDS , APM 550 dust samplers pertaining to M/s. Universal Enviro Associates

(UEA) have been used for monitoring PM2.5, PM10, SO2, NOX , PM2.5 & PM10 are estimated by

gravimetric method West & Gaeke method (IS –5182, part III 1969) has been adopted for

estimation of SO2, Jacob – Hochheiser method (IS –5182, part IV, 1975) has been adopted

for estimation of NOx. CO was analyzed on Gas Chromatograph. The standard operating

Procedures of M/s. Universal Enviro Associates have been used for sampling and analysis.

Calibration

Calibration charts have been prepared for all gaseous pollutants. The Calibration is carried

out when new absorbing solutions are prepared.

TABLE 3.2.2

TECHNIQUES USED FOR AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING

S.No Parameter Technique Minimum Detectable

Limit (g /m3)

1. Particulate Matter (PM2.5) APM 550 dust sampler (Gravimetric Method)

5.0

2. Particulate Matter (PM10) Respirable Dust Sampler (Gravimetric Method)

5.0

3. SO2 EPA Modified West & Gaeke method 4.0

4. NOx Arsenite modified Jacob & Hochheiser 4.5

5. CO Adsorption and Desorption followed by GC analysis

12.5

TABLE 3.2.3

AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING STATIONS

S.No STATION DIRECTION DISTANCE w.r.t site (in Kms.)

CRITERIA FOR SELECTION

1. Plant Site --- --- Represents plant site

2. Jogihalli NW 2.8 Represents Cross wind direction &

National Highway

3. Devarhalli NNW 1.7 Represents Cross wind direction

4. Dasarahalli E 2.8 Represents Upwind direction

5. Sibi SSW 2.9 Represents near National Highway &

Crosswind direction

6. Tavinakere SEE 7.6 Represents Densely populated &

Commercial area

7. Dodda Sibi W 4.4 Represents Downwind direction

8. KIADB Industrial Area

SE 7.2 Represents Industrial Area




EIA report – Chapter 3 3.7

AAQ Monitoring Station

Plant Site

Devarhalli

Dodda Sibi

Sibi

Tavinakere Dasarahalli

Jogihalli

KIADB Industrial Area

Monitoring Station

Fig: 3.2





3.8

TABLE 3.2.4

Sampling Location: Plant Site

Unit : g /m3

Sampling Period: Oct. 2015 to Dec. 2015

Parameter Maximum Minimum 98th percentile Standard as per NAAQS

PM2.5 31.4 23.4 31.4 60

PM10 52.3 39.8 52.3 100

SO2 15.9 13.5 15.9 80

NOX 17.8 14.9 17.8 80

CO 690 620 690 2000

TABLE 3.2.5

Sampling Location: Jogihalli

Unit : g /m3



PM2.5 22.9 17.1 22.9 60

PM10 40.3 31.5 40.3 100

SO2 12.5 11.6 12.5 80

NOX 13.5 10.9 13.5 80

CO 490 420 490 2000

TABLE 3.2.6

Sampling Location: Devarhalli

Unit : g /m3



PM2.5 23.7 18.1 23.7 60

PM10 39.6 30.1 39.6 100

SO2 10.2 9.8 10.2 80

NOX 11.3 10.1 11.3 80

CO 390 360 390 2000

TABLE 3.2.7

Sampling Location: Dasarahalli

Unit : g /m3



PM2.5 24.1 21.1 24.1 60

PM10 40.1 35.9 40.1 100

SO2 12.8 10.2 12.8 80

NOX 13.5 11.9 14.1 80

CO 440 390 440 2000





3.9

TABLE 3.2.8

Sampling Location: Sibi

Unit : g /m3



PM2.5 27.3 23.2 27.3 60

PM10 45.6 38.8 45.6 100

SO2 13.1 11.9 13.1 80

NOX 15.2 12.9 14.3 80

CO 590 530 590 2000

TABLE 3.2.9

Sampling Location: Tavinakere

Unit : g /m3



PM2.5 29.1 22.2 29.1 60

PM10 48.6 36.9 48.6 100

SO2 14.5 11.6 14.5 80

NOX 16.5 13.5 16.5 80

CO 640 590 640 2000

TABLE 3.2.10

Sampling Location: Dodda Sibi

Unit : g /m3



PM2.5 22.8 17.8 22.8 60

PM10 38.1 29.6 38.1 100

SO2 10.1 9.5 10.1 80

NOX 11.1 9.9 11.1 80

CO 380 355 380 2000

TABLE 3.2.11

Sampling Location: KIADB Industrial Area

Unit : g /m3



PM2.5 27.7 23.4 27.7 60

PM10 46.3 39.1 46.3 100

SO2 12.5 11.8 12.5 80

NOX 14.3 11.1 14.3 80

CO 550 510 550 2000





3.10





3.11





3.12

Interpretation of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

The 98th percentile PM2.5 concentration recorded at the Plant Site is 31.4 g /m3.

The 98th percentile PM10 concentration recorded at the Plant Site is 52.3 g /m3.

The 98th percentile SO2 concentration recorded at the Plant Site is 15.9 g/m3.

The 98th percentile NOx concentration recorded at the Plant is 17.8 g/m3.

The 98th percentile CO concentration recorded at the Plant site is 690 g /m3.

The highest 98th percentile PM2.5 concentration was recorded at Plant site with a value of 31.4

g/m3.

The highest 98th percentile PM10 concentration was recorded at Plant site with a value of 52.3

g/m3.

The highest 98th percentile SO2 concentration was recorded at Plant site with a value of 15.9

g/m3.

The highest 98th percentile NOx concentration was recorded at Plant site with a value of 17.8

g/m3.

The 98th percentile CO concentration recorded at the Plant site is 690 g /m3.

The highest concentrations are recorded at Plant suite as there are no other Major Industrial

activities in the study area.





3.13

Ambient air quality was monitored for PM2.5, PM10, SO2, NOx & CO at 8 stations including

project site during October 2015 to December 2015. The following are the

concentrations of various parameters at the monitoring stations:

Parameter Concentration PM2.5 : 17.1 to 31.4 g/m3

PM10 : 29.6 to 52.3 g/m3

SO2 : 9.5 to 15.9 g/m3

NOX : 9.9 to 17.9 g/m3

CO : 355 to 690 g/m3

The concentrations of various parameters are within the NAAQS Standards. There is

marginal increase in emissions due to the proposed expansion project due to the

emissions from Stack, Fugitive emissions, Vehicular Emissions the over baseline

concentrations. The net resultant incremental GLCs are calculated and furnished in page

no. 4.11 of Chapter # 4.

3.3 NOISE ENVIRONMENT

The physical description of sound concerns its loudness as a function of frequency. Noise

in general is sound, which is composed of many frequency components of various

loudness distributed over the audible frequency range. Various noise scales have been

introduced to describe, in a single number, the response of an average human being to a

complex sound made up various frequencies at different loudness levels. The most

common and heavily favoured of those scales is the A weighted decibel (dBA). This is

more suitable for audible range of 20 to 20,000 Hertz. The scale has been designed to

weigh various components of noise according to the response of a human ear.

The impact of noise sources on surrounding community depends on

Characteristics of noise sources (instantaneous, intermittent or continuous in nature).

It is well known that steady noise not as annoying as one that is continuously varying

in loudness.

The time, at which noise occurs, for example loud noise levels at night in residential

areas are not acceptable because of sleep disturbance.

The location of the noise source, with respect to noise sensitive area, which

determines the loudness and period of noise exposure.





3.14

The environmental impact of noise can have several effects varying from Noise Induced

Hearing Loss (NIHL) to annoyance depending on loudness of Noise levels.

The environmental impact assessment of noise from the proposed project can be carried

out by taking into consideration of various factors: potential damage to hearing,

potential physiological responses, and annoyance and general community responses.

The main objective of noise level monitoring is to assess the background noise levels in

different zones viz., industrial, commercial, residential and silence zones within the study

area.

The basic studies conducted were

a. Assessment of background noise levels.

b. Identification and monitoring the major noise generating sources in the study area.

c. Impact of noise on general population in the study zone of 10 Km. radius.

3.3.1 RECONNAISSANCE

Noise levels were measured at different locations within 10 Km. radius of the plant such

as villages, bus stands etc.

3.3.1.1 BACKGROUND NOISE

Baseline noise data has been measured at different locations using A-weighted sound

pressure level meter. The equivalent day-night noise levels in the study zone are ranging

from 45.9 dBA to 68.2 dBA.

3.3.1.2 SOURCES OF NOISE

Typical considerations in environmental noise assessment can be divided into two

categories; one is related to noise sources and the other related to potential receiver.

Two quantities are needed to describe completely the strength of the source. They are

sound Power level and directivity. Sound Power levels measures the total sound Power

radiated by the source in all directions where as directivity is a measure of difference in

radiation with direction. This concept of sound Power level and directivity index makes it

possible to calculate the sound pressure level created by the source.





3.15

3.3.2 COMMUNITY NOISE

The ambient noise level is characterized by significant variations above a base or a

residual noise level. The residual noise level is that level below which the ambient noise

does not seem to drop during a given time interval and is generally caused by the

unidentified distant sources. It differs in rural and urban areas. At night, its level is low

due to lesser elements of noise. The annoyance that people experience depends upon

the number of noise elements that produce noise concurrently at a given time that occur

during a time interval.

The noise rating developed by EPA for specification of community noise from all sources

is the day night sound level, Ldn. It is similar to a 24 hour equivalent sound level except

that during the night period, which extends from 10.00 p.m. to 6.00 a.m. A 10 dBA

weighing penalty is added to the account for the fact that noise at night when people are

trying to sleep is judged more annoying than the same noise during the day time.

The Ldn for a given location in a community is calculated from an hourly equivalent

sound level given by the following equation.

Ldn =10 log (1/24 [15 (10(Ld/10) + 9 (10(Ln+10)/10 )] )

Where Ld is the equivalent noise level during day time (6A .M. to 10 P.M.)

Ln is the equivalent noise level during night time (10 P.M. to 6 A.M.)

3.3.2.1 OCCUPATIONAL EXPOSURE

To assess the magnitude of impact due to noise sources, it is essential to know the

following:

a. The duration of sound.

b. Distribution through the working day.

c. Overall noise levels.

d. It's composition including frequency and intensity at various intervals of time.

Other factors regarding receiver include

a. The age of the individual.

b. The sensitivity of the individual.

c. The efficiency of the protective devices used.





3.16

After characterizing the noise sources noise at receiver's location, the impact must be

assessed. The environmental impact of noise can lead to the following effects.

a. Damages the hearing capacity.

b. Interference in communication.

c. Interference with work.

d. Interference with sleep.

e. Causes annoyance.

3.3.3 METHODOLOGY ADOPTED FOR NOISE LEVEL OBSERVATION

For measurement of Ambient Noise level in the Study area, a Digital Sound Level Meter

(Make & Model: Lutron SL-4001) was used. The instrument was calibrated with a

Standard Acoustic calibrator before using in the field. The measurements were carried

out continuously for the 24-hour period to obtain hourly equivalent sound pressure level,

1 hour Leq. From these values, day and night time as well as 24-hour Leq values were

also calculated. The Leq is the equivalent continuous sound level, which is equivalent to

the same sound energy as the fluctuating sound measured in the same period.

GUIDANCE FOR ASSESSMENT OF REPRESENTATIVENESS AND RELIABILITY OF

BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL ATTRIBUTES

Attributes Sampling Measurement

Method

Remarks

Noise Network Frequency

Hourly equivalent

noise levels

Identified study area Once in each

season

Instrument:

Noise level meter

IS:4954-1968 as

adopted by CPCB

Hourly equivalent

noise levels

In plant

(1.5 m from machinery)

Once Instrument:

Noise level meter

CPCB/OSHA

Hourly equivalent

noise levels

Highways Once in each

season

Instrument:

Noise level meter

CPCB/IS:4954-1968

3.3.4 NOISE LEVEL OBSERVATIONS IN THE STUDY AREA [Gen. TOR # 6 (vii)]

Baseline noise levels have been monitored at different locations within the study zone of

the plant. 8 nos. of stations have been selected for measurement of noise levels and

their distances with respect to site are shown in Table 3.3.1.





3.17

TABLE 3.3.1

NOISE LEVEL MONITORING STATIONS



1. Plant site Core area --- Represents the Project Site & Industrial activity.

2. Jogihalli NW 2.8 Represents National Highway

3. Gollarahatti SW 5.0 Represents Residential area

4. Brahmasandra (Near School)

NW 4.5 Represents Silence zone

5. Sibi SSW 2.9 Represents near National Highway

6. Tavinakere SEE 7.6 Represents Densely populated & Commercial area

7. Saraparahalli SE 2.0 Represents Residential Area

8. KIADB Industrial Area SE 7.2 Represents Industrial Area

TABLE 3.3.2

EQUIVALENT DAY NIGHT NOISE LEVELS

S.No. LOCATION EQUIVALENT NOISE LEVELS (dBA) Standard DAY NIGHT DAY-NIGHT

1. Plant site * 65 61 68.2 Industrial* Daytime – 75 dBA

Night time – 70 dBA

Commercial** Daytime – 65 dBA


Residential Daytime – 55 dBA


Silence zone # Daytime – 50 dBA


2. Jogihalli 51 42 51.4

3. Gollaharti 48 41 49.3

4. Brahmasandra

(Near School) # 44 38 45.9

5. Sibi 50 44 51.9

6. Tavinakere ** 60 51 60.4

7. Saraparahalli 47 43 50.2

8. KIADB Industrial Area* 60 57 63.9





3.18

Noise Levels Monitoring Station

Plant Site

Brahmasandra

Gollarahatti Sibi

Tavinakere

Saraparahalli

Jogihalli


Monitoring Station

Fig: 3.3





3.19

*The noise levels monitored at Plant Site & KIADB Industrial Area are within the norms

prescribed for Industrial Zone.

**The noise levels monitored at Tavinakere are within the norms prescribed for Commercial

Zone.

# The noise levels monitored at Silence zone (i.e. Brahmasandra) is within the norms prescribed

for Silence Zone.

The noise levels monitored at all residential areas are within the norms prescribed for

Residential Zone.

3.4 WATER QUALITY IMPACTS

3.4.1 SURFACE WATER QUALITY [Gen. TOR # 6 (iv)]

2 no. of Samples are collected from Dodda Halla Stream (5.0 Kms.), 1 no. of sample is

collected from Devarahalli Pond, 1 no. of sample collected from Haldodderi pond and

analyzed for various parameters. There are no other samples collected as no water is

available during study period. The analysis of samples shows that all the parameters are

in accordance with BIS-2296 specifications. The analysis is furnished in Table No. 3.4.1 &

3.4.2.





3.20

TABLE NO. 3.4.1

SURFACE WATER QUALITY ANALYSIS

S.NO. PARAMETER Standard as per BIS

: 2296

UNIT Dodda halla 60 m

Upstream (SW1)

Dodda halla 60 m

Downstream (SW2)

PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS

1. Colour ----- ----- ----- -----

2. pH 6.5-8.5 ----- 7.9 8

3. Turbidity ----- NTU 5.5 5.6

4. Electrical Conductivity ----- ms/cm 252 250

5. Total Dissolved Solids 1500 mg/l 168 166

6. Dissolved Oxygen 4 (Min.) mg/l 6.6 6.4

CHEMICAL CHARACTERISTICS

7. Total Hardness 1500 mg/l 133 134

8. Calcium Hardness (as Ca) 200 mg/l 79 78

9. Magnesium Hardness (as Mg) 100 mg/l 54 56

10. Alkalinity ----- mg/l 169 164

11. Sulphates 400 mg/l 45 44

12. Chlorides 600 mg/l 89 88

13. Nitrates as NO3 20 mg/l 5.2 5.3

14. Fluoride as F 1.5 mg/l 0.28 0.27

15. Sodium as Na ----- mg/l 14 12

16. BOD (5 days at 20 °C) 3 mg/l 3.4 3.2

17. COD ----- mg/l 9.8 8.5

18. Residual chlorine ----- mg/l <0.01 <0.01

19. Cyanides as CN- 0.05 mg/l <0.01 <0.01

20. Phenols as C6H5OH 0.005 mg/l Absent Absent

21. Hexavalent chromium as Cr 0.05 mg/l <0.01 <0.01

22. Iron as Fe 50 mg/l 0.22 0.23

23. Copper as Cu 1.5 mg/l <0.01 <0.01

24. Arsenic as As 0.2 mg/l <0.01 <0.01

25. Selenium <0.01 mg/l <0.01 <0.01

26. Cadmium as cd <0.01 mg/l <0.01 <0.01

27. Boron as B <0.01 mg/l <0.01 <0.01

28. Mercury as Mg <0.01 mg/l <0.001 <0.001

29. Lead as Pb 0.1 mg/l <0.01 <0.01

30. Silica as SiO2 ---- mg/l 7.3 7.4

31. Mineral oil <0.01 mg/l <0.01 <0.01

32. Total coliforms 500 (MPN/100 ml) 35 33





3.21

TABLE NO. 3.4.2

SURFACE WATER QUALITY ANALYSIS

S.NO. PARAMETER Standard as per BIS : 2296

UNIT Devarahalli Pond (SW3)

Haldodderi Pond (SW4)


1. Colour ----- ----- ----- -----

2. pH 6.5-8.5 ----- 8.1 7.8

3. Turbidity ----- NTU 6.8 6.2

4. Electrical Conductivity ----- ms/cm 487 633

5. Total Dissolved Solids 1500 mg/l 292 379

6. Dissolved Oxygen 4 (Min.) mg/l 3.8 3.5


7. Total Hardness 1500 mg/l 254 255

8. Calcium Hardness (as Ca) 200 mg/l 157 158

9. Magnesium Hardness (as Mg) 100 mg/l 97 97

10. Alkalinity ----- mg/l 223 235

11. Sulphates 400 mg/l 104 141

12. Chlorides 600 mg/l 144 181

13. Nitrates as NO3 20 mg/l 8.1 12.6

14. Fluoride as F 1.5 mg/l 0.76 0.9

15. Sodium as Na ----- mg/l 54 66

16. BOD (5 days at 20 °C) 3 mg/l 4.8 4.3

17. COD ----- mg/l 13 11

18. Residual chlorine ----- mg/l <0.01 <0.01

19. Cyanides as CN- 0.05 mg/l <0.01 <0.01

20. Phenols as C6H5OH 0.005 mg/l Absent Absent

21. Hexavalent chromium as Cr 0.05 mg/l <0.01 <0.01

22. Iron as Fe 50 mg/l 0.33 0.38

23. Copper as Cu 1.5 mg/l <0.01 <0.01

24. Arsenic as As 0.2 mg/l <0.01 <0.01

25. Selenium <0.01 mg/l <0.01 <0.01

26. Cadmium as cd <0.01 mg/l <0.01 <0.01

27. Boron as B <0.01 mg/l <0.01 <0.01

28. Mercury as Mg <0.01 mg/l <0.001 <0.001

29. Lead as Pb 0.1 mg/l <0.01 <0.01

30. Silica as SiO2 ---- mg/l 3.2 4.3

31. Mineral oil <0.01 mg/l <0.01 <0.01

32. Total coliforms 500 (MPN/100 ml) 78 198





3.22

Interpretation of Surface Water Analysis

The following are the analytical values of the surface water samples collected for the following

parameters.

pH : 7.8 to 8.1

DO (in mg/l) : 3.5 to 6.6

BOD (in mg/l) : 3.2 to 4.8

COD (in mg/l) : 8.5 to 13

TDS (in mg/l) : 166 to 379

Sulphates (in mg/l) : 44 to 141

Chlorides (in mg/l) : 88 to 181

All the parameters in the water samples collected are in conformity with BIS: 2296

3.4.2 GROUND WATER QUALITY ANALYSIS [Gen. TOR # 6 (vi) & Add. TOR # 13]

The ground water samples have been collected and analyzed for various parameters like

pH, Suspended Solids, Total Dissolved Solids, Temperature, Total Hardness, Calcium

Hardness, Magnesium hardness, Alkalinity, Fluoride, Chloride, Sulphates, Nitrates,

Phenolic compounds, Heavy metals etc. and is compared with the standards to know the

water quality. Selection of sampling locations will be generally done based on the

following factors:

Representation of project site.

Topography

Industrial Areas

Residential areas

Agricultural Activity

Eight (8) numbers of ground water samples from bore wells were collected from the near

by villages to assess ground water quality impacts. The ground water sampling locations

and their distances from the project site are shown in Table 3.4.3. These water samples

are analyzed for various parameters as per IS: 10500. The ground water characteristics

were shown in table Nos. 3.4.4 to 3.4.11. The Ground water sampling stations are shown

in Fig. 3.4.





3.23

TABLE 3.4.3

GROUND WATER QUALITY SAMPLING STATIONS



1. Plant site --- --- Borewell sample representing the project site.

2. Jogihalli NW 2.8 Borewell representing nearby Residential area (Downstream)

3. Yaladabagi NW 7.5 Borewell sample representing Agricultural activity & also based on Topography (downstream)

4. Haldodderi SE 2.3 Borewell sample representing Agricultural activity & also based on Topography (Upstream)

5. Melahalu SSW 5.0 Borewell sample representing Agricultural activity & also based on Topography (upstream)

6. KIADB Industrial area

SE 7.2 Sample from Govt. Borewell selected based on Topography (Upstream)

7. Hunjanalu SW 5.9 Borewell representing nearby Residential area (Downstream)

8. Tavinakere SEE 7.6 Sample from Govt. Borewell representing commercial area

The Groundwater sample analysis indicates that all physical, Chemical & Bacteriological

parameters of all the samples collected are within the Potable water standards as per

BIS-10500 standards.





3.24

Ground Water Sampling Station

Plant Site

Yaladabagi

Hunjanalu

Melahalu

Tavinakere Haldodderi

Jogihalli


Sampling Station

Fig: 3.4





3.25

TABLE 3.4.4

GROUND WATER QUALITY ANALYSIS

Sampling Location: Plant site Month: Dec. 2015

S.NO. PARAMETER Standard as per IS: 10500

Desirable limit (Permissible limit)

UNIT SAMPLE


1. Colour 5 (25) Hazen < 5

2. Odour U/O --- U/O

3. pH 6.5 – 8.5 7.2

4. Turbidity 5 (10) NTU 2.2

5. Total Suspended solids --- --- 0.9

6. Electrical Conductivity Limit not specified s/cm 465

7. Total Dissolved Solids 500 (2000) mg/l 310


8. Total Hardness 300 (600) mg/l 211

9. Calcium Hardness 200 (200 as Ca) mg/l 121

10. Magnesium Hardness 30 (100 as Mg) mg/l 90

11. Alkalinity 200 (600) mg/l 185

12. Sulphates 200 (400) mg/l 110

13. Chlorides 250 (1000) mg/l 180

14. Nitrates as NO3 45 (45) mg/l 2.5

15. Fluoride as F 1.0/1.5 mg/l 0.3

16. Sodium as Na Limit not specified mg/l 87

17. Residual chlorine 0.2 mg/l <0.01

18. Cyanides as CN- 0.05 (0.05) mg/l <0.01

19. Phenols as C6H5OH 0.001 (0.002) mg/l Absent

20. Total chromium as Cr 0.05 (0.05) mg/l <0.01

21. Iron as Fe 0.3 (1.0) mg/l 0.022

22. Copper as Cu 0.05 (1.5) mg/l <0.01

23. Arsenic as As 0.01 (0.01) mg/l <0.01

24. Selenium as Se 0.01 (0.01) mg/l <0.01

25. Cadmium as cd 0.01 (0.01) mg/l <0.01

26. Boron as B 1.0 (5.0) mg/l <0.01

27. Mercury as Hg 0.001 (0.001) mg/l <0.001

28. Lead as Pb 0.05 (0.05) mg/l <0.01

29. Silica as SiO2 --- mg/l 2.7

30. Manganese as Mn 0.1 (0.3) Mg/l <0.01

31. Anionic detergents as MBAS 0.2 (1.0) Mg/l <0.01

32. Total coliforms 10 (-) (MPN/100 ml) Absent

U/O – Unobjectionable





3.26

TABLE 3.4.5


Sampling Location: Jogihalli Month: Dec. 2015



UNIT SAMPLE



2. Odour U/O -- U/O

3. pH 6.5 – 8.5 7.3









11. Alkalinity 200 (600) mg/l 142

12. Sulphates 200 (400) mg/l 90

13. Chlorides 250 (1000) mg/l 134








21. Iron as Fe 0.3 (1.0) mg/l 0.02

22. Copper as Cu 0.05 (1.5) mg/l <0.01

23. Arsenic as As 0.01 (0.01) mg/l <0.01


25. Cadmium as cd 0.01 (0.01) mg/l <0.01

26. Boron as B 1.0 (5.0) mg/l <0.01

27. Mercury as Hg 0.001 (0.001) mg/l <0.001

28. Lead as Pb 0.05 (0.05) mg/l <0.01


30. Manganese as Mn 0.1 (0.3) mg/l <0.01

31. Anionic detergents as MBAS 0.2 (1.0) mg/l <0.01







3.27

TABLE 3.4.6


Sampling Location: Yaladabagi Month: Dec. 2015



UNIT SAMPLE




3. pH 6.5 – 8.5 7.2









11. Alkalinity 200 (600) mg/l 175

12. Sulphates 200 (400) mg/l 122

13. Chlorides 250 (1000) mg/l 178








21. Iron as Fe 0.3 (1.0) mg/l 0.021

22. Copper as Cu 0.05 (1.5) mg/l <0.01

23. Arsenic as As 0.01 (0.01) mg/l <0.01


25. Cadmium as cd 0.01 (0.01) mg/l <0.01

26. Boron as B 1.0 (5.0) mg/l <0.01

27. Mercury as Hg 0.001 (0.001) mg/l <0.001

28. Lead as Pb 0.05 (0.05) mg/l <0.01










3.28

TABLE 3.4.7


Sampling Location: Haldodderi Month: Dec. 2015



UNIT SAMPLE




3. pH 6.5 – 8.5 7.5









11. Alkalinity 200 (600) mg/l 142

12. Sulphates 200 (400) mg/l 96

13. Chlorides 250 (1000) mg/l 105








21. Iron as Fe 0.3 (1.0) mg/l 0.021

22. Copper as Cu 0.05 (1.5) mg/l <0.01

23. Arsenic as As 0.01 (0.01) mg/l <0.01


25. Cadmium as cd 0.01 (0.01) mg/l <0.01

26. Boron as B 1.0 (5.0) mg/l <0.01

27. Mercury as Hg 0.001 (0.001) mg/l <0.001

28. Lead as Pb 0.05 (0.05) mg/l <0.01




32. Total coliforms 10 (-) (MPN/100 ml) Absent U/O – Unobjectionable





3.29

TABLE 3.4.8


Sampling Location: Melahalu Month: Dec. 2015



UNIT SAMPLE




3. pH 6.5 – 8.5 7.1









11. Alkalinity 200 (600) mg/l 108

12. Sulphates 200 (400) mg/l 120

13. Chlorides 250 (1000) mg/l 153








21. Iron as Fe 0.3 (1.0) mg/l 0.02

22. Copper as Cu 0.05 (1.5) mg/l <0.01

23. Arsenic as As 0.01 (0.01) mg/l <0.01


25. Cadmium as cd 0.01 (0.01) mg/l <0.01

26. Boron as B 1.0 (5.0) mg/l <0.01

27. Mercury as Hg 0.001 (0.001) mg/l <0.001

28. Lead as Pb 0.05 (0.05) mg/l <0.01




32. Total coliforms 10 (-) (MPN/100 ml) Absent U/O – Unobjectionable





3.30

TABLE 3.4.9


Sampling Location: KIADB Industrial area Month: Dec. 2015



UNIT SAMPLE



2. Odour U/O ---- U/O

3. pH 6.5 – 8.5 7.4









11. Alkalinity 200 (600) mg/l 192

12. Sulphates 200 (400) mg/l 130

13. Chlorides 250 (1000) mg/l 143








21. Iron as Fe 0.3 (1.0) mg/l 0.039

22. Copper as Cu 0.05 (1.5) mg/l <0.01

23. Arsenic as As 0.01 (0.01) mg/l <0.01


25. Cadmium as cd 0.01 (0.01) mg/l <0.01

26. Boron as B 1.0 (5.0) mg/l <0.01

27. Mercury as Hg 0.001 (0.001) mg/l <0.001

28. Lead as Pb 0.05 (0.05) mg/l <0.01










3.31

TABLE 3.4.10


Sampling Location: Hunjanalu Month: Dec. 2016



UNIT SAMPLE




3. pH 6.5 – 8.5 7.6









11. Alkalinity 200 (600) mg/l 174

12. Sulphates 200 (400) mg/l 96

13. Chlorides 250 (1000) mg/l 136








21. Iron as Fe 0.3 (1.0) mg/l 0.022

22. Copper as Cu 0.05 (1.5) mg/l <0.01

23. Arsenic as As 0.01 (0.01) mg/l <0.01


25. Cadmium as cd 0.01 (0.01) mg/l <0.01

26. Boron as B 1.0 (5.0) mg/l <0.01

27. Mercury as Hg 0.001 (0.001) mg/l <0.001

28. Lead as Pb 0.05 (0.05) mg/l <0.01










3.32

TABLE 3.4.11


Sampling Location: Tavinakere Month: Dec. 2015



UNIT SAMPLE




3. pH 6.5 – 8.5 7.3









11. Alkalinity 200 (600) mg/l 163

12. Sulphates 200 (400) mg/l 95

13. Chlorides 250 (1000) mg/l 113








21. Iron as Fe 0.3 (1.0) mg/l 0.021

22. Copper as Cu 0.05 (1.5) mg/l <0.01

23. Arsenic as As 0.01 (0.01) mg/l <0.01


25. Cadmium as cd 0.01 (0.01) mg/l <0.01

26. Boron as B 1.0 (5.0) mg/l <0.01

27. Mercury as Hg 0.001 (0.001) mg/l <0.001

28. Lead as Pb 0.05 (0.05) mg/l <0.01










3.33

INTERPRETATION OF GROUNDWATER ANALYSIS

The following are the Analysis results collected during study period

pH : 7.1 to 7.6

TSS : 1.0 to 1.4 mg/l

TDS : 243 to 375 mg/l

Total Hardness : 177 to 302 mg/l

Chlorides : 105 to 180mg/l

Fluoride : 0.18 to 0.36 mg/l

Heavy Metals : <0.01 mg/l

The Groundwater sample analysis indicates that all physical, Chemical & Bacteriological

parameters of all the samples collected are within the Potable water standards as per BIS-10500

standards.

3.5 LAND ENVIRONMENT

3.5.1 GEOLOGICAL & HYDROGEOLOGICAL STATUS OF THE DISTRICT [Gen.TOR # 4 (ix)]

3.5.1.1 GEOLOGY OF THE AREA

The area is occupied by mainly rock types belonging to Archaean age. Major part of the

area is underlain by the Migmatite Gneiss of peninsular Gneissic complex (PGC) with

enclaves of high grade Meta ultramafic rocks which are older than PGC, belonging to

Sargur Group. These rocks are overlain by Dharwar Super Group rocks (Bababudan Group)

mostly consisting of Schists trending NW-SE direction cutting across the entire area. A

small area is occupied by the grey Granite intrusive in the SE part. The SW part and eastern

part is crisscrossed by basic dykes (Dolerite.)

The district is underlain by meta sediments (limestone) and meta volcanic

(quartzite and schists) of Dharwar Group, Peninsular gneisses and Clospet

granites of Pre Cambrian age, which are intruded by pegmatite and dolerite

dykes. Laterite occurs on the top of the hills south of Bukkapatna as small patch. Joints are

observed in general in N. E – S.W to N.N.E – S.S.W and NW – SE to NNW – SSE directions.

The alluvial patches are generally seen along the major streams as narrow discontinuous





3.34

patches particularly in granite country. It comprises medium to coarse grained sand with

silt and clay at many places and is largely controlled by topography of the basement

crystalline in the area. The maximum thickness of the alluvium in the Suvarnamukhi basin

is 14 m.

The alluvium in Jayamangali and Kumudavathy rivers is sandy in nature and attains a

thickness of only 10 to 13 m.

3.5.1.2 HYDROGEOLOGY OF THE AREA

Aquifer system

Based on the analysis of available data it is inferred that Gneisses, Schists and Granites are

the principal aquifers (hardrock aquifers) in the area. All these formations belong to

Archaean group. These rocks are devoid of primary porosity. They were subjected to

weathering and tectonic activity and developed secondary porosity which is in the form of

fractures/joints in massive formation with regolith on the top. From the field study it is

observed that the depth to weathering varies from place to place. From the field study it is

observed that ground water levels are quite deep. Productive fractures are noticed at

deeper depths in the area. The success of borewells is moderate to good. The density of

borewells is about 10 to 15 per sq.km in the plains and upto 30 per sq.km on either side of

Torehalla stream near Ankasandra village. The average yield of the borewells is moderate

i.e., 3.6 to 7.2 m3 /hour and interference of cone of depression is common. Schists occupy

the central portion in NW-SE direction covering an area of 94.sq. km (25%). However, most

part of this area is covered by forests and highly undulating. From the field study it is

observed that the depth to weathering is moderate in plain lands with limited fractures.

The density of borewells is about 5 per sq.km in the plains.

The average yield of the borewells is also limited to 3.6 m3 / hour showing very low yield of

the formation. Granites occur in the SE part of the area covering 11 sq.km (3%) as a small

patch only. The area occupied by Granites is highly undulating with isolated hills. From the

field study it is observed that the depth to weathering is very limited and occurrence of

fractures are also limited to shallow depths. The average yield of the borewells is also

limited to 5.4 m3 / hour. Ground water is being extracted mostly through borewells in the





3.35

area. Ground water occurs mostly in fractured system which is in semi-confined to

confined condition.

Pre monsoon depth to ground water level

It was observed from the secondary data, depth to ground water level data collected from

31 permanent observation network from dug wells used for analysis of water levels .It is

observed that the depth to ground water level varies from 1.17 to 11.85 mbgl. In general

major part of the district having depth to water levels 2 to 5 m and 5 to10 mbgl. Very small

isolated pockets in Pavagada ,Turuvekere and Koratagere taluks fall in 0-2 m category.

Fig: 3.5





3.36

More than 10 m bgl observed at Hebbur in Kunigal taluk. The depth to water levels in 20

Piezometers during May varies from 4.12 m to 31.70 m. The deepest water levels are

noticed at Dandinadibba (31.70m) and 26.44m at Kibbanahalli locations. The shallowest

water levels are noticed at Koratagere (4.12m) and Hosakere (4.45m) locations.

Post monsoon Depth to ground water level

Post monsoon depth to water level in dug wells (NHS) varies from 0.26 to 10.65 m bgl. The

shallowest water level noticed at Turuvekere and the deepest water level noticed at

Hebbur. In general major part of the district having depth to water levels ranges from 2 to

5 and 5 to10 mbgl . Very small isolated pockets in Pavagada ,Turuvekere and Koratagere

taluks fall in 0-2 mbgl category. More than 10 m bgl observed at Hebbur in Kunigal taluk.

The depth to water levels in 20 Piezometers during November varies from 1.35m to

25.84m. The shallowest water levels are noticed at Sira (1.35m) Taluk. The deepest water

levels are noticed Kibbanahalli station.

Source: CGWB 3.5.1.3 DRAINAGE PATTERN OF THE AREA

There are no major rivers flowing within 10 Km. radius of the plant site. However, the

district is drained by both north flowing Pennar, and Lower Tungabhadra and south flowing

Lower Cauvery basins. None of these rivers is perennial in nature. The major surface water

divide between north and south flowing rivers passes through north of Tiptur, Gubbi and

Tumkur towns. Pennar Basin is drained by Jayamangala and Kumudvathi rivers. Lower

Tungabhadra Basin is drained by Vedavathi and Suvarnamukhi rivers.

The rivers and streams originate from small watersheds and empty into a number of tanks

scattered in the district. The drainage pattern in the area can be described as semi

dendritic to dendritic.

Drainage map of the study area is shown as Fig. 3.6.





3.37

[Gen.TOR # 4 (x)]

Fig: 3.6





3.38

3.5.2 MINERAL RESERVES

Road metal is available in few areas of the study area. There are no other mineral reserves

in the study area.

3.5.3 SEISMIC EFFECT

The project site falls in zone-II of Seismic Zone classification of India. Map showing seismic

zone of the Plant area.

3.5.4 LAND USE PATTERN [Gen.TOR # 4 (viii) & & Addl. ToR # 4]

The following is the land use pattern within 10 Km radius of the project site & LULC map

and Satellite Imagery.

Table 3.5.1: LAND USE PATTERN WITHIN 10 KM RADIUS OF THE PROJECT

S.No. LANDUSE AREA (Sq. km) %

1. BUILT- UP LAND A. Settlements B. Industrial area

13.188 10.362

4.2 3.3






3.39

2. WATERBODIES A. Tank / River etc.

22.922

7.3

3. FOREST A. Scrub forest

25.434

8.1

4. CROP LAND A. Single crop B. Double crop C. Plantation

148.208 32.028 2.198

47.2 10.2 0.7

5. WASTELANDS A. Land with scrub B. Land without scrub C. Sheet rock area D. Stone quarry

33.284 12.874 9.734 3.768

10.6 4.1 3.1 1.2

TOTAL 314 100

PI DIAGRAM SHOWING THE DETAIL LAND USE PATTERN WITHIN 10 KM RADIUS


Expansion of Steel Plant Village Jodidevarahalli, Taluka Sira,District Tumkur, Karnataka


3.40

Gen. TOR # 5(ii) & Addl. ToR # 4

Fig: 3.7


Expansion of Steel Plant Village Jodidevarahalli, Taluka Sira,District Tumkur, Karnataka


3.41

Fig: 3.8





3.42

3.5.5 SOIL ENVIRONMENT [Gen. TOR # 6 (viii)]

Eight (8) no. of soil samples were collected and for analyzed for various parameters like

texture, infiltration rate, bulk density, pH, Ca, Mg, Na, K, Zn, Mn etc. The Soil samples are

taken from depth of 15 to 90 cm cm will be collected. The Physio-chemical characteristics

of soil were analyzed using standard methods.

Selection of sampling locations will be generally done based on the following factors:

Representation of project site.

Industrial Areas

Residential areas

Agricultural Activity

Proximity to the Forest

Proximity to Water body

The soil quality sampling locations and their distances from the project site are shown in

Table 3.5.2. The soil characteristics are shown in Table No. 3.5.3. The soil quality sampling

stations are shown in fig. 3.9.

TABLE 3.5.2

SOIL QUALITY SAMPLING STATIONS



1. Plant site (S1) --- --- Sample representing the project site.

2. Jogihalli (S2) NW 2.8 Sample representing Residential area

3. Yaladabagi (S3) NW 7.5 Sample representing Agricultural Activity

4. Gollarahatti (S4) SW 5.0 Sample representing near Forest area

5. KIADB Industrial

area (S5)

SE 7.2 Sample representing Industrial area

6. Tavinakere (S6) SEE 7.6 Sample representing Commercial area

7. Deverahalli (S7) NNW 1.7 Sample representing Agricultural Activity

8. Ajjanahalli (S8) NEE 3.6 Sample representing Residential area





3.43

Soil Quality Sampling Station

Plant Site

Yaladabagi

Tavinakere

Jogihalli


Sampling Station

Devarahalli

Gollarahatti

Ajjanahalli

Fig: 3.9





TABLE 3.5.3

SOIL CHARACTERISTICS

Month: December 2015

S.No Parameter Units Sampling Locations

S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8

1. Bulk Density g/cc 1.4 1.3 1.6 1.9 1.4 1.5 1.4 1.3

2. Infiltration rate cm/sec 1.2 1.5 1.4 1.7 1.3 1.4 1.7 1.4

3. pH --- 7.3 7.1 7.4 7.6 7.2 7.5 7.3 7.1

4. Soil type --- Clay

Loamy

Clay

Loamy

Sandy

Loam

Sandy Loam

Clay

Loamy

Clay

Loamy

Sandy

Loamy

Clay Loamy

5. Calcium mg/100 gm 850 890 765 869 912 796 825 852

6. Electrical Conductivity µS/cm 145 156 123 169 188 133 143 176

7. Nitrogen Kg/Ha 225 239 205 242 265 233 292 252

8. Potash Kg/Ha 52 66 73 63 78 82 75 78

9. Available Phosphorous as

P2O5

Kg/Ha 23 28 25 24 33 30 35 36

10. Mn mg/100 gm BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

11. Zn mg/100 gm BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

12. Pb mg/100 gm BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL





Soil Standard Classification

S.No. Parameters Classification

1. pH <4.5 extremely acidic 4.51 - 5.0 very strong acidic 5.01 - 5.5 strongly acidic 5.51-6.0 moderately acidic 6.1 - 6.5 slightly acidic 6.51 - 7.3 Neutral 7.31-7.8 slightly alkaline 7.81-8.5 moderately alkaline 8.51 – 9.0 strongly alkaline >9.0 Very strongly alkaline

2. Nitrogen (Kg/ha) Up to 50 very less 51-100 less 110-150 good 151-300 better >300 sufficient

3. Phosphorus (Kg/ha) Up to 15 very less 15 – 30 less 31-50 medium 51-65 on average sufficient 66-80 sufficient >80 more than sufficient

4. Potassium (Kg/ha) 0 – 120 very less 120-180 less 180-240 medium 241-300 average 301-360 better >360 more than sufficient

Interpretation & Conclusion

Samples collected from identified locations indicate pH value ranging from 71 to 7.6, which

shows that the soil is neutral to Slightly alkaline in nature. Soil texture is mostly Clay loamy in the

study area. Total nitrogen ranges from 205 to 292 kg/ha, indicates that nitrogen is present

better in the soil and Phosphorous is present in the range of 52 o 82 kg/ha which is average

sufficient to sufficient quantity. Potassium is found to be ranging from 23 to 36 Kg/ha which is

very less quantity. Hence, there is requirement to supplement Potassium to the farmers in the

area, so that soil fertility and accordingly agriculture yield will increase.





3.6 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT [Gen. TOR # 6 (x)]

The proposal is for expansion of the existing steel plant both in terms of prooduction

and area. It involves aqusition of 48 Ac in addition to the existing 49.5 Ac. Thus there is

both vertical and horizontal expansion. The 48 Ac land identified for expansion is a

fallow land. The land is yet to be acquired and allotted by the government. Project

boundaries for the present 49.5 Ac are clearly demarcated and isolated by a compound

wall. There are no forests or plantations in the 48 Ac land proposed for allocation. Most

of the area was under cultivation of seasonal crops but currently there is no cultivation.

Primary survey of the flora; both primary and secondary survey of fauna of the study

area and its buffer zone extending up to 10 Km was undertake during the months of July

and August 2016 by Prof.K.B.Reddy, FAE in EB &SC (Category A) and Mr. Nagarjuna in

order to collect the data and information in accordance with the Terms of reference.

Environmental Status

The report on the biodiversity of the proect site deals with the biodiversity as existing

during the period of survey in October 2015 to December 2015 and August 2016. Most of

the natural vegetation has been replaced or modified in the idustrial site of 49.5 Ac. The

plants that are now grown either as avenue trees or as part of the greenbelt included in

the baseline data on plant biodiversity. Subabul (Leucaena leucocephala), Karanj

(Pongamia pinnata), Australian wattle (Acacia auriculiformis), Mango (Mangifera indica),

Guava (Psidum guajava)and a few others are grown in the existing unit. It may however

be added that the existing greenbelt does not fully meet the present specifications either

in terms of the plan or design or density. A list of all plants found in the existing indusrial

unit of 49.5 Ac and the proposed additional 48 AC is given in Table 1.

Table: 1 - List of trees, shrubs and perennial climbers found in the core area of the

Plant site.

Botanical name Common / local name Family

Abutilon indicum Tuththi gida Malvaceae

Acacia auriculiformis Australain wattle Mimosaceae

Acalypha indica Kuppu gida Euphorbiaceae

Acalypha lanceolata Kuppi gida Euphorbiaceae






Acanthospermum hispidum Kandlemullu Asteraceae

Achyranthes aspera Uttarani Amaranthaceae

Aerva lanata Bile suli Amaranthaceae

Aerva tomentosa Bili hindi soppu Amaranthaceae

Ageratum conyzoides Oorala gida Asteraceae

Albizia lebbeck Siris / Baage Mimosaceae

Alstonia scholaris Maddale Apocynaceae

Alternanthera pungens Alligator weed Amaranthaceae

Alternanthera sessilis Honagonne Amaranthaceae

Alysicarpus monilifer Chauli Fabaceae

Ammannia baccifera Kadugida Lythraceae

Andrographis paniculata Nelabevu Acanthaceae

Anthocephalus cadamba Kadamba Rubiaceae

Argemone mexicana Datturi gida Papaveraceae

Asystasia gangetica Lavana valli Acanthaceae

Azadirachta indica Neem Meliaceae

Bauhinia purpurea Basavanapaada Caesalpiniaceae

Boerhavia diffusa Punarnava / Komme Nycataginaceae

Callistemon lanceolatus Bottle brush tree Myrtaceae

Calotropis gigantea Crown flower Asclepiadaceae

Calotropis procera Bili yekkada gida Asclepiadaceae

Cassia fistula Kakke mara Caesalpiniaceae

Cassia occidentalis Kolthogache Caesalpiniaceae

Cassia siamea Seeme tangdi Caesalpiniaceae

Cassia tora Tagache Caesalpiniaceae

Chloris barbata Savengu / Hallu Poaceae

Chromolaena odorata Siam weed Asteraceae

Chrysopogon fulvus Chora pushpi Poaceae

Cleome gynandra Narambele soppu Cleomaceae

Cleome viscosa Nayibela Cleomaceae

Cocos nucifera Coconut Arecaceae

Crotalaria mysorensis Budde gida Fabaceae

Crotalaria verrucosa Gijigiji Fabaceae

Croton bonplandianum Alpa bedhi Euphorbiaceae

Cyanodon dactylon Turf grass Poaceae

Cyperus rotundus Nut grass Cyperaceae

Cyperus triceps Sedge Cyperaceae

Dactyloctenium aegyptium Crowfoot grass Poaceae

Daemia extensa Juttuve Asclepiadaceae

Dalbergia sissoo Sissoo Fabaceae

Datura metel Jimson weed Solanaceae

Decalepis hamiltonii Makali beru Periplocaceae

Delonix regia Kattikai mara Caesalpiniaceae






Dendrocalamus strictus Bamboo Poaceae

Desmodium triflorum Kaadu pullam Fabaceae

Dichanthium annulatum Sheda grass Poaceae

Digera muricata Gorajepalle Amaranthaceae

Echinops echinatus Brahmadande Asteraceae

Eclipta alba Garuga Asteraceae

Eclipta prostrata Ajagara Asteraceae

Emblica officinalis Nellikkai Euphorbiaceae

Eragrostis tenella Barbushi grass Poaceae

Eremopogon foveolatus Mekke jola Poaceae

Eucalyptus tereticornis Eucalyptus Myrtaceae

Euphorbia hirta Kempuneneyakki Euphorbiaceae

Euphorbia thymifolia Kempuneneyakki Euphorbiaceae

Evolvulus alsinoides Vishnykranti Convolvulaceae

Ficus benjamina Weeping fig Moraceae

Ficus religiosa Arali mara Moraceae

Glinus lotoides Chandrakaasi soppu Aizoaceae

Gliricidia sepium Gobbarada mara Fabaceae

Hedyotis corymbosa Parpata hullu Rubiaceae

Heliotropium indicum Chelukondi Gida Boraginaceae

Hyptis suaveolens Vilayati Tulsi Lamiaceae

Ipomoea carnea Pink Morning glory Convolvulaceae

Justicia procumbens Water willow Acanthaceae

Lagerstroemia flos-reginae Hole dasavala Lythraceae

Lantana camara Lantana Verbenaceae

Leptadenia reticulata Bugudi Hoovina Gedde Asclepiadaceae

Leucas aspera Tumbe gida Lamiaceae

Leucas indica Tumbe gida Lamiaceae

Malvastrum coromandelianum Sanna bindige Malvaceae

Mangifera indica Mango Anacardiaceae

Manilkara zapota Sapota Sapotaceae

Mellia dubia Malabar Neem Meliaceae

Millingtonia hortensis Akasha Mallige Bignoniaceae

Mimosops elengi Maulsari Sapotaceae

Muntingia calabura Jamaica Cherry Muntingiaceae

Ocimum americanum Kamakasturi Lamiaceae

Ocimum basilicum Basil Lamiaceae

Ocimum canum Nayitulsi Lamiaceae

Ocimum sanctum Tulsi Lamiaceae

Oldenlandia umbellata Parpata hullu Convolvulaceae

Oxalis corniculata Pullampurachi. Oxalidaceae

Panicum repens Torpedo grass Poaceae






Panicum trypheron Saame Poaceae

Parthenium hysterophorus Congress grass Asteraceae

Peltophorum pterocarpum Haladi Gulmohur Caesalpiniaceae

Phyla nodiflora Nelahippali Verbenaceae

Phyllanthus amarus Nelanelli Euphorbiaceae

Physalis minima Gadde hannu Solanaceae

Plumeria alba Kaadusampige Apocynacae

Plumeria rubra Kaadusampige Apocynacae

Polyalthia longifolia Ashoka Annonaceae

Polyalthia pendula Ashoka Annonaceae

Pongamia pinnata Honge Fabaceae

Prosopis juliflora Mesquite Mimosaceae

Prosopis spicigera Banni Mimosaceae

Psidium guajava Guava Myrtaceace

Punica granatum Pomeganate Punicaceae

Putranjiva roxburghii Amani Putrajiva Putranjivaceae

Samanea saman Male mara Mimosaceae

Senna uniflora Avarike Caesalipiniaceae

Sida acuta Broom weed Malvaceae

Sida cordifolia Hirethutti Malvaceae

Solanum nigrum Kamanchi Solanaceae

Solanum surattense (=S. xanthocarpum)

Kantakari Solanaceae

Spathodea companulata Nirukai mara Bignoniaceae

Spermacoce hispida Madanaghanti Rubiaceae

Spermacoce articularis Madanaghanti Rubiaceae

Stachytarpheta indica Indian Snake weed Verbenaceae

Syzygium cumini Nerale mara Myrtaceae

Tamarindus indica Tamarind Caesalpiniaceae

Tectona grandis Sagavani Verbenaceae

Terminalia arjuna Arjun Combretaceae

Terminalia catappa Almond Combretaceae

Thespesia populnea Huvarasi Malvaceae

Trianthema portulacastrum Muchuchugoni Aizoaceae

Tribulus terrestris Neggila mullu Zygophyllaceae

Tridax procumbens Sanna gida Asteraceae

Vernonia cinerea Sahadevee Asteraceae

Xanthium strumarium Marulummatti Asteraceae

Zornia gibbosa Nellu chollu soppu Fabaceae

Terrestrial vegetation and flora of the buffer zone:Ther are no Ecologically sensitive

areas such as National Parks, Wildlife sanctuaries, Tiger reserve/elephant reserve, or





important bird areas (IBAs) or other ecologically sensitive areas like migratory corridors

of wildlife or breeding grounds of any RET species within 10 Km from the boundary of the

core area.

Wetlands: There are no wetlands of National or International conservation value. There

are seasonal lotic and lentic fresh water bodies such as the Dodda Halla and some small

and medium irrigation tanks. The tanks were yet to be filled and there were no aquatic

macrophytes.

Reserved and Protected forests, etc.:

The word “forest” is understood according to its dictionary meaning. This description

covers all statutorily recognized forests, whether designated as reserved, protected or

otherwise for the purpose of section 2(1) of the Forest conservation Act. The term ‘forest

land’, occurring in Section 2, will not only include “forest” as understood in the dictionary

sense, but also any area recorded as ‘forest’ in the Government record irrespective of the

ownership. This is how it has to be understood for the purpose of Section 2 of the Act.

The provisions enacted in the Forest Conservation Act-1980 for the conservation of

forests and the matters connected therewith must apply clearly to all forests so

understood irrespective of the ownership or classification thereof (vide Hon’ble Supreme

Court judgment dated 12/12/1996 in WP (Civil) 202/1995 (Godavarman Thirumalpad vs

Union of India and others) defining the scope of ‘forest’ and ‘forest land’).

In accordance with above interpretation of a forest, we report the presence of

Maradigudda Reserved Forest towards Southwest and Kasandra Reserved Forest

towards West. Both the reserved forests are now represented by Eucalyptus plantations

with luxurious undergrowth of Lantana camara and Siam weed (Chromolaena odorata).

Eucalyptus is grown in large areas of the buffer zone. Mango (Mangifera indica) is the

most widely grown fruit tree in the buffer zone. There are isolated rocky hills towards the

north and north east in the buffer zone. There are no dense forests but most of the

wastelands are covered with thorny bushes.





A list of trees, shrubs and perennial climbers found in the buffer zone is given in Table 2

and a list herbs and herbaceous species buffer zone is given in Table 3.

Table 2. List of trees`, shrubs and perennial climbers found in the buffer zone of the

project site.


Acacia auriculiformis Australain wattle Mimosaceae

Acacia holosericea White Australain wattle Mimosaceae

Acacia catechu Khair Mimosaceae

Acacia leucophloea White babul Mimosaceae

Acacia nilotica Black babul Mimosaceae

Acacia pennata Climbing acacia Mimosaceae

Aegle marmelos Bilva Rutaceae

Agave americana Agave Agavaceae

Ailanthus excelsa Bende / dodda Simaroubaceae

Albizia lebbeck Siris / Baage Mimosaceae

Alstonia scholaris Maddale Apocynaceae

Anthocephalus cadamba Kadamba Rubiaceae

Araucaria columnaris Christamas tree Araucariaceae

Artocarpus heterophyllus Jackfruit Moraceae

Azadirachta indica Neem Meliaceae

Bauhinia purpurea Basavanapaada Caesalpiniaceae

Bauhinia variegata Basavanapaada Caesalpiniaceae

Bignonia suaveolens Adri Bignoniaceae

Bixa orellana Lipstick tree Bixaceae

Bombax malabaricum Booruga Bombacaceae

Borassus flabellifer Tal gaha Arecaceae

Brassaia actinophylla Octopus tree Araliaceae

Buchanania lanzan Chironji Anacardiaceae

Butea monosperma Muttuga Fabaceae

Callistemon lanceolatus Bottle brush tree Myrtaceae

Calotropis gigantea Crown flower Asclepiadaceae

Calotropis procera Bili yekkada gida Asclepiadaceae

Carissa spinarum Korindamalekalaavu Apocynaceae

Cassia auriculata Ranawara or avaram Caesalpiniaeae

Cassia fistula Kakke mara Caesalpiniaceae

Cassia javanica Java Cassia Caesalpiniaceae

Cassia occidentalis Coffeee Senna Caesalpiniaceae

Cassia siamea Seeme tangdi Caesalpiniaceae

Cassia tora Sickle pod Cassia Caesalpiniaceae

Cassia spectabilis Golden Cassia Caesalpiniaceae

Castanospermum australe Black Bean Fabaceae






Chromolaena odorata Siam weed Asteraceae

Citrua aurantifolia Orange Rutaceae

Citrus limonum Lemon Rutaceae

Citrus sinensis Sweet orange Rutaceae

Coccinia grandis Tondekayi Cucurbitaceae

Cocculus hirsutus Daagadi balli Menispermaceae

Cocos nucifera Coconut Arecaceae

Colvillea racemosa Hukuchina mara Caesalpiniaceae

Combretum ovalifolium Rangoon creeper Combretaceae

Corallocarpus epigaeus Akasha Garuda Gadde Cucrbitaceae

Cordia sebestena Kempuchalle Boraginaceae

Couroupita guianensis Nagalinga Lecythidaceae

Cryptolepis buchanani Indian Sarsaparilla Asclepiadaceae

Daemia extensa Juttuve Asclepiadaceae

Dalbergia sissoo Sissoo Fabaceae

Decalepis hamiltonii Makali beru Periplocaceae

Delonix regia Kattikai mara Caesalpiniaceae

Dendrocalamus strictus Bamboo Poaceae

Dichrostachys cineria Sickle bush Mimosaceae

Diospyros melanoxylon Tendu / Bidi Ebenaceae

Dodonaea viscosa Bandare Sapindaceae

Emblica officinalis Nellikkai Euphorbiaceae

Enterlobium cyclocarpum Elephant Ear Tree Mimosaceae

Erythrina crista-galli Cockspur Coral Tree. Fabaceae

Erythrina indica Halvana Fabaceae

Erythrina suberosa Corky coral tree Fabaceae

Erythroxylon monogynum Red cedar Erythroxylaceae

Eucalyptus tereticornis Eucalyptus Myrtaceae

Euphorbia nivulia Malekalli Euphorbiaceae

Ficus amplissima Bat tree Moraceae

Ficus benghalensis Aalada mara Moraceae

Ficus benjamina Weeping fig Moraceae

Ficus racemosa Cluster fig Moraceae

Ficus religiosa Arali mara Moraceae

Firmiana colorata Coloured Sterculia Sterculiaceae

Givotia rottleriformis Bilidale Euphorbiaceae

Gliricidia sepium Gobbarada mara Fabaceae

Gmelina arborea Shivane Mara Verbenaceae

Grevillea robusta Silver Oak Proteaceae

Hardwickia binata Kammara Caesalpiniaceae

Hemidesmus indicus Sugankha pala giddda Asclepiadaceae

Hiptage benghalensis Madvi Malpighiaceae

Holoptelia integrifolia Kaladri Ulmaceae






Hyptis suaveolens Vilaiti Tulsi Lamiaceae

Ipomoea carnea Pink Morning glory Convolvulaceae

Jacaranda mimosaefolia Jacaranda Mimosaceae

Jatropha curcas Dodda haralu Euphorbiaceae

Jatropha gossypifolia Chikka kaadu haralu Euphorbiaceae

Kigelia pinnata Sasega mara Bignoniaceae

Lagerstroemia flos-reginae Hole dasavala Lythraceae

Lannea coramandelica Godda Anacardiaceae

Lantana camara Lantana Verbenaceae

Leptadenia reticulata Bugudi Hoovina Gedde Asclepiadaceae

Mangifera indica Mango Anacardiaceae

Manilkara hexandra Ceylon Iron wood Sapotaceae

Manilkara zapota Sapota Sapotaceae

Markhamia lutea Nile Tulip Tree Bignoniaceae

Maytenus emarginata Tandrasi Celastraceae

Melia dubia Malabar Neem Meliaceae

Michelia champaca Sampige Magnoliaceae

Milletia ovalifolia Moulmein Rose Wood Fabaceae

Millingtonia hortensis Akasha Mallige Bignoniaceae

Mimosa rubicaulis Rasne / Urisige Mimosaceae

Mimosops elengi Maulsari Sapotaceae

Muntingia calabura Jamaica Cherry Muntingiaceae

Parkia biglandulosa Shivalinga Mimosaceae

Peltophorum pterocarpum Haladi Gulmohur Caesalpiniaceae

Phoenix sylvestris Wild date Arecaceae

Phyllanthus reticulatus Karihuli Euphorbiaceae

Pithecellobium dulce Seema hunase Mimosaceae

Plumeria alba Kaadusampige Apocynacae

Plumeria rubra Kaadusampige Apocynacae

Polyalthia longifolia Ashoka Annonaceae

Polyalthia pendula Ashoka Annonaceae

Pongamia pinnata Honge Fabaceae

Prosopis juliflora Mesquite Mimosaceae

Prosopis spicigera Banni Mimosaceae

Psidium guajava Guava Myrtaceace

Pterolobium indicum Badabakke Cesalpiniaceae

Pterospermum acerifolium Naradu Sterculiaceae

Punica granatum Pomeganate Punicaceae

Putranjiva roxburghii Amani Putrajiva Putranjivaceae

Rivea hypocrateriformis Midnapur Creeper Convolvulaceae

Samanea saman Male mara Mimosaceae

Saraca asoca Ashoka Caesalpiniaceae






Sarcostemma acidium Leafless East Indian Wine Asclepiadaceae

Solanum grandiflorum Potato Tree Solanaceae

Soymida faebrifuga Indian redwood Meliaceae

Spathodea companulata Nirukai mara Bignoniaceae

Sterculia foetida Wild almond Sterculiaceae

Sterculia urens Gum karaya Sterculiaceae

Swietenia mahogany Mahogany Meliaceae

Syzygium cumini Nerale mara Myrtaceae

Tabebuia argentea Tree of Gold Bignoniaceae

Tabebuia avellanedae Pink Tabebuia Bignoniaceae

Tabebuia rosea Pink Poui Bignoniaceae

Tamarindus indica Tamarind Caesalpiniaceae

Tectona grandis Sagavani Verbenaceae

Terminalia arjuna Arjun Combretaceae

Terminalia catappa Almond Combretaceae

Terminalia mantaly Madagascar Almond Combretaceae

Thespesia populnea Huvarasi Malvaceae

Tylophora indica Antamula Assclepiadacae

Ventilago denticulata Ventilago Rhamnaceae Vitex negundo Nirgundi Verbenaceae

Wattakaka volubilis Sneeze Wort Asclepiadaceae

Wrightia tinctoria Kondamurki Apocynaceae

Ziziphus glabrata Irula Rhamnaceae

Ziziphus horrida Kotta mullu Rhamnaceae

Ziziphus mauritiana Yalachi Rhamnaceae

Ziziphus oenoplia Jackal jujube Rhamnaceae

Table 3: List of herbs and herbaceous species found in the buffer zone of the project site.

Scientific name Family

Abutilon indicum Malvaceae

Acalypha indica Euphorbiaceae

Acalypha lanceolata Euphorbiaceae

Achyranthes aspera Amaranthaceae

Aerva lanata Amaranthaceae

Aerva tomentosa Amaranthaceae

Ageratum conyzoides Asteraceae

Alternanthera pungens Amaranthaceae

Alternanthera philoxeroides Amaranthaceae Alternanthera sessilis Amaranthaceae

Alternanthera triandra Amaranthaceae

Alysicarpus monilifer Fabaceae






Ammania baccifera Lythraceae

Andrographis paniculata Acanthaceae

Apluda mutica Poaceae

Argemone mexicana Papaveraceae

Aristida adscensionis Poaceae

Asystasia gangetica Acanthaceae Bacopa monnieri Scrophulariaceae Blepharis maderaspatensis Acanthaceae

Blepharis repens Acanthaceae

Blumea lacera Asteraceae

Boerhavia chinensis Nycataginaceae

Boerhavia erecta Nyctaginaceae

Borreria articularis (=Spermacoce articularis) Rubiaceae

Borreria hispida (=Spermacoce hispida) Rubiaceae

Brassica campestris Brassicaceae

Cassia absus Caesalpiniaceae

Cassia obtusa Caesalpiniaceae Cassia occidentalis Caesalpiniaceae Cassia tora Caesalpiniaceae Cenchrus ciliaris Poaceae

Cenchrus setifgera Poaceae

Chloris barbata Poaceae Chloris dolichosta Poaceae

Chrozophora rottleri Euphorbiaceae Chrysopogon fulvus Poaceae Cleome gynandra Cleomaceae

Cleome viscosa Cleomaceae

Crotalaria medicaginea Fabaceae

Crotalaria mysorensis Fabaceae

Crotalaria verrucosa Fabaceae Croton bonplandianum Euphorbiaceae

Cuscuta reflexa Cuscutaceae

Cyanodon dactylon Poaceae

Cymbopogon caesius Poaceae Cymbopogon coloratus Poaceae Cymbopogon jwarancusa Poaceae

Cynodon dactylon Poaceae Cyperus aristatus Cyperaceae

Cyperus rotundus Cyperaceae Cyperus triceps Cyperaceae

Dactyloctenium aegyptium Poaceae

Datura alba Solanaceae

Datura metel Solanaceae






Dendranthema grandiflorum Asteraceae

Desmodium triflorum Fabaceae Dichanthium annulatum Poaceae

Digera muricata Amaranthaceae Digitaria bicornis Poaceae

Digitaria setacea Poaceae

Echinops echinatus Asteraceae

Eclipta alba Asteraceae Eclipta prostrata Asteraceae

Eragrostis tenella Poaceae Eremopogon foveolatus Poaceae Euphorbia hirta Euphorbiaceae

Euphorbia thymifolia Euphorbiaceae

Evolvulus alsinoides Convolvulaceae

Gomphrena globosa Amaranthaceae

Hedyotis corymbosa Rubiaceae Hedyotis puberula Rubiaceae Heliotropium indicum Boraginaceae Heteropogon contortus Poaceae Hyptis suaveolens Labiatae

Impatiens balasamina Balsaminaceae

Ipomea aquatica Convolvulaceae

Ischaemum rugosum Poaceae

Justicia diffusa Acanthaceae

Kyllinga triceps Cyperaceae

Leucas aspera Lamiaceae

Leucas indica Lamiaceae Leucas longifolia Lamiaceae Leucas stelligera Lamiaceae Lippia nodiflora Verbenaceae Malvastrum coramandelianum Malvaceae

Marsilea quadrifolia Marseliaceae

Merremia emerginata Convolvulaceae

Merremia gangetca Convolvulaceae

Merremia tridentata Convolvulacee Mollugo hirta Aizoaceae

Ocimum americanum Lamiaceae

Ocimum basilicum Lamiaceae Ocimum basillum Lamiaceae Ocimum canum Lamiaceae Ocimum sanctum Lamiaceae Oldenlandia herbacea Rubiaceae Oldenlandia umbellata Convolvulaceae

Oldenlandiua corymbosa Rubiaceae

Oxalis corniculata Oxalidaceae






Panicum psilopodium Poaceae

Panicum repens Poaceae

Parthenium hysterophorus Asteraceae

Peristrophe bicalculata Acanthaceae

Phyllanthus niruri Euphorbiaceae

Physalis minima Solanaceae

Pistia stratiotes Araceae

Polygala arvensis Polygalaceae

Polygala erioptera Polygalaceae

Portulaca oleracea Portulaccaceae

Saccharum munja Poaceae

Saccharum officinarum Poaceae

Scilla hyacinthina Liliaceae Senna uniflora Caesalipiniaceae Sida acuta Malvaceae Sida cordifolia Malvaceae Sida orientalis Malvaceae

Sida rhombifolia Malvaceae Sida vernonicaefolia Malvaceae

Solanum nigrum Solanaceae

Solanum surattense (=S. xanthocarpum) Solanaceae

Spermacoce hispida Rubiaceae

Spermacoce articularis Rubiaceae

Spermacoce stricta Rubiaceae

Stachytarpeta indica Verbenaceae

Themeda ciliata Poaceae

Themeda quadrivalvis Poaceae

Tragus biflorus Poaceae

Trianthema decandra Aizoaceae Trianthema portulacastrum Aizoaceae Tribulus terrestris Zygophyllaceae Tridax procumbens Asteraceae Trigonella corniculata Fabaceae

Vernonia cinerea Asteraceae Xanthium strumarium Asteraceae

Zornia gobbosa Asteraceae

Terrestrial fauna of the study area:

The existing industrial site of 49.5 Ac is isolated from its surroundings by a compound

wall but it is porous with entries and exits. Rodents ans reptiles can easily cross over from

one area to another in site of the compund wall. There are no barriers for movement of

birds, butterflies and other flying insects. Thus there are no chances for any kind of





isolation or restriction of any wild animal to the core area or the buffer area. As they are

capable of moving from place to place either for food or shelter or mate, it is not proper

to list them separately for different areas. Hence, common lists are prepared based on

available secondary data and on the basis of direct observation, indirect or

circumstantial evidence such as foot prints, feathers, skin, hair, hooves etc. The area of

survey and study extends up to a radius of 10 Km in case of terrestrial fauna.As there are

no dense forests or wildlife reserves or other protected areas around the steel plant and

as the area is surrounded by highly disturbed areas, the chances of occurrence of any

rare or endangered wildlife is remote. The core area is under intense use and highly

disturbed except for a few small and narrow strips of greenbelt. Among the mammals,

only squirrels and rats were found. The presence of any rare or endangered or

threatened carnivrore was ruled out as there were no attacks on sheep or goat though

sheep and goat rearing is very common. A list of vertebrate species other than birds

either spotted or reported from the study area is given in Table 4. Many terrestrial birds

such as Indian Ring dove, Minnows, Finches, Crows, Sparrows, Parrots, Mynas, Swifts,

Doves, Pigeons, Egrets and Weavers etc were common. A list of birds either spotted or

reported from the study area is given in Table 5. There are no foreign visitors or winter

migrants from across the globe. None of the species listed in Schedule I of the Indian

Wildlife (Protection) Act was found in the study area. Hence no specific action plan for

conservation is required.

Table 4: List of vertebrates other than birds either spotted or reported frm the study

area

Scienfific name Common name WPA Schedule

Mammals

Bandicota bengalensis Bandicoot III

Bandicota indica Indian mole rat IV

Dacnomys millardi Large-toothed giant rat IV

Funambulus palmarum Three-striped palm squirrel IV

Golunda ellioti Indian bush rat IV

Lepus nigricollis Indian Hare/Blacknaped Hare IV

Megaderma lyra Indian false vampire Bat IV

Megaderma spasma Asian false vampire Bat IV

Mus booduga Indian field mouse IV

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dacnomys_millardi





Scienfific name Common name WPA Schedule

Mus dunni House/Rice-field mouse IV

Parascaptor leucura White-tailed Mole IV

Rattus rattus Common house rat IV

Soriculus leucops Indian long-tailed shrew IV

Sus scrofa Indian wild boar III

REPTILES (P=Poisonous)

Amphiesma stolatum Buffstriped keelback II

Bungarus caeruleus Common krait (P) II

Calotes versicolor Garden lizard IV

Coelognathus helena Trinket snake II

Daboia russelii Russell's viper (P) II

Dendrelaphis tristis Bronzebacked tree snake II

Echis carinatus Saw scaled viper (P) II

Eutropis carinata Keeled Indian Mabuya IV

Hemidactylus flaviviridis Wall lizard IV

Hemidactylus frenatus Small wall lizard IV

Lycodon aulicus Pond Wolf snake II

Macropisthodon plumbicolor Green keelback II

Oligodon arnensis Common kukri II

Oligodon taeniolatus Variegated or Russell's kukri II

Ptyas mucosa Rat snakes II

Ramphotyphlops braminus Blind snake II

Xenochrophis piscator Checkered keelback II

AMPHIBIANS II

Bufo melonosticatus South Indian Toad IV

Cacopus bystema Burrowing frog IV

Hyla arboria Tree Frog IV

Rana hexadactyla. Ordinary frog IV

Rana tigrina Tiger Frog IV

Table 5: List of birds either spotted or reported from the study area. End means

Endemic to India.

Scientific name Common name Family WPA Schedule

Accipiter badius Shikra Accipitridae IV

Accipiter gentilis Northern Goshawk Accipitridae IV

Accipiter nisus Eurasian Sparrowhawk Accipitridae IV

Accipiter trivirgatus Crested Goshawk Accipitridae IV

Acridotheres ginginianus Bank Myna Sturnidae IV

Acridotheres tristis Common Myna Sturnidae IV

Actitis hypoleucos Common Sandpiper Scolopacidae IV

Aegithina tiphia Common Iora Aegithinidae IV

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/White-tailed_Mole

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wild_boar

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=1A0ECB6EDF6DB4B2

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=420850D62E855E4D

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=DB376A66278ED21E

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=0D4EE0EBD4821244

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=F8CFF92CB9DC09C6

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=F23A2F3807A8145F

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=8548B07ECA48773F






Alauda gulgula Oriental Skylark Alaudidae IV

Alcedo atthis Common Kingfisher Alcedinidae IV

Anas clypeata Northern Shoveler Anatidae IV

Anas querquedula Garganey Anatidae IV

Anas strepera Gadwall Anatidae IV

Anthus hodgsoni Olive-backed Pipit Motacillidae IV

Anthus trivialis Tree Pipit Motacillidae IV

Apus affinis Little Swift Apodidae IV

Apus pacificus Fork-tailed or Pacific Swift Apodidae IV

Ardeola grayii Indian Pond Heron Ardeidae IV

Artamus fuscus Ashy Woodswallow Artamidae IV

Athene brama Spotted Owlet Strigidae IV

Aythya ferina Common Pochard Anatidae IV

Bubulcus ibis Cattle Egret Ardeidae IV

Burhinus oedicnemus Eurasian Stone Curlew Turnicidae IV

Butastur teesa White-eyed Buzzard Accipitridae IV

Buteo rufinus Long-legged Buzzard Accipitridae IV

Cacomantis passerinus Grey-bellied Cuckoo Cuculidae IV

Cacomantis sonneratii Banded Bay Cuckoo Cuculidae IV

Calidris ferruginea Curlew Sandpiper Scolopacidae IV

Calidris minuta Little Stint Scolopacidae IV

Calidris ruficollis Red-necked Stint Scolopacidae IV

Calidris temminckii Temminck's Stint Scolopacidae IV

Caprimulgus asiaticus Indian Nightjar Caprimulgidae IV

Caprimulgus indicus Grey Nightjar Caprimulgidae IV

Carpodacus erythrinus Common Rosefinch Fringillidae IV

Cecropis daurica Red-rumped Swallow Hirundinidae IV

Celeus brachyurus Rufous Woodpecker Picidae IV

Centropus sinensis Greater Coucal Cuculidae IV

Ceryle rudis Pied Kingfisher Alcedinidae IV

Charadrius alexandrinus Kentish Plover Charadriidae IV

Charadrius dubius Little Ringed Plover Charadriidae IV

Chlidonias hybrida Whiskered Tern Laridae IV

Chloropsis aurifrons Golden-fronted Leafbird Chloropseidae IV

Chloropsis cochinchinensis

Blue-winged Leafbird Chloropseidae IV

Chrysocolaptes festivus White-naped Woodpecker Picidae IV

Chrysomma sinense Yellow-eyed Babbler Timaliidae IV

Cinnyris asiaticus Purple Sunbird Nectariniidae IV

Clamator coromandus Chestnut-winged Cuckoo Cuculidae IV

Clamator jacobinus Jacobin Cuckoo Cuculidae IV

Columba livia Rock Dove Columbidae IV

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=E988F1D549A6773D

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=9505E03D7416B365

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=ED4CE8E7CFF43696

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=F577BA0F5BB7BD3F

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=C235A4D712BB8855

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=25F7AF6531AEED37

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=365F5E975B414FE6

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=D209A90C8A90DA51

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=68E950E5CA07E621

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=E5E0B92FC2C26D6E

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=D10DF10F92FF7B64

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=DDE6A35290A28441

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=A96692E0C9F7508B

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=6CCDAC53F56435B4

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=8C87D50F7516E905

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=868CD2468530F5FC

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=CC65921FEBE1BB96

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=84D36C76BC08134A

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=9E932BD457D4039A

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=143A681C9BCE9A20

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=9936FF4AFB430504

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=BBDF2F1BAC640E4D

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=5ACF7FB313BEF9EA

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=65D4C83B7790076A

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=E4D158C45D343B5E

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=3A713345F43AFFA6

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=AA41EDCEB7A8EA6E

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=663A7CCAD60FF80C

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=F5F991ACE09A8601

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=8205077FA2E98715

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=E2A5A30C7C428DE7

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=35EC3BBF166AB032

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=7AB4E42B260B5954

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=3AA69ABD30BB9B42

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=F97099E68FA644A0

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=F97099E68FA644A0

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=8C743B57F0FFCB99

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=0C0CEF5B23E03F0C

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=E9BCF7640544FC7C

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=575C66D270818507

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=BF0A09546401D245

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=BBA263C235B15B88






Copsychus saularis Oriental Magpie-Robin Muscicapidae IV

Coracias benghalensis Indian Roller Coraciidae IV

Coracina macei Large Cuckoo-shrike Campephagidae IV

Coracina melanoptera Black-headed Cuckoo-shrike Campephagidae IV

Coracina melaschistos Black-winged Cuckoo-shrike Campephagidae IV

Corvus macrorhynchos Large-billed Crow/Jungle Crow Corvidae IV

Corvus splendens House Crow Corvidae V

Coturnix coromandelica Rain Quail Phasianidae IV

Coturnix coturnix Common Quail Phasianidae IV

Cuculus canorus Common Cuckoo Cuculidae IV

Cuculus micropterus Indian Cuckoo Cuculidae IV

Cuculus varius Common Hawk-Cuckoo Cuculidae IV

Cypsiurus balasiensis Asian Palm Swift Apodidae IV

Dendrocitta vagabunda Rufous Treepie Corvidae IV

Dendrocopos mahrattensis

Yellow-crowned Woodpecker Picidae IV

Dendrocopos moluccensis Brown-capped Woodpecker Picidae IV

Dicaeum agile Thick-billed Flowerpecker Dicaeidae IV

Dicaeum erythrorhynchos Pale-billed Flowerpecker Dicaeidae IV

Dicrurus caerulescens White-bellied Drongo Dicruridae IV

Dicrurus hottentottus Hair-crested Drongo Dicruridae IV

Dicrurus leucophaeus Ashy Drongo Dicruridae IV

Dicrurus macrocercus Black Drongo Dicruridae IV

Dinopium benghalense Black-rumped Woodpecker Picidae IV

Dumetia hyperythra Tawny-bellied Babbler Timaliidae IV

Egretta garzetta Little Egret Ardeidae IV

Egretta intermedia Intermediate Egret Ardeidae IV

Elanus caeruleus Black-winged Kite Accipitridae IV

Emberiza bruniceps Red-headed Bunting Emberizidae IV

Emberiza melanocephala Black-headed Bunting Emberizidae IV

Eremopterix griseus Ashy-crowned Sparrow-Lark Alaudidae IV

Eudynamys scolopaceus Common Koel Cuculidae IV

Gallinago gallinago Common Snipe Scolopacidae IV

Gallinago stenura Pintail Snipe Scolopacidae IV

Glareola lactea Little Pratincole Glareolidae IV

Gymnoris xanthocollis Yellow-throated Sparrow Passeridae IV

Halcyon pileata Black-capped Kingfisher Alcedinidae IV

Halcyon smyrnensis White-throated Kingfisher Alcedinidae IV

Haliastur indus Brahminy Kite Accipitridae IV

Hemiprocne coronata Crested Treeswift Hemiprocnidae IV

Himantopus himantopus Black-winged Stilt Recurvirostridae IV

Hirundapus giganteus Brown-backed Needletail Apodidae IV

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=0B1C145C64A5F620

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=3E2325ADE1A4344A

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=AB82799A91735EFF

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=58BC7F5D1AD730B3

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=FAE71B8FB79BE417

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=F4C4F838B6C30FBD

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=3986890399CA4859

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=A6F042E2559E83B1

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=CAFE345DCABD8BF8

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=B3D2C3C5B73EC8E8

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=5CFEDF61502C909A

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=0880DDC8B805D57B

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=83C40F897AF9D6BC

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=959E1633E43CB7BA

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=CBBA6CB0C3F71B1D

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=CBBA6CB0C3F71B1D

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=A1B98D41940622B1

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=BDB26F7B7C767068

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=994E98B3EAE31A28

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=0C1D3E8BF3E2345F

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=5FD53BB1BBFAE015

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=D90F9B0BBDBA5E57

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=D97135E8FF00D2CF

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=DC4FBF45FE6A8CF8

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=A6E9EDE55D229ED9

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=40B5D4A693F4C373

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=97C47F3E1BA4129A

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=DBF8D184AA08A548

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=E2D2CB88A9D95E42

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=73ED9A5445E85695

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=5D43995351C97BC6

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=20CF9548B69643E5

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=EE61E2CACBEC4856

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=D9A310F122B86A22

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=77CBF484A2A2E7D2

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=6B292CA05BDA4273

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=3EEE4BB4CEACA3FC

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=D89A9DC9963D5DDC

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=509C8FD492EBA33C

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=6AC2ABA35182038C

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=468C27AD03B58EF2






Hirundo rustica Barn Swallow Hirundinidae IV

Hirundo smithii Wire-tailed Swallow Hirundinidae IV

Hydrophasianus chirurgus Pheasant-tailed Jacana Jacanidae IV

Hypothymis azurea Black-naped Monarch Monarchidae IV

Ictinaetus malayensis Indian Black Eagle Accipitridae IV

Ixobrychus minutus Little Bittern Ardeidae IV

Lanius cristatus Brown Shrike Laniidae IV

Lanius schach Long-tailed Shrike Laniidae IV

Lanius vittatus Bay-backed Shrike Laniidae IV

Leptocoma zeylonica Purple-rumped Sunbird Nectariniidae IV

Lonchura malabarica Indian Silverbill Estrildidae IV

Lonchura malacca Black-headed Munia Estrildidae IV

Lonchura punctulata Scaly-breasted Munia Estrildidae IV

Lonchura striata White-rumped Munia Estrildidae IV

Luscinia brunnea Indian Blue Robin Muscicapidae IV

Luscinia svecica Bluethroat Muscicapidae IV

Lymnocryptes minimus Jack Snipe Scolopacidae IV

Megalaima haemacephala

Coppersmith Barbet Ramphastidae IV

Megalaima zeylanica Brown-headed Barbet Ramphastidae IV

Merops leschenaulti Chestnut-headed Bee-eater Meropidae IV

Merops orientalis Green Bee-eater Meropidae IV

Merops philippinus Blue-tailed Bee-eater Meropidae IV

Metopidius indicus Bronze-winged Jacana Jacanidae IV

Milvus migrans Black Kite Accipitridae IV

Mirafra assamica Rufous-winged Bushlark Alaudidae IV

Mirafra erythroptera Indian Bushlark Alaudidae IV

Monticola cinclorhynchus Blue-capped Rock Thrush Muscicapidae IV

Monticola solitarius Blue Rock Thrush Muscicapidae IV

Motacilla cinerea Grey Wagtail Motacillidae IV

Motacilla flava Yellow Wagtail Motacillidae IV

Motacilla maderaspatensis

White-browed Wagtail Motacillidae IV

Muscicapa dauurica Asian Brown Flycatcher Muscicapidae IV

Ninox scutulata Brown Hawk-Owl Strigidae IV

Nyctyornis athertoni Blue-bearded Bee-eater Meropidae IV

Oriolus chinensis Black-naped Oriole Oriolidae IV

Oriolus oriolus Eurasian Golden Oriole Oriolidae IV

Oriolus xanthornus Black-hooded Oriole Oriolidae IV

Pandion haliaetus Osprey Accipitridae IV

Parus major Great Tit Paridae IV

Parus spilonotus Yellow-cheeked Tit Paridae IV

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=58C502EA7AF3E023

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=B79D6B3DD15ECB2B

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=6F672FA3A724EC9F

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=FEA4EFB4D324B4E7

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=28D7E7CCE03B9442

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=7AAD57ACA1C4ECA9

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=E4968582E577D9D1

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=69FC190BC179A4FD

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=FED815713F56A965

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=9A13D986F7A8C5A7

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=C03E353AFBA1FB74

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=967A489696B01D72

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=6D4F72B157D99627

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=22BE6FC55BAEACF7

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=43B604935917FE4D

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=AFD6FD811AA7D6A7

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=1A15F0C6B4948C52

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=2B7AC50ED78F524F

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=2B7AC50ED78F524F

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=15471F216F83ABBF

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=F8652F4FF1CF9E8D

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=0562A30F1285DB6E

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=809951F0A4498585

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=CE89BE6DF952B22E

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=06D9A2C8D1E3678A

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=86345D551D87E4DF

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=A9DA95E4B48152FF

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=A84C5E1856D6279E

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=41D76F4B19ACB4BD

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=AE073221679039C2

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=1F56DC34CAC3901F

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=F75CF94CF4732551

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=F75CF94CF4732551

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=50CAB6E995A530E0

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=67F9CCA3582B761C

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=5C15B5FC4FC6338D

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=CC216A71A3F24E79

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=EBDD410629FE11AC

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=E931F073AAC6F085

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=1327AC55AA9D579B

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=D4E4FED3D83A7AE2

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=AEF498CA30D3E2EF






Parus xanthogenys Black-lored Tit Paridae IV

Passer domesticus House Sparrow Passeridae IV

Pericrocotus cinnamomeus

Small Minivet Campephagidae IV

Pericrocotus flammeus Scarlet Minivet Campephagidae IV

Pernis ptilorhynchus Oriental Honey Buzzard Accipitridae IV

Petrochelidon fluvicola Streak-throated Swallow Hirundinidae IV

Phalacrocorax fuscicollis Indian Cormorant Phalacrocoracidae IV

Phalacrocorax niger Little Cormorant Phalacrocoracidae IV

Phoenicurus ochruros Black Redstart Muscicapidae IV

Phragamaticola aedon Thick-billed Warbler Sylviidae IV

Phylloscopus magnirostris Large-billed Leaf Warbler Sylviidae IV

Phylloscopus trochiloides Greenish Warbler Sylviidae IV

Picus xanthopygaeus Streak-throated Woodpecker Picidae IV

Pitta brachyura Indian Pitta Pittidae IV

Ploceus manyar Streaked Weaver Ploceidae IV

Ploceus philippinus Baya Weaver Ploceidae IV

Pomatorhinus horsfieldii Indian Scimitar Babbler Timaliidae IV

Porzana fusca Ruddy-breasted Crake Rallidae IV

Prinia hodgsonii Grey-breasted Prinia Cisticolidae IV

Prinia inornata Plain Prinia Cisticolidae IV

Prinia socialis Ashy Prinia Cisticolidae IV

Prinia sylvatica Jungle Prinia Cisticolidae IV

Pseudibis papillosa Indian Black Ibis Threskiornithidae IV

Psittacula cyanocephala Plum-headed Parakeet Psittacidae IV

Psittacula krameri Rose-ringed Parakeet Psittacidae IV

Riparia diluta Pale Sand Martin Hirundinidae IV

Rostratula benghalensis Greater Painted-snipe Rostratulidae IV

Saxicola caprata Pied Bushchat Muscicapidae IV

Saxicola torquatus Common Stonechat Muscicapidae IV

Saxicoloides fulicatus Indian Robin Muscicapidae IV

Stachyris ruficeps Rufous-capped Babbler Timaliidae IV

Streptopelia chinensis Spotted-necked Dove Columbidae IV

Streptopelia decaocto Eurasian Collared Dove Columbidae IV

Streptopelia orientalis Oriental Turtle Dove Columbidae IV

Strix ocellata Mottled Wood Owl Strigidae IV

Sturnus malabaricus Chestnut-tailed Starling Sturnidae IV

Sturnus pagodarum Brahminy Starling Sturnidae IV

Sturnus roseus Rosy Starling Sturnidae IV

Sturnus vulgaris European Starling Sturnidae IV

Surniculus lugubris Asian Drongo-Cuckoo Cuculidae IV

Sylvia curruca Lesser Whitethroat Sylviidae IV

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=BF36A3F8A848929B

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=6D3BD126D55F8B69

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=B5C1302B4459DA8B

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=B5C1302B4459DA8B

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=7F97F882BC01CDC3

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=1192205BDCBB11D2

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=A4062482E764937A

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=2D189E70E58C2AEF

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=60EA3FA9B62912A9

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=612B5C244E272075

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=213C212A93364C7C

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=C31573A5FBB80F9B

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=23EF1BD9DE02E680

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=8B89B3329683DCD6

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=DE63114FF792FC2D

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=03DE2091738BBC16

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=8847B7D4D3574BA2

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=14C2B730F81CDF26

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=C29B19D700664CEB

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=465145E508AFC487

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=0E6F19BB0BA4B0C5

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=7939B4369459F915

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=2B954EC3FB1485E0

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=109000B451137457

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=6B1CFC3CFA400D78

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=A9A9E1D123B94E0A

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=99F94076A607F8BB

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=A64A1FA22261FA10

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=B8D0FE8AF8D7BCFF

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=9006B4EF4B62861C

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=8DA71DFB80E74AFB

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=C8EF4F36C6C77DE0

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=41FACE6330A2F073

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=6658BAC574088183

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=52A8CE5C3058123E

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=B2D8530993BC0ABF

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=E44DFDFAE59FC2D7

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=24208346AD77666E

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=94A4403295E2D9BE

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=6F9ECDAC2849301D

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=9A2295A6A2DA7B9D






Sylvia hortensis Orphean Warbler Sylviidae IV

Treron phoenicopterus Yellow-legged Green Pigeon Columbidae IV

Tringa erythropus Spotted Redshank Scolopacidae IV

Tringa glareola Wood Sandpiper Scolopacidae IV

Tringa nebularia Common Greenshank Scolopacidae IV

Tringa ochropus Green Sandpiper Scolopacidae IV

Tringa totanus Common Redshank Scolopacidae IV

Turdoides affinis Yellow-billed Babbler Timaliidae IV

Turdoides caudata Common Babbler Timaliidae IV

Turdoides malcolmi Large Grey Babbler Timaliidae IV

Turdoides striata Jungle Babbler Timaliidae IV

Turdus merula Eurasian Blackbird Turdidae IV

Tyto alba Barn Owl Tytonidae IV

Upupa epops Common Hoopoe Upupidae IV

Vanellus cinereus Grey-headed Lapwing Charadriidae IV

Vanellus indicus Red-wattled Lapwing Charadriidae IV

Vanellus malabaricus Yellow-wattled Lapwing Charadriidae IV

Zoothera citrina Orange-headed Thrush Turdidae IV

Zoothera marginata Dark-sided Thrush Turdidae IV

Zoothera wardii Pied Thrush Turdidae IV

Zosterops palpebrosu Oriental White-eye Zosteropidae IV

Aquatic flora and Fauna:

There are no wetlands of National or international conservation value (Ramsar

Convention sites) but there are seasonal storm water drains and some small and

medium irrigation tanks. Only the pits in the tanks were filled with rain water. As such

there were no real aquatic macrophytes. A few semi-aquatic macrophytes were found in

moist places and they are given in Table 6.

. Table 6. List of aquatic and semiaquatic macrophytes found in the buffer zone.

Scientific name Common name Family

Ammannia baccifera Monarch red stem Lythraceae

Bacopa monneri Brahmy Plantaginaceae

Bulbostylis barbata Water grass Cyperaceae

Chloris barbata Swollen finger grass Poaceae

Cyperus compressus Hedgehog sedge Cyperaceae

Cyperus digitatus Finger flat sedge Cyperaceae

Cyperus iria Rice Flat sedge Cyperaceae

Cyperus rotundus Nut grass Cyperaceae

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=E9BF88BF10DB8F10

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=F6C3F6DB6EE1478B

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=0895DD84DB3A45D1

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=8E67DC5F68BDF62C

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=18B415D28BBF934C

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=A7B17EFC92B53D29

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=D6BFC73A3E067711

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=A70548E8AC80FCE1

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=6EB70FB3B46F8560

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=8EB286E57D20EF4F

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=5713B7251A201DA9

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=1BB50DE8362A4963

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=4FF37BF48BB00C3B

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=9DAE9D1F8A3FD287

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=8F8F0CF04F2CB9F8

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=4A30C57258175715

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=0BEDE250E81BB0D5

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=F82540A0FD2E6FC9

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=6A3FCF4859BFEDF7

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=AC0C3921B3816B71





Scientific name Common name Family

Cyperus triceps Guinea Rush Cyperaceae

Cyprus longus Umbrella sedge Cyperaceae

Echinchloa colona Jungle rice Poaceae

Echinochloa crus-galli Cock spur Poaceae

Eclipta prostrata False Daisy Asteraceae

Eichhornia crassipes Water hyacinth Pontederiaceae

Imperata cylindrica Blady grass or Darbha Poaceae

Ipomoea aquatica Water spinach Convolvulaceae

Ipomoea carnea Pink Morning Glory Convolvulaceae

Malachra capitata Vilayati Bhindi Malvaceae

Typha angustata Lesser Cattail Typhaceae

Rare, endemic, endangered and threatened (REET) Flora found in the study area of the

proposed project:

The list of plants found in the study area have been compared with the list of REET flora

of the Karnataka State by the ENVIS Centre on Floral Diversity in its report on the

Endemic and Threatened Taxa: State-wise Distribution of Endemic and Threatened

plant Taxa of India (http://bsienvis.nic.in/Database/E_3942.aspx), as updated up to 6-11-

2015. There were no rare or endemic or endangered or threatened (REET) plants. All the

species of taxa found in the study area are very common widely distributed.

INTERPRETATION FROM THE ABOVE ECOLOGY & BIODIVERSITY STUDY

Prediction of impacts is based both on the direct and indirect; short-term as well as long-

term; irreversible and irreversible impacts that are most likely to occur owing to the

proposed industrial activity during establishment and operation. The ecological factors

that are considered most significant as far as the impact on flora and fauna are

concerned:

1. Whether there shall be any reduction in species diversity

2. Whether there shall be any habitat loss or fragmentation

3. Whether there shall be any additional risk or threat to the rare or endangered or

endemic or threatened (REET)species

4. Whether there shall be any impairment of ecological functions such as (i) disruption

of food chains, (ii) decline in species population and or (iii) alterations in predator-

prey relationships.





As stated earlier, the project site is industrial.

The core area or the Plant site is already under industrial use.

Hence, there shall be no change in the land use and land cover of the core area.

None of the existing trees or greenbelt is going to be damaged or destroyed.

There are no rare or endangered or threatened (RET) species of plants in the core

area.

There are no RET or Schedule - I species in the project site.

S.No. Factor/Objective Remark

(a) Whether there shall be any

reduction in species diversity

No

Land use of the Existing plant is Industrial and it is

proposed to acquire additional land of 48 Ac. which

was under cultivation of seasonal crops but currently

there is no cultivation.

it is also observed that no Endemic, Rare, Endangered

and Threatened (RET) species of flora were found in

the entire study area listed by Botanical Survey of

India and also None of the vertebrates other than

Aves belong to either the Rare or endangered or the

threatened (RET) category of the IUCN or Schedule-I

of the Indian Wildlife (Protection) Act.

(b) Whether there shall be any habitat

loss or fragmentation

No

Proposed project site and study area does not come

under the any specific habitat for specific species.

Study area is not the part of any notified Elephant

corridors / Migratory routes for birds etc.

(c) Whether there shall be any

additional risk or threat to the rare

or endangered or endemic or

threatened (REET) species

No

As per the study carried out and Botanical Survey of

India, it is found that No Endemic, Rare, Endangered

and Threatened (RET) species of flora were found in

the study area.

(d) Whether there shall be any

impairment of ecological functions

such as (i) disruption of food

chains, (ii) decline in species

population and or (iii) alterations

in predator-prey relationships.

No

In the proposed expansion project all the required Air

emissions control systems will be installed and

operated to comply with MOEF/CPCB/KSPCB norms.

Interlocking systems will be provided to ESPs in

such a way that whenever ESP fails, the raw





material feed to the kiln/boiler will stop. Hence

there will be no production till the ESP is

rectified.

Zero liquid effluent discharge is being maintained

in the existing plant and similar practice will be

maintained after expansion also.

All solid waste disposal will be in accordance with

the norms.

Greenbelt of 33.0 acres (inclusive of existing

greenbelt) will be developed in the plant

premises which will further mitigate the

emissions.

All these environmental protection systems will

be installed and operated to comply with the

norms.

3.7 SOCIO ECONOMIC DATA [Gen. TOR # 6 (xi)]

The socio-economic profile of the study area is presented based on site visits; discussions

with the villagers and the secondary data available from various agencies such as Hand

Books for Census 2011.

Baseline data are collected and prepared by our Team comprising of FAE, Team

Members. The study area covers within a radius of 10 km from the proposed Plant site.

The 10 km radius study area around the project site comprises of 43 villages.

Studying socio-economic environment is necessary to identify the opinion of the Stake

holders in the study area.

Discussions / study has been carried out in most of the villages located in all directions

with reference to project site by FGD (Focused Group Discussions) in each village starting

with Village President & then with Villagers. Socio economic survey has been conducted

to ascertain the existing socioeconomic status to compare the same with the

developments due to the M/s. Sunvik Steel Pvt. Ltd.





Field Study with the help of Focused Group Discussions

Initially a set of Questions in the form of a questionnaire has been prepared consisting of

the following;

Population, House Holds, Income, Working conditions (Farmers, employment, self-

employment, etc.), Sanitation Facilities, Source of Drinking water, Availability of Water,

health of the People with specific reference to endemic diseases, Power Availability,

transportation and communication, education, environment and any pollution related

problems being phased by the stake holders in the study area to evaluate the quality of

life of that particular area and general attentiveness of the Villagers about the project.

Socio-economic survey was conducted in the following 13 villages (out of 43 Villages)

within the study area located in all directions with reference to the project site.

S.No. Name of Village

1. Ajjanahalli

2. Brahmasandra

3. Dasarahalli

4. Devarahalli

5. Dodda Sibi

6. Gollarahatti

7. Haldodderi

8. Hunjanalu

9. Jogihalli

10. Melahalu

11. Saraparahalli

12. Sibi

13. Tavinakere

And the collected data was cross verified with the secondary data available from various

agencies such as Census of India and other Government departments of forestry,

irrigation etc., and Mandal Development Offices of the relevant government

departments.

1. EDUCATION:

Observations

The Primary & secondary data reveals that literacy levels in all the villages is

varying from 30 to 40 %.





It is observed that several children are being sent to work as child labours for

Agriculture, as Domestic help etc.

It is also observed during FGD that no. of teachers in the schools are very less with

respect to Student to Teacher ratio.

Many teachers have left the jobs frequently as they are getting low salaries under

Anganwadi and other schemes.

Suggestions / M/s. SSPL confirmations:

There is need to improve the educational status of the stake holders in few

Villages in the study area by way of creating awareness among the villagers.

Industries may contribute in conducting awareness programs.

Industries should support the education system by paying better Monthly salaries

to the School Teacher under CER activities which ultimately will help in increase in

the strength of the School teachers.

2. HEALTH & SANITATION:

Observations

The Primary & secondary data reveals that there are only 3 nos. of PHC’s & 4 nos.

of Sub-Centers out of 43 Villages.

It is also observed during FGD that there are no endemic diseases prevailing in the

area.

During the FGD the some of the Villagers have informed that the Mobile Health

Van facility should be provided to them.

It is observed during the FGD that there is poor awareness about HIV in the area.

It is observed that Snake bite deaths are increasing in the Villages.

It is also observed that the villagers are having great difficulty in transportation

during late night hours in case of medical urgency.


The company is planning to provide the Mobile Health Van facility to the nearby

Villages in the study area under CER activity.





HIV Awareness programs shall be conducted in all the villages in the study area.

24-hour Ambulance facility will be provided by the company to the villagers on

demand during emergency. And company will provide more no. of Vaccines,

which will be made available at the Primary Health Centers.

3. WATER, SANITATION & INFRASTRUCTURE:

Observations

It is observed that some of the Roads to the villages are Cart track roads with

several undulations causing discomfort to the villagers.

The sanitation facilities are not there for several schools and in some schools

where sanitation facilities exist are in very unhygienic condition.

It is observed during FGD, that Villagers requested for Construction of Community

hall.

It is observed during FGD, that some of villagers requested for supply of drinking

water facility.


The Company in consultation with State Govt. is planning to lay the village roads

in phased manner (where ever required) and will also take care of maintenance of

these roads under CER activities.

The company is intended to provided drinking water supply to the near villagers

by way of establishing Mineral water plants.

The Company shall develop Rainwater harvesting structures in the villages to

augment the Groundwater table.

Sanitation facilities shall be established in the schools by the Project proponent

under CER activity in a phased manner.

The Company has intended to construct community hall and will undertake its

maintenance.





4. EMPLOYMENT & SPORTS:

Observations

It is observed during FGD, that Unemployment in most villages is ranging from

40% - 50 % of total Literates.

It is observed during FGD, that villagers have asked to provide the Industrial

training to the literate’s youth, to get absorbed in the their or other industries.

During FGD it is observed that there is poor awareness among the Sports

activities.

During FGD Villagers requested for conduct of Sports events.

It is observed that there is no encouragement for sports. Sports training facilities

are also not available in the study area.


The Company confirms that the Employment will be provided as per the merit

and qualification (top priority will be given local villagers).

It is suggested to company, to conduct the Sports event at various levels (District /

Taluk levels) under CER activities.

It is suggested to company, to give industrial training to literate youth to get

absorbed in the their or other industries.

The key demographics of the study area comprising villages/towns are shown below.


Expansion of Steel Plant Village Jodidevarahalli, Taluka Sira, District Tumkur, Karnataka


Table No. 3.7.1 : POPULATION BREAK UP AS PER CENSUS 2011

S.No. Village Name Total No. of House Holds

Total Population

Total males

Total females

Schedule Caste

Population

Scheduled caste males

Scheduled caste Females

Schedule Tribe Population

Scheduled Tribe males

Scheduled Tribe Females

1. Ajjanahalli 98 350 173 177 30 16 14 0 0 0

2. Balanapalya 71 278 142 136 23 9 14 56 22 34

3. Bechchandra 56 260 132 128 22 11 11 0 0 0

4. Bedarahalli 303 1204 618 586 112 58 54 338 170 168 5. Bhuvaddanahalli 346 1540 783 757 129 71 58 326 175 151

6. Boragunte 88 387 187 200 50 23 27 3 3 0

7. Brahmasandra 351 1399 697 702 107 54 53 415 210 205

8. Chikka Seebi 185 813 407 406 107 51 56 155 64 91

9. Chinnenahalli 107 411 206 205 34 25 9 4 2 2

10. Dasarahalli 73 317 160 157 29 16 13 13 7 6

11. Devarahalli 60 245 119 126 32 13 19 142 70 72

12. Dodda Sibi 99 372 185 187 34 16 18 0 0 0

13. Gidadagalahalli 6 22 9 13 4 2 2 0 0 0

14. Gollahalli 68 332 174 158 38 22 16 39 19 20

15. Gollarahalli 62 247 124 123 22 10 12 10 6 4

16. Haldodderi 201 868 436 432 99 49 50 373 187 186

17. Hunjanalu 643 2903 1479 1424 286 146 140 488 253 235

18. Jogihalli 66 272 143 129 28 14 14 7 5 2

19. Kabbigere 136 600 306 294 65 38 27 176 94 82

20. Kalenahalli 32 133 63 70 9 3 6 0 0 0

21. Kalishettihalli 74 278 133 145 21 17 4 23 6 17

22. Kempanadodderi 238 1031 539 492 114 62 52 212 106 106

23. Kesturu 608 2326 1178 1148 201 112 89 360 193 167

24. Kodihalli 152 683 332 351 69 26 43 157 76 81

25. Kunigaltimmeriahalli 182 836 424 412 84 48 36 5 1 4

26. Linganahelli 14 57 26 31 3 2 1 1 0 1




S.No. Village Name Total No. of House Holds

Total Population

Total males

Total females

Schedule Caste

Population

Scheduled caste males

Scheduled caste Females

Schedule Tribe Population

Scheduled Tribe males

Scheduled Tribe Females

27. Melahalu 161 628 335 293 45 23 22 21 9 12

28. Nandihalli 71 362 189 173 47 26 21 112 55 57

29. Saraparahalli 139 707 369 338 83 39 44 0 0 0

30. Seebi 480 2113 1079 1034 234 124 110 419 225 194

31. Shambhonahalli 169 618 291 327 62 28 34 113 49 64

32. Thippanahalli 198 682 342 340 63 30 33 343 171 172

33. Shirodadu 113 417 204 213 34 20 14 114 53 61

34. Sibi Agrahara 70 281 151 130 20 12 8 0 0 0

35. Sorekunte 433 1830 918 912 181 85 96 188 100 88

36. Surenahalli 350 1396 683 713 139 62 77 226 110 116

37. Talagunda 337 1389 690 699 130 62 68 473 220 253

38. Tarur 680 2848 1446 1402 273 148 125 418 221 197 39. Tavinakere 812 3321 1650 1671 336 173 163 730 372 358

40. Timmarajanahalli 115 465 238 227 45 24 21 28 16 12

41. Tippedasarahalli 59 264 134 130 33 17 16 14 7 7

42. Viranahalli 123 456 222 234 44 17 27 39 19 20

43. Yaladabagi 212 941 494 447 98 47 51 187 95 92




Table No. 3.7.2 : LITERACY LEVELS OF THE POPULATION UP AS PER CENSUS 2011

S.No. Village Name Total population

Literates Male literates Female literates

Total population illiterates

Male illiterates

Female illiterates

1. Ajjanahalli 219 133 86 131 40 91 2. Balanapalya 189 113 76 89 29 60

3. Bechchandra 216 118 98 44 14 30

4. Bedarahalli 870 498 372 334 120 214

5. Bhuvaddanahalli 996 571 425 544 212 332

6. Boragunte 249 141 108 138 46 92

7. Brahmasandra 1002 554 448 397 143 254

8. Chikka Seebi 478 281 197 335 126 209

9. Chinnenahalli 247 140 107 164 66 98

10. Dasarahalli 189 115 74 128 45 83

11. Devarahalli 143 83 60 102 36 66

12. Dodda Sibi 299 160 139 73 25 48

13. Gidadagalahalli 17 7 10 5 2 3

14. Gollahalli 214 121 93 118 53 65

15. Gollarahalli 171 91 80 76 33 43

16. Haldodderi 519 296 223 349 140 209

17. Hunjanalu 1718 983 735 1185 496 689

18. Jogihalli 175 106 69 97 37 60

19. Kabbigere 339 182 157 261 124 137

20. Kalenahalli 91 51 40 42 12 30 21. Kalishettihalli 212 108 104 66 25 41

22. Kempanadodderi 641 374 267 390 165 225

23. Kesturu 1632 932 700 694 246 448

24. Kodihalli 450 245 205 233 87 146

25. Kunigaltimmeriahalli 511 272 239 325 152 173

26. Linganahelli 43 22 21 14 4 10

27. Melahalu 456 262 194 172 73 99

28. Nandihalli 232 131 101 130 58 72

29. Saraparahalli 440 269 171 267 100 167

30. Seebi 1323 751 572 790 328 462




S.No. Village Name Total population

Literates Male literates Female literates

Total population illiterates

Male illiterates

Female illiterates

31. Shambhonahalli 403 218 185 215 73 142

32. Thippanahalli 349 204 145 333 138 195

33. Shirodadu 266 143 123 151 61 90

34. Sibi Agrahara 195 118 77 86 33 53

35. Sorekunte 1102 630 472 728 288 440

36. Surenahalli 907 511 396 489 172 317

37. Talagunda 965 536 429 424 154 270

38. Tarur 1836 1029 807 1012 417 595

39. Tavinakere 2270 1240 1030 1051 410 641

40. Timmarajanahalli 309 178 131 156 60 96

41. Tippedasarahalli 182 107 75 82 27 55

42. Viranahalli 208 126 82 248 96 152

43. Yaladabagi 547 314 233 394 180 214




Table No. 3.7.3 : WORKERS CLASSIFICATION AS PER CENSUS 2011 (MAIN & MARGINAL)

S.No. Village Name TOTAL

WORK_P TOTAL

WORK_M TOTAL

WORK_F MAIN

WORK_P MAIN

WORK_M MAIN

WORK_F MARGINAL

WORK_P MARGINAL WORK_M

MARGINAL WORK_F

1. Ajjanahalli 225 118 107 112 105 7 113 13 100 2. Balanapalya 184 97 87 162 96 66 22 1 21 3. Bechchandra 192 103 89 126 95 31 66 8 58 4. Bedarahalli 789 435 354 472 374 98 317 61 256 5. Bhuvaddanahalli 841 517 324 433 311 122 408 206 202 6. Boragunte 265 135 130 143 124 19 122 11 111 7. Brahmasandra 781 456 325 763 447 316 18 9 9 8. Chikka Seebi 443 262 181 375 233 142 68 29 39 9. Chinnenahalli 204 126 78 199 122 77 5 4 1 10. Dasarahalli 198 108 90 170 106 64 28 2 26 11. Devarahalli 98 72 26 72 68 4 26 4 22 12. Dodda Sibi 176 123 53 126 114 12 50 9 41 13. Gidadagalahalli 14 6 8 13 6 7 1 0 1 14. Gollahalli 219 113 106 157 90 67 62 23 39 15. Gollarahalli 148 81 67 46 41 5 102 40 62 16. Haldodderi 572 300 272 566 298 268 6 2 4 17. Hunjanalu 1902 1018 884 1416 900 516 486 118 368 18. Jogihalli 114 101 13 92 84 8 22 17 5 19. Kabbigere 312 174 138 152 141 11 160 33 127 20. Kalenahalli 50 44 6 45 42 3 5 2 3 21. Kalishettihalli 132 92 40 88 63 25 44 29 15 22. Kempanadodderi 480 318 162 457 307 150 23 11 12 23. Kesturu 1168 731 437 939 659 280 229 72 157 24. Kodihalli 623 310 313 58 34 24 565 276 289 25. Kunigaltimmeriahalli 464 252 212 204 181 23 260 71 189 26. Linganahelli 32 15 17 29 14 15 3 1 2 27. Melahalu 247 223 24 229 208 21 18 15 3 28. Nandihalli 245 130 115 240 127 113 5 3 2




S.No. Village Name TOTAL

WORK_P TOTAL

WORK_M TOTAL

WORK_F MAIN

WORK_P MAIN

WORK_M MAIN

WORK_F MARGINAL

WORK_P MARGINAL WORK_M

MARGINAL WORK_F

29. Saraparahalli 456 238 218 455 238 217 1 0 1 30. Seebi 931 673 258 645 505 140 286 168 118 31. Shambhonahalli 349 191 158 301 168 133 48 23 25 32. Thippanahalli 440 223 217 436 221 215 4 2 2 33. Shirodadu 164 116 48 110 103 7 54 13 41 34. Sibi Agrahara 117 105 12 88 77 11 29 28 1 35. Sorekunte 1167 605 562 977 543 434 190 62 128 36. Surenahalli 786 440 346 678 388 290 108 52 56 37. Talagunda 711 444 267 628 419 209 83 25 58 38. Tarur 1475 954 521 1084 822 262 391 132 259 39. Tavinakere 1571 1017 554 1277 855 422 294 162 132 40. Timmarajanahalli 184 153 31 174 150 24 10 3 7 41. Tippedasarahalli 171 89 82 71 63 8 100 26 74 42. Viranahalli 314 156 158 124 105 19 190 51 139 43. Yaladabagi 603 319 284 251 231 20 352 88 264




Table No. 3.7.4 : CULTIVATORS CLASSIFICATION AS PER CENSUS 2011 (MAIN & MARGINAL)

S.No. Village Name MAIN_CL_P MAIN_CL_M MAIN_CL_F MARG_CL_P MARG_CL_M MARG_CL_F

1. Ajjanahalli 94 92 2 104 8 96

2. Balanapalya 107 68 39 1 0 1

3. Bechchandra 85 75 10 2 2 0

4. Bedarahalli 170 153 17 38 16 22


6. Boragunte 102 89 13 2 0 2

7. Brahmasandra 376 205 171 9 5 4

8. Chikka Seebi 247 149 98 31 8 23

9. Chinnenahalli 155 98 57 1 0 1

10. Dasarahalli 126 76 50 11 1 10

11. Devarahalli 56 56 0 1 0 1

12. Dodda Sibi 76 75 1 4 0 4

13. Gidadagalahalli 7 4 3 0 0 0 14. Gollahalli 103 63 40 10 6 4

15. Gollarahalli 30 30 0 3 2 1

16. Haldodderi 89 72 17 0 0 0

17. Hunjanalu 1234 767 467 322 70 252

18. Jogihalli 52 51 1 2 1 1

19. Kabbigere 138 130 8 5 2 3

20. Kalenahalli 39 36 3 2 0 2

21. Kalishettihalli 59 47 12 23 19 4

22. Kempanadodderi 267 186 81 8 3 5

23. Kesturu 362 286 76 7 4 3

24. Kodihalli 34 20 14 26 14 12


26. Linganahelli 29 14 15 2 0 2

27. Melahalu 125 123 2 3 3 0

28. Nandihalli 10 7 3 0 0 0

29. Saraparahalli 12 10 2 0 0 0

30. Seebi 477 390 87 14 5 9

31. Shambhonahalli 75 61 14 1 1 0




S.No. Village Name MAIN_CL_P MAIN_CL_M MAIN_CL_F MARG_CL_P MARG_CL_M MARG_CL_F

32. Thippanahalli 298 138 160 1 0 1

33. Shirodadu 77 74 3 0 0 0

34. Sibi Agrahara 73 68 5 3 2 1

35. Sorekunte 578 340 238 2 1 1

36. Surenahalli 439 248 191 4 1 3

37. Talagunda 161 141 20 12 7 5

38. Tarur 438 373 65 113 24 89

39. Tavinakere 133 122 11 19 14 5



42. Viranahalli 98 90 8 11 9 2

43. Yaladabagi 179 171 8 101 7 94

NOTE:

MAIN CL P MAIN CULTIVATORS POPULATION

MAIN CL M MAIN CULTIVATORS MALE

MAIN CL F MAIN CULTIVATORS FEMALE

MARG CL P MARGINAL CULTIVATORS POPULATION

MARG CL M MARGINAL CULTIVATORS MALE

MARG CL F MARGINAL CULTIVATORS FEMALE




Table No. 3.7.5 : AGRICULTURAL LABOURS CLASSIFICATION AS PER CENSUS 2011 (MAIN & MARGINAL)

S.No. Village Name MAIN_AL_P MAIN_AL_M MAIN_AL_F MARG_AL_P MARG_AL_M MARG_AL_F

1. Ajjanahalli 0 0 0 2 1 1

2. Balanapalya 51 24 27 21 1 20

3. Bechchandra 38 17 21 64 6 58

4. Bedarahalli 25 20 5 258 36 222

5. Bhuvaddanahalli 89 35 54 161 98 63 6. Boragunte 19 15 4 112 8 104

7. Brahmasandra 248 128 120 1 0 1

8. Chikka Seebi 15 4 11 11 1 10


10. Dasarahalli 9 5 4 2 0 2

11. Devarahalli 3 3 0 2 0 2

12. Dodda Sibi 2 0 2 41 4 37


14. Gollahalli 10 2 8 1 1 0

15. Gollarahalli 6 5 1 52 6 46

16. Haldodderi 421 184 237 3 1 2

17. Hunjanalu 56 35 21 125 30 95

18. Jogihalli 9 3 6 10 7 3

19. Kabbigere 5 5 0 143 22 121

20. Kalenahalli 0 0 0 0 0 0



23. Kesturu 289 166 123 184 52 132

24. Kodihalli 23 14 9 527 256 271 25. Kunigaltimmeriahalli 20 17 3 254 69 185

26. Linganahelli 0 0 0 0 0 0

27. Melahalu 9 5 4 0 0 0

28. Nandihalli 4 2 2 0 0 0

29. Saraparahalli 425 213 212 1 0 1

30. Seebi 71 48 23 161 75 86





S.No. Village Name MAIN_AL_P MAIN_AL_M MAIN_AL_F MARG_AL_P MARG_AL_M MARG_AL_F

32. Thippanahalli 63 32 31 1 0 1

33. Shirodadu 8 8 0 54 13 41

34. Sibi Agrahara 2 1 1 0 0 0

35. Sorekunte 298 137 161 65 4 61

36. Surenahalli 89 26 63 80 34 46

37. Talagunda 367 201 166 63 14 49

38. Tarur 245 132 113 188 54 134

39. Tavinakere 496 266 230 74 33 41



42. Viranahalli 11 4 7 93 17 76

43. Yaladabagi 65 55 10 247 81 166

NOTE:

MAIN AL P MAIN AGRICULTURAL LABOR POPULATION

MAIN AL M MAIN AGRICULTURAL LABOR MALE

MAIN AL F MAIN AGRICULTURAL LABOR FEMALE

MARG AL P MARGINAL AGRICULTURAL LABOR POPULATION

MARG AL M MARGINAL AGRICULTURAL LABOR MALE

MARG AL F MARGINAL AGRICULTURAL LABOR FEMALE




Table No. 3.7.6 : HOUSEHOLD INDUSTRY WORKERS CLASSIFICATION AS PER CENSUS 2011 (MAIN & MARGINAL)

S.No. Village Name MAIN_HH_P MAIN_HH_M MAIN_HH_F MARG_HH_P MARG_HH_M MARG_HH_F

1. Ajjanahalli 0 0 0 1 0 1

2. Balanapalya 1 1 0 0 0 0

3. Bechchandra 0 0 0 0 0 0

4. Bedarahalli 14 6 8 7 3 4


6. Boragunte 0 0 0 1 0 1

7. Brahmasandra 4 3 1 0 0 0

8. Chikka Seebi 0 0 0 0 0 0


10. Dasarahalli 0 0 0 4 1 3

11. Devarahalli 1 0 1 3 0 3

12. Dodda Sibi 0 0 0 0 0 0


14. Gollahalli 31 15 16 46 11 35

15. Gollarahalli 0 0 0 1 0 1 16. Haldodderi 2 2 0 0 0 0

17. Hunjanalu 43 40 3 9 2 7

18. Jogihalli 0 0 0 0 0 0

19. Kabbigere 1 1 0 9 8 1




23. Kesturu 10 4 6 5 1 4

24. Kodihalli 0 0 0 8 5 3



27. Melahalu 2 2 0 1 1 0

28. Nandihalli 19 7 12 0 0 0


30. Seebi 1 1 0 3 3 0





S.No. Village Name MAIN_HH_P MAIN_HH_M MAIN_HH_F MARG_HH_P MARG_HH_M MARG_HH_F


33. Shirodadu 1 0 1 0 0 0

34. Sibi Agrahara 3 3 0 2 2 0

35. Sorekunte 3 1 2 1 0 1

36. Surenahalli 16 4 12 6 2 4

37. Talagunda 2 2 0 2 1 1

38. Tarur 7 7 0 4 0 4

39. Tavinakere 32 16 16 33 9 24


41. Tippedasarahalli 1 1 0 0 0 0 42. Viranahalli 11 8 3 70 16 54

43. Yaladabagi 0 0 0 0 0 0

NOTE:

MAIN HH P MAIN HOUSE HOLDERS POPULATION MAIN HH M MAIN HOUSE HOLDERS MALE

MAIN HH F MAIN HOUSE HOLDERS FEMALE

MARG HH P MARGINAL HOUSE HOLDERS POPULATION

MARG HH M MARGINAL HOUSE HOLDERS MALE

MARG HH F MARGINAL HOUSE HOLDERS FEMALE




Table No. 3.7.7 : OTHER WORKERS CLASSIFICATION AS PER CENSUS 2011 (MAIN & MARGINAL)

S.No. Village Name MAIN_OT_P MAIN_OT_M MAIN_OT_F MARG_OT_P MARG_OT_M MARG_OT_F

1. Ajjanahalli 18 13 5 6 4 2

2. Balanapalya 3 3 0 0 0 0

3. Bechchandra 3 3 0 0 0 0

4. Bedarahalli 263 195 68 14 6 8

5. Bhuvaddanahalli 161 102 59 233 101 132 6. Boragunte 22 20 2 7 3 4

7. Brahmasandra 135 111 24 8 4 4

8. Chikka Seebi 113 80 33 26 20 6


10. Dasarahalli 35 25 10 11 0 11

11. Devarahalli 12 9 3 20 4 16

12. Dodda Sibi 48 39 9 5 5 0


14. Gollahalli 13 10 3 5 5 0

15. Gollarahalli 10 6 4 46 32 14

16. Haldodderi 54 40 14 3 1 2

17. Hunjanalu 83 58 25 30 16 14

18. Jogihalli 31 30 1 10 9 1

19. Kabbigere 8 5 3 3 1 2




23. Kesturu 278 203 75 33 15 18

24. Kodihalli 1 0 1 4 1 3 25. Kunigaltimmeriahalli 43 37 6 3 1 2


27. Melahalu 93 78 15 14 11 3

28. Nandihalli 207 111 96 5 3 2


30. Seebi 96 66 30 108 85 23

31. Shambhonahalli 80 51 29 26 12 14




S.No. Village Name MAIN_OT_P MAIN_OT_M MAIN_OT_F MARG_OT_P MARG_OT_M MARG_OT_F


33. Shirodadu 24 21 3 0 0 0

34. Sibi Agrahara 10 5 5 24 24 0

35. Sorekunte 98 65 33 122 57 65

36. Surenahalli 134 110 24 18 15 3

37. Talagunda 98 75 23 6 3 3

38. Tarur 394 310 84 86 54 32

39. Tavinakere 616 451 165 168 106 62



42. Viranahalli 4 3 1 16 9 7

43. Yaladabagi 7 5 2 4 0 4

NOTE:

MAIN OT P MAIN OTHER WORKERS POPULATION

MAIN OT M MAIN OTHER WORKERS MALE

MAIN OT F MAIN OTHER WORKERS FEMALE

MARG OT P MARGINAL OTHER WORKERS POPULATION MARG OT M MARGINAL OTHER WORKERS MALE

MARG OT F MARGINAL OTHER WORKERS FEMALE




Table No. 3.7.8 : NON-WORKERS CLASSIFICATION AS PER CENSUS 2011

S.No. Village Name NON_WORK_P NON_WORK_M NON_WORK_F

1. Ajjanahalli 125 55 70

2. Balanapalya 94 45 49

3. Bechchandra 68 29 39

4. Bedarahalli 415 183 232

5. Bhuvaddanahalli 699 266 433 6. Boragunte 122 52 70

7. Brahmasandra 618 241 377

8. Chikka Seebi 370 145 225

9. Chinnenahalli 207 80 127

10. Dasarahalli 119 52 67

11. Devarahalli 147 47 100

12. Dodda Sibi 196 62 134

13. Gidadagalahalli 8 3 5

14. Gollahalli 113 61 52

15. Gollarahalli 99 43 56

16. Haldodderi 296 136 160

17. Hunjanalu 1001 461 540

18. Jogihalli 158 42 116

19. Kabbigere 288 132 156

20. Kalenahalli 83 19 64

21. Kalishettihalli 146 41 105

22. Kempanadodderi 551 221 330

23. Kesturu 1158 447 711

24. Kodihalli 60 22 38 25. Kunigaltimmeriahalli 372 172 200

26. Linganahelli 25 11 14

27. Melahalu 381 112 269

28. Nandihalli 117 59 58

29. Saraparahalli 251 131 120

30. Seebi 1182 406 776

31. Shambhonahalli 269 100 169




S.No. Village Name NON_WORK_P NON_WORK_M NON_WORK_F

32. Thippanahalli 242 119 123

33. Shirodadu 253 88 165

34. Sibi Agrahara 164 46 118

35. Sorekunte 663 313 350

36. Surenahalli 610 243 367

37. Talagunda 678 246 432

38. Tarur 1373 492 881

39. Tavinakere 1750 633 1117

40. Timmarajanahalli 281 85 196

41. Tippedasarahalli 93 45 48

42. Viranahalli 142 66 76

43. Yaladabagi 338 175 163





CHAPTER – 4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES

4.1 INTRODUCTION

Impact prediction is a very important phenomenon in evaluating the environmentally

potential adverse impacts for any proposed industrial project. The impact prediction is

always carried out under worst possible conditions so as to mitigate or to eliminate the

environmental hazards. These predictions are superimposed over the baseline data to

calculate the net impact on the environment after the proposed plant comes into

production.

4.2 AIR ENVIRONMENT

It is possible that increase in the background concentration of even a minor constituent of

the atmosphere may lead to significant changes in the atmospheric properties. So these

changes are essential in understanding potential climatic changes due to air pollutants. For

example under strongly stable conditions, disturbances are highly damped and mixing of

pollutants is strongly suppressed. It is under such conditions that the worst air pollution

episodes have occurred. Several scientific techniques and methodologies are available to

predict impacts of developmental activities on physico, ecological and socioeconomic

environments. Such predictions are superimposed over the baseline (pre project) status of

environmental quality to derive the ultimate (post project) scenario of environmental

conditions. The prediction of impacts helps to identify the environmental management plan

required to be executed during and after commissioning of the proposed plant to minimize

the adverse impacts on environmental quality.

The mathematical models are the best tools to quantitatively describe cause-effect

relationships between sources of pollution and different components of environment. In

case, mathematical models are not available or it is not possible to identify / validate

4





through models for particular situation, prediction could be arrived at through available

scientific knowledge and judgments.

The mathematical model used for predictions in the present study include, steady state

Gaussian Plume dispersion model designed for multiple point sources for air quality, Wave

divergence and Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) models for noise levels. In case of

water, land, biological and socio-economic environments the prediction have been made

based on available scientific knowledge and judgments.

4.2.1 IMPACT ON TOPOGRAPHY AND CLIMATE

4.2.1.1 IMPACT ON TOPOGRAPHY

The major envisaged topographical changes would be limited to the immediate vicinity of

the plant. The change in topography will be only due to man made structures like Industrial

complex and Administrative building. Similarly, it will invite positive benefits in the form of

land leveling and green belt development in the plant vicinity.

4.2.1.2 IMPACTS ON CLIMATE

As the temperature of the effluent gases will not be high, generally this will not cause any

thermal imbalance as extensive greenbelt will be developed within the plant premises.

However, there will be natural dispersion of heat due to unstable conditions during day and

as such there would be no significant micro / macro climatologically changes of any

consequence.

4.2.2 PREDICTION OF IMPACTS ON AIR ENVIRONMENT [Gen. TOR # 6 (i) & 7 (i)]

It is absolutely essential to study the impacts of air pollution on its environs due to the

proposed project. These impacts are assessed with the help of Mathematical model based

on steady state Gaussian Plume Dispersion Model designed for multiple point sources for

short term. In the present case, Industrial Source Complex Short Term (ISCST-3), 1993

dispersion model based on steady state Gaussian plume dispersion, designed for multiple

point sources for short term developed by United States Environment Protection Agency

(USEPA) has been used for simulations from point sources.





Model Input

Emissions

The emission data from the stacks is shown in Table 4.2.4

Receptor Locations

The software is capable of generating a polar receptor grid at every 10 radial angles at

specified distances (in Kms).

Meteorological data

For the prediction of rise in Ground Level concentrations of pollutants, the actual hourly

meteorological data recorded at the site during the study period (October 2015 to

December 2015) is converted to mean meteorological hourly data as specified by CPCB and

the same is used in the model. Site specific Meteorological data is furnished in Page no. 3.2

of CHAPTER # 3 of this report.

In the absence of site specific mixing heights, mixing heights published in ‘Spatial distribution

of hourly mixing depths over Indian region’ by Dr. R.N.Gupta have been used.

For each hour the following meteorological information required

- Wind direction

- Wind speed

- Ambient Temperature

- Stability class

- Mixing Height

Predictions have been carried out for these emissions considering the following points.

- Predictions have been carried out for 100% load where the maximum emissions are

emitted and which would be the worst environmental scenario.

- Predictions have been carried out for PM10, SO2 and NOx.

Pasquill Stability Class Through Sigma Theta Method

Hourly meteorological data recorded hourly, at the continuous weather monitoring station

on wind speed and direction, has been used for calculating the stability by using Sigma Theta

method (Ref: On site meteorological program guidance for regulatory modeling applications,

US-EPA).





Calculation of standard deviation of wind direction:

Hourly wind direction has been recorded. The one hourly wind direction data (standard

deviation; A) in degrees has been used for determining the hourly stability.

Lateral Turbulence (A) and Wind Speed or Sigma Theta Method:

The hourly A values calculated by the data logger are used for arriving at the hourly

stability's by the following procedure:

The following section describes the method of estimating stability categories in terms of

standard deviation of the lateral wind direction fluctuations (A) and the scalar mean wind

speed (us). The lateral wind direction turbulence criteria for initial estimate of PG stability

category are given in Table - 4.2.1. The wind speed adjustments for determining final

estimate of PG stability category from A is given in Table - 4.2.2. The criteria laid down in

the tables below are for the data collected at 10m and roughness length of 15 cm. Night time

is defined as the period from one hour before sunset to one hour after sunrise. The method

specifies that the data need to be collected at 10 m height. The relationship employed in the

estimation methods assumes conditions are of steady state.

TABLE - 4.2.1

LATERAL TURBULENCE CRITERIA FOR INITIAL ESTIMATE OF STABILITY

Initial estimate of Pasquill Stability Category

Standard deviation of horizontal wind

direction fluctuations, A, in degrees

A 22.5 ≤ A

B 17.5 ≤ A < 22.5

C 12.5 ≤ A < 17.5

D 7.5 ≤ A < 12.5

E 3.8 ≤ A < 7.5

F A < 3.8

TABLE - 4.2.2

WIND SPEED ADJUSTMENTS FOR DETERMINING FINAL ESTIMATE OF PG STABILITY CATEGORY

FROM A

Initial Estimated Category

10 m Scalar Wind Speed (US) (m/s)

Final Estimate of Stability Category

Day time A US<3 3<US<4 4<US<6

6<US

A B C D

B US<4 B





4<US<6 6<US

C D

C US<6 6<US

C D

D, E or F ANY D

Night time A US<2.9 2.9<US<3.6

3.6<US

F E D

B US<2.4 2.4<US<3.0

3.0<US

F E D

C US<2.4 2.4<US

E D

D ANY D

E US<5.0 5.0<US

E D

F US<3.0 3.0<US<5.0

5.0<US

F E D

Atmospheric inversion levels have been determined for assessment of Ground Level

concentrations.

Presentation of results

In the present case model simulations have been carried out for the Post monsoon season.

For the short term simulations, the concentrations have been estimated around 1600

receptors to obtain optimum description of variations in concentrations over the site in 10

Km. radius covering 16 directions.

Model Output

The output contains the first through sixth highest concentration values at each receptor,

Maximum concentration tables and daily concentration tables for each averaging period.

TABLE - 4.2.3: Prediction of Impacts & Mitigation Measures

IMPACT ENVIRONMENT

IDENTIFIED IMPACTS MITIGATION MEASURES

Air Environment Particulate emissions

Coal transportation Covered trucks

Unloading of coal Dust suppression system (fog type and water spray system)

Coal Handling Plant Dust extraction system with bagfilters





IMPACT ENVIRONMENT

IDENTIFIED IMPACTS MITIGATION MEASURES

Coal transfer points Dust extraction system with bagfilters

Coal conveying Covered conveyers to prevent flying of dust during conveying

Stacks attached to the DRI Kiln, Pellet plant, AFBC Boiler

Electro Static Precipitator (ESP) will be provided to bring down the PM to 50 mg/Nm3 for DRI Kiln & Pellet plant and 30 mg/Nm3 for Power plant.

Ash handling & storage

Fly ash will be stored in silos only.

Vehicular movement All internal roads will be made pucca.

Avenue plantation will be developed on both sides of village roads and internal roads.

Sulphur dioxide emissions

The SO2 emissions will be bring down to below 100 mg/Nm3 as per MoEF&CC emission standards applicable from 1st January 2017 by installing Flue Gas Desulphurization system.

NOx emissions NOx emissions from the Power Plant will be brought down to below 100 mg/Nm3 as per MoEF&CC emission standards applicable from 1st January 2017 by Selective Catalytic Reduction.

4.2.3 STACK HEIGHT CALCULATION

a) For Pellet Plant

i. With Furnace Oil as fuel

Furnace oil consumption : 23 TPD

Sulphur content furnace oil : 4.0 %

SO2 emission : 23 x 1000 x 4.0 x 2 / 2400

: 76.7 Kg/hr

Stack Height H, : 14 (Q)0.3

: 14 (76.7)0.3

: 51.46 m

We also propose to use Producer gas as fuel for Grate kiln. Only during breakdown of

Producer gas unit, Furnace oil will be used as fuel.

ii. With Imported Coal as fuel in Gasifier

Coal consumption : 80 TPD

Sulphur content in Coal : 1.0 %





SO2 emission : 80 x 1000 x 1 x 2 / 2400

: 66.67 Kg/hr


: 14 (66.67)0.3

: 49.35 m

The producer gas generated will be sent to Grate Kiln for heating purpose. After heat

recovery the gas will be discharged through stack attached to Grate Kiln.

Hence a Stack of 52 m height provided to Grate Kiln will be adequate for effective

dispersion of sulphur dioxide emissions into the atmosphere.

b) For Sponge Iron (for 200 TPD DRI Kiln attached to WHRB)

With Indian Coal

Coal consumption for Kiln (1 x 200 TPD) : 260 TPD

Max. Sulphur content in coal : 0.5% (by mass max.)

Total Sulphur dioxide Emission : 240 x 1000 x 0.5 x 2 / 24 x 100

: 100 kg / hour

Stack height H : 14 (Q)0.3

: 14 (100)0.3

: 55.7 m SAY 56 m

With Imported Coal

Coal consumption for Kiln (1 x 200 TPD) : 154 TPD

Max. Sulphur content in coal : 1.0 % (by mass max.)

Total Sulphur dioxide Emission : 154 x 1000 x 1 x 2 / 24 x 100

: 128.33 kg / hour


: 14 (128.33)0.3

: 60 m

A stack of 70 m will be provided to the 1 x 200 TPD DRI Kiln as per MoEF&CC notification

vide GSR 414(E) dated 30th May 2008 for effective dispersion of pollutants into the

atmosphere.





c) For Induction Furnace

A combined stack (with twin flues) of 30 m height (minimum as per CPCB norms) for

effective dispersion of emissions from 2 x 25 T Induction Furnaces.

d) For Rolling Mill (With Furnace Oil as fuel)

i. With Furnace Oil as fuel

Furnace oil consumption : 14.5 TPD

Sulphur content furnace oil : 4.0 %

SO2 emission : 14.5 x 1000 x 4.0 x 2 / 2400

: 48.3 Kg/hr


: 14 (48.3)0.3

: 44.8 m say 45 m

We also propose to use Producer gas as fuel for Reheating Furnace.

ii. With Coal as fuel in Gasifier

1) With Indian Coal



SO2 emission : 60 x 1000 x 0.5 x 2 / 2400

: 25 Kg/hr


: 14 (25)0.3

: 36.8 m

2) With Imported Coal



SO2 emission : 35 x 1000 x 1 x 2 / 2400

: 29.2 Kg/hr


: 14 (29.2)0.3

: 38.5 m say 40 m





Hence a stack height of 45 m will be provided to 1 x 500 TPD Rolling mill for effective

dispersion of SO2 emission into the atmosphere.

e) For Mini Blast Furnace

BLAST FURNACE GAS FLARE STACK (ONLY EMERGENCY)

The BF top gas will be cleaned in dust catcher and gas cleaning system and distributed to

the stoves, burners for runner drying, etc. A flare stack of 30 m height will be provided.

BLAST FURNACE (HOT BLAST STOVE SYSTEM)

The waste flue gases from the Blast Furnace will be treated in gravity dust catcher and

gas cleaning system (venturi scrubber) and will be discharged into the atmosphere

through a stack of 50 m height.

Cast house de-dusting and stock house de-dusting system will have bag filters

arrangement and will be let out into atmosphere through stacks of 30 m height each.

BLAST FURNACE (HOT BLAST STOVE SYSTEM)

Consumption of LAM Coke : 150 TPD

Sulphur content in LAM Coke : 0.6 % (by mass, Max.)

SO2 emission : 150 x 1000 x 0.6 x 2 / 24 x 100

: 62.5 Kg/hr

Stack Height, H : 14(Q)0.3

: 14 (62.5)0.3

: 48.4 m

However a stack of 50 m height will be provided for effective dispersion of SO2 emission

into the atmosphere.

f) For 10 MW Power Plant (through AFBC boiler - 40 TPH)

i. With Indian Coal

Consumption of coal : 187 TPD

Sulphur content in coal : 0.5 % (by mass, Max.)

SO2 emission : 187 x 1000 x 0.5 x 2 / 24 x 100

: 77.92 Kg/hr






: 14 (77.92)0.3

: 51.7 m

ii. With Imported Coal

Consumption of coal : 117 TPD

Sulphur content in coal : 1.0 % (by mass, Max.)

SO2 emission : 117 x 1000 x 1 x 2 / 24 x 100

: 97.5 Kg/hr


: 14 (97.5)0.3

: 55.3 m say 56 m

Hence a stack of 56 m height will be provided to the AFBC boiler for effective dispersion of

emissions into the atmosphere.

g) For Tunnel Kiln (Combined stack proposed for 2 x 100 TPD)

With Imported Coal

Coal consumption for both the Kilns : 157 TPD

Max. Sulphur content in coal : 1.0 % (by mass max.)

Total Sulphur dioxide Emission : 157 x 1000 x 1.0 x 2 / 24 x 100

: 130.8 kg / hour


: 14 (130.8)0.3

: 60.4 m say 61 m

Hence a combined stack (twin flues) of 61 m height will be provided to 2 x 100 TPD Tunnel

Kilns for effective dispersion of emissions into the atmosphere.

The predicted max. Incremental PM10 concentrations (24 hourly) due to the proposed

project will be 7.1 g/m3 at a distance of 1050 m from the stack in the down wind direction

over the baseline concentrations.

The predicted incremental rise in PM concentration due to the Vehicular emission will be

0.52 g/m3.





Hence the total predicted incremental rise due to the emission from proposed expansion

and due the vehicular emission will be 7.1 g/m3 + 0.52 g/m3 = 7.62 g/m3

The predicted max incremental SO2 concentrations (24 hourly) due to the proposed project

will be 21.7 g/m3 at a distance of 1050 m from the stack in the down wind direction over

the baseline concentrations.

The predicted max incremental NOx concentrations (24 hourly) due to the proposed project

will be 8.8 g/m3 at a distance of 1050 m from the stack in the down wind direction over the

baseline concentrations.

The predicted incremental rise in NOx concentration due to the Vehicular emission will be

4.1 g/m3.

Hence the total predicted incremental rise due to the emission from expansion project and

due the vehicular emission will be 8.8 g/m3 + 4.1 g/m3 = 12.9 g/m3

The predicted incremental rise in CO concentration due to the Vehicular emission will be 2.0

g/m3.

The net resultant concentrations (Maximum baseline conc. + predicted incremental rise in

conc.) of PM, SO2 and NOX shown in Table No. 4.2.5, by considering the emissions from other

industries in the area will be well within the National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS)

when the plant will commence the operation. Hence there will not be any adverse impact on

air environment due to the proposed activities.

TABLE 4.2.4

STACK EMISSIONS [Gen. TOR # 3 (vi) & 7 (v)]

S.No. Stack attached to Dia (m)

Height (m)

Temp. of flue gas

(oK)

Velocity of flue gas (m/sec)

PM (g/s)

SO2 (g/s)

NOx (g/s)


1. Travelling Grate Kiln 2.2 52 453 15.0 1.9 21.3 7.6

2. De-dusting system 1.5 30 323 15.0 1.2 --- ---






3. DRI kiln with WHRB 1.9 70 443 15.0 1.5 21.4 5.8


4. Induction Furnace 1.0 (per flue)

30 373 15.0 (per flue)

0.5 (per flue)

--- 1.9 (per flue)


5. Rolling Mill 1.0 45 453 15.0 0.4 13.4 4.0


6. Stove 1.7 50 673 15.0 0.5 17.4 3.0

7. Cast House 1.2 30 339 10.0 0.5 --- ---

8. Stock House 1.2 30 317 10.0 0.5 --- ---


9. AFBC Boiler * 1.5 56 443 15.0 0.5 1.8 1.8


10. Tunnel Kiln 1.0 (per flue)

61 443 15.0 (per flue)

0.4 (per flue)

10.9 (per flue)

1.6 (per flue)

* Emission calculation are based on emission standards notified by MoEF&CC vide S.O. no. 3305 (E) dated 7th December 2015

TABLE 4.2.5

NET RESULTANT MAXIMUM CONCENTRATIONS [Gen. TOR # 6 (i) & 7 (i)] (APCS WORKING SCENARIO)

Item PM10

(g/m3)

SO2

(g/m3)

NOX

(g/m3)

CO

(g/m3)

Maximum baseline conc. in the study area 52.3 15.9 17.8 690

Maximum predicted incremental rise in concentration due to SSPL expansion

7.1 21.7 8.8 ---

Maximum predicted incremental rise in concentration due to vehicular emissions of SSPL expansion

0.52 --- 4.1 2.0

Maximum predicted incremental rise in concentration due to Other Industries

--- --- --- ---

Net resultant concentrations during operation of the plant

59.92 37.6 30.7 692

National Ambient Air Quality Standards 100 80 80 2000

The net resultant Ground level concentrations during operation of the expansion project are

within the NAAQS. Hence there will not be any adverse impact on air environment due to the

proposed expansion project.





TABLE 4.2.6

NET RESULTANT MAXIMUM CONCENTRATIONS [Gen. TOR # 6 (i) & 7 (i)] (APCS NOT WORKING SCENARIO)

Item PM10

(g/m3)

SO2

(g/m3)

NOX

(g/m3)

CO

(g/m3)

Maximum baseline conc. in the study area 52.3 15.9 17.8 690

Maximum predicted incremental rise in concentration due to SSPL expansion

7.1 21.7 8.8 ---

Maximum predicted incremental rise in concentration due to vehicular emissions of SSPL expansion

0.52 --- 4.1 2.0

Maximum predicted incremental rise in concentration due to Other Industries

2059 --- --- ---

Net resultant concentrations during operation of the plant

2118.9 37.6 30.7 692

National Ambient Air Quality Standards 100 80 80 2000

The net resultant Ground level concentrations during operation of the expansion project when

APCS is not working is exceeding the NAAQS.

• Interlocking system will be provided and whenever APCS is not working, then raw material

feed will be stopped.

• Consequently there will be no production in the unit till APCS is rectified.

• Emergency alert will be made to inform the nearest habitations.

Air Quality contours plotted on topographical map with APCS & Without APCS are shown below

[Gen. TOR # 7 (i)]





ISOPLETHES OF AIR QUALITY MODELLING





























4.3 PREDICTION OF IMPACTS ON WATER ENVIRONMENT

4.3.1 WATER REQUIREMENT [Gen. TOR # 3(vii)]

The water requirement for expansion project will be 1000 KLD. This includes Make-up water

for Iron ore beneficiation unit, Pellet plant, DRI Kiln, Tunnel Kiln, Induction Furnace, Rolling

Mill, Power Plant, Fly ash brick manufacturing, Slag Crusher & Beneficiation Plant. Air cooled

condensers will be provided in Captive power plant. Hence the net water requirement will

be substantially reduced. Water requirement for existing plant is 642 KLD. Total water

requirement after expansion will be 1642 KLD. Water required for the expansion project will

be sourced from Ground Water. An application has been submitted for NOC from

Karnataka State Ground water Authority. A copy of letter given by Karnataka Ground

Water Authority is enclosed.

The details of total water consumption, it's breakup are shown in Table 4.3.1 and total waste

water generation and it's breakup are shown in Table 4.3.2. Characteristics of waste water

are shown in Tables 4.3.3. Rain water harvesting pits have been proposed to recharge the

precious ground water in consultation with SGWB. The depth of ground water table will

certainly increase Rain water harvesting measures. Hence there will not be any adverse

impact on water environment due to the proposed expansion project.

TABLE 4.3.1: WATER REQUIREMENT (for Expansion project)

S.No. Details of water requirement Quantity in KLD 1 DRI Based Sponge Iron Kiln 80 2 Induction Furnace 80 3 Rolling Mill with Gasifier 40 4 Captive Power Plant 120 5 Blast Furnace 400 6 Tunnel Kiln with Gasifier 40 7 I/O Beneficiation & Pelletization with Gasifier 180 8 Fly-Ash Brick manufacturing unit 35 9 Slag Crushing & Beneficiation Plant 5

10 Domestic 20

Total 1000





4.3.2 WASTE WATER

The effluent generated from I/O Beneficiation plant, Pellet plant, DRI plant, Tunnel Kiln, SMS

& Rolling Mill units will be sent to settling tank & will be recycled through closed circuit

cooling system. There will not be any effluent generation from the Fly-Ash Brick Plant, Slag

Crusher & Beneficiation Plant.

Effluent from Gas cleaning plant of Blast Furnace will be treated in a settling tank and after

treatment it will be recycled. Effluent from power plant will be treated and after ensuring

compliance with KSPCB norms, it will be utilized for dust suppression, ash conditioning and

for greenbelt development. Sanitary waste water will be treated in Septic tank followed by

subsurface dispersion trench. The following will be the total wastewater & it’s break-up.

TABLE 4.3.2: WASTEWATER BREAKUP

S.No. Source Generation (KLD)

1. GCP effluent from Blast Furnace 80

2. Power Plant

a) Boiler blowdown 24

b) D.M. plant regeneration water 20

3. Sanitary Wastewater 16

Total 140

TABLE 4.3.3

CHARACTERISTICS OF UN-TREATED EFFLUENT [Gen. TOR # 7 (iv)]

PARAMETER

CONCENTRATION GCP

Blowdown DM Plant

Regeneration Boiler

Blowdown Sanitary

waste water

pH 7.5 – 8.0 5.0 – 10.0 9.5 – 10.5 7.0 – 8.5

BOD (mg/l) -- -- -- 200 – 250

COD (mg/l) -- -- -- 300 – 400

TDS (mg/l) 600 5000 – 6000 1000 mg/l 800 – 900

Oil & Grease (mg/l) -- 10 -- 5 - 10

TSS (mg/l) 350 -- -- 150-200









4.3.3 IMPACT ON SUFACE WATER BODIES

A Seasonal Nallah is passing proximate to the site and Dodda Halla stream flows at distance

of 5.0 Kms. from the plant.

Water required for the proposed expansion will be sourced from Ground water

source.

There will be no effluent generation in the Iron ore beneficiation unit, Pellet plant, DRI

The effluent generated from I/O Beneficiation plant, Pellet plant, DRI plant, Tunnel

Kiln, SMS & Rolling Mill units will be sent to settling tank & will be recycled through

closed circuit cooling system.





development.

Garland drains will be constructed around the storage yards to prevent any run off

from the storage yards entering into the water bodies.

Sanitary waste water will be treated in Septic tank followed by subsurface dispersion

trench.

Zero effluent discharge will be maintained.

Rain water harvesting pits have been proposed to recharge the precious ground water

in consultation with SGWB.

The depth of ground water table will certainly increase due to Rain water harvesting

measures.

Hence there will not be any impact on surrounding water bodies due to the proposed

expansion project.

4.4 PREDICTION OF IMPACTS DUE TO NOISE

4.4.1 PREDICTION OF IMPACT DUE TO THE PROPOSED ACTIVITY

The sound pressure level generated by noise source decreases with increasing distance from

the source due to wave divergence.





An additional decrease in sound pressure level with distance from the source is expected,

due to atmospheric effect or its interaction with objects in the path of transmission. For

hemispherical sound wave propagation through homogeneous loss free medium, one can

estimate noise levels at various locations, due to different sources using model based on first

principle, as per the following equation:

Lp2 = Lp1 – 20 Log (r2/r1) - Ae1.2

Where Lp1 and Lp2 are sound pressure levels at points located at distance r1 and r2 from the

source and Ae1.2 is the excess attenuation due to environmental conditions. Combined

affect of all the sources then can be determined at various locations by logarithmic addition.

In first approximation one can assume that for all general population in the villages, every

noise source in the plane is a point source. The average equivalent sound power level of such

a point source can be estimated for different distances and directions from hypothetical

source by applying following equation:

Lp = Lw - 20 Log r – Ae – 8

Where Lw is the sound power level of the source, Lp is sound pressure level at a distance r

and Ae is environmental attenuation factor. A combined noise level Lp (total) of all the

sources at a particular place is given by:

Lp (total) = 10 Log (10Lp1/10) + 10(Lp2/10) + ---------)

Major noise generating sources were identified from the proposed activity for prediction

purposes. The major noise generating sources are Turbine, Boiler, Compressors, DG set. The

predictions have been made to represent the worst case. The noise levels at various

distances were calculated using wave divergence model. The model was run for ascertaining

the areas where we could get the noise levels of 35, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65 and considering the

other noise generating sources from the plant.

Acoustic enclosures will be provided to turbines. Silencers will be provided to the DG Set. All

machinery will be manufactured keeping in view of the MOEF/OSHA standards on Noise

levels. The Ambient Noise levels will be within the standards prescribed by MOE&F, GOI vide

Notification dated 14-02-2000 under the Noise pollution (regulation & control) Rules, 2000

i.e. ambient noise levels will be less than 75 dBA during day time & less than 70 dBA during

night time.





4.4.2 PREDICTION OF IMPACTS ON COMMUNITY

Day and Night sound pressure levels, Ldn are often used to describe the community noise

exposure which includes 10 dBA night time penalties. As the nearest human settlement is 1.3

Kms. from the site, the impact of noise on general population would be insignificant.

As per the WHO recommendation, there is no identified risk and damage of hearing due to

the noise levels (Leq = 8 hours) less than 75 dBA. Most of the international damage risk

criteria for hearing loss permit (Leq = 12 hours) upto 87 dBA. Further, WHO recommendation

on community noise annoyance, permits day time out door noise levels of 55 dBA.

4.4.3 PREDICTION OF IMPACT ON OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH

The damage risk criteria as enforced by OSHA (Occupation Safety and Health Administration)

to reduce hearing loss, stipulates that noise level upto 85 dBA are acceptable for 8 hour

working shift per day. Plant authorities will provide ear plugs to the employees and will be

enforced to be used by the employees.

4.5 PREDICTION OF IMPACTS ON LAND ENVIRONMENT

Total land envisaged for the entire project is 97.5 acres (49.5 acres + 48.0 acres) will be taken

up partly in the existing plant & partly in land adjacent to the existing plant.

As there are no endangered species in the vicinity of the proposed activity, there will not be

any concern for the loss of important germoplasm that needs conservation.

To control the fugitive emissions dust extraction system and dust suppression system will be

installed at all the dust emanating areas. All required pollution control systems will be

installed and operated to comply with the norms. Hence there will not be any impact on

nearby top soil.

Proposed plant will maintain Zero effluent discharge and closed circuit cooling system will be

implemented. Hence there will not be any adverse impact on water environment.

Solid waste generated from the plant will be disposed /utilized as per the norms. Hence

there will not be any adverse impact on land environment due to the proposed plant. The

land use pattern of the study area will certainly be improved due to the proposed activity.

Land price in the nearby area will increase which will benefit the local people. This industry





may attract some ancillary works also which will also help in improving the land use pattern

of the area. Greenbelt is considered essential for maintaining the stability of the

environment of the area. 33 Acres of extensive greenbelt (inclusive of existing) will be

developed in the plant premises.

4.5.1 IMPACTS ON HYDRO-GEOLOGY AND MITIGATION MEASURES PROPOSED

The following are predicted impacts on Hydro Geology & its mitigation measures.

TABLE 4.5.1: IMPACTS ON HYDRO-GEOLOGY AND MITIGATION MEASURES PROPOSED

IMPACTS MITIGATION MEASURES PROPOSED

Groundwater contamination

All required air emission control systems will be installed and operated to comply with the norms. Raw material feed will be stopped whenever failure of APCS occurs. Interlocking system will also be provided to ESP and whenever ESP fails, the coal feed to boiler will be cut-off. This prevents any dust pollution falling on the ground. Effluent will be treated in ETP and after ensuring compliance with norms, the treated effluent will be utilized for reused in the Blast furnace, dust suppression in CHP, ash conditioning, slag granulation and for greenbelt development.

Ash will be stored in Silos. No ash pond is proposed. Ash will be utilized captive Fly Ash Brick unit OR given to other brick manufacturers / Cement plants.

Hence there will not be any contamination of Ground water due to proposed expansion project.

Impact on nearby Surface water bodies

There are no major rivers exists within 10 Km. radius of the plant. However A Seasonal Nallah is passing proximate to the site and Dodda Halla stream flows at distance of 5.0 Kms. from the plant. All required air emission control systems will be installed and operated to comply with the norms. Raw material feed will be stopped whenever failure of APCS occurs. Interlocking system will also be provided to ESP and whenever ESP fails, the coal feed to boiler will be cut-off. This prevents any dust pollution falling on the ground. Effluent will be treated in ETP and after ensuring compliance with norms, the treated effluent will be reused in the Blast furnace, dust suppression in CHP, ash conditioning, slag granulation and for greenbelt development.





Ash will be stored in Silos. No ash pond is proposed. Ash will be utilized captive Fly Ash Brick unit OR given to other brick manufacturers / Cement plants. Ash utilization will be in accordance with the MOEF notification.

Hence there will not be any contamination of any Surface water bodies due to proposed expansion project.

Impact on downstream users of Perennial Water source

There are no Perennial Water bodies exists within 10 Km. radius of the plant. Water required for the expansion project will be sourced from Ground Water.

4.5.2 IMPACTS ON GEOLOGY AND MITIGATION MEASURES PROPOSED

The following are predicted impacts on Geology & its mitigation measures.

TABLE 4.5.2: IMPACTS ON GEOLOGY AND MITIGATION MEASURES PROPOSED

IMPACTS MITIGATION MEASURES PROPOSED

Impact on Geology due to Top soil excavation for construction activities

Preparation of site will involve excavations and fillings. The earthen material generated during excavations and site grading periods, will be properly dumped and slope stabilization will be taken up. The topsoil generated during construction will be preserved and reused for plantations. Due to the Top soil preservation, no significant adverse impact on geology of the area due to the construction activities.

Bed rock stability in the project area. No bed rock will be involved in excavation during construction of the proposed expansion project. Hence there will not be any adverse impact on the stability of the bed rock.

4.6 PREDICTION OF IMPACTS DUE TO VEHICULAR MOVEMENT

[Gen.TOR # 6 (ix), 7 (iii) & Addl. TOR # 2]

Total no. of trucks required for transportation of raw materials and products will be

Max. of 451 trucks /day (38 trucks /hour) for the expansion project.

Imported Coal will be brought to Mangalore / Ennore / Krishnapatnam port through

Ship and from there to Tumakuru Railway Station by Rail. The coal unloaded at

Tumakuru Railway Station will be transported to the plant by road through covered

trucks, which is at a distance of 30 Kms. from the plant.





All the other major raw materials will be transported by rail up to the nearest railway

station and then to the site through road by covered trucks.

The existing Pucca road between railway station and plant site is NH # 4 from

Tumakur to Sira is capable of absorbing this additional vehicular traffic.

Internal roads pertaining to expansion will be made pucca during expansion.

All the raw material required for the proposed steel plant will be stored on pucca

platform above ground level. All the raw material yards are equipped with water

sprinkling system so as to avoid fugitive emission during the material handling.

4.0 Acres of area is earmarked for Truck Parking.

Thus the vehicular transport and good handling practices mentioned above will result in

minimum Fugitive dust emission. Hence there will not be any significant impact on

environment due to the increased vehicular traffic for transport of raw materials and

products.

No. of trucks due to the existing plant = 376 trucks/day.

No. of trucks due to the expansion project = 451 trucks /day.

Total no. of trucks during the operation of the expansion project = 827 trucks/day

Vehicular Traffic Study has been carried out considering frequency of vehicles for

transportation of materials, additional traffic due to proposed expansion project shown

below









4.7 PREDICTION OF IMPACTS ON FLORA & FAUNA

There are no National Parks, Wild life Sanctuaries and Bird Sanctuaries within 10 Km.

radius of the plant site.

Ankasandra RF (6.2 Kms.), Badavanahalli RF (4.9 Kms.), Maradiguda RF (7.5 Kms) &

Madhugiri R.F (9.5 Kms.) exists within 10 Km. radius of the plant site.

No Rare and Endangered species are present within the study area.

All the required Air emissions control systems will be installed and operated to comply

with MOEF/CPCB/KSPCB norms.

Interlocking systems will be provided to ESPs in such a way that whenever ESP fails, the

raw material feed to the kiln/boiler will stop. Hence there will be no production till the

ESP is rectified.

Zero liquid effluent discharge is being maintained in the existing plant and similar

practice will be maintained after expansion also.

All solid waste disposal will be in accordance with the norms.

Greenbelt of 33.0 acres (inclusive of existing greenbelt) will be developed in the plant

premises.

When all norms are complied, there will not be any adverse impact on flora & Fauna due to

the proposed expansion of the existing plant.

4.8 PREDICTION OF IMPACTS ON SOCIO ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

The local areas will be benefited by way of generation of employment opportunities,

increased demand for local products and services. There will be an improvement in the

income level of the local people.

The project will generate employment opportunities for about 300 persons during

construction stage and for about 150 persons once the plant is commissioned. Priority will be

given to locals for Semi-Skilled and Unskilled jobs. Due to this the economic conditions, the

educational and medical standards of the people living in the study area will certainly move

upwards which will result in overall economic development, improvement in general

aesthetic environment and increase in business opportunities.

The successful commissioning and running of the proposed plant will attract more industrial

investments which in turn will benefit the society and the nation.





5.1

CHAPTER – 5 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY & SITE)

5.1 ALTERNATIVE TECHNOLOGIES

No technological failures are anticipated, as Iron ore beneficiation plant, Pellet plant, DRI Kiln,

Tunnel Kiln, Induction Furnace, Blast Furnace, Rolling Mill and Power Generation are well

known and proven technologies all over the world. Hence no alternative technologies are

considered.

5.2 ALTERNATIVE SITES

SUNVIK STEELS PVT. LTD. is an existing steel plant at Village Jodidevarahalli, Taluka Sira,

District Tumkur, Karnataka. The Company has received the Environmental Clearance for the

existing plant, vide letter No. J-11011/959/2008-IA-II (I) dated 10th June 2009 by MoEF&CC.

Proposed expansion will be taken up partly in the existing plant of 49.5 acres for which EC has

already been obtained and the remaining in the 48 acres land adjacent to the existing plant.

Total land envisaged for the entire project is 97.5 acres (49.5 acres + 48.0 acres).

Existing plant is having valid Consent for Operation from the Board.

There are no water bodies & settlement in the land envisaged for the proposed expansion

project.

Hence no alternative sites have been examined.

5





6.1

CHAPTER – 6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

6.1 TECHNICAL ASPECTS

6.1.1 METHODOLOGY

To know the effectiveness of environmental mitigation measures post project environmental

monitoring program will be strictly followed as per the statutory requirement.

The flue gases from Travelling Grate Kiln (Pellet plant) will be treated in a high efficiency

ESP and then discharged into the atmosphere through a stack of 52m height for effective

dispersion of emission into the atmosphere.

The flue gases from the Blast Furnace Stoves will be treated in Dust Catcher followed by

Venturi Scrubber and let out into the atmosphere through a stack of 50 for effective

dispersion of emissions into the atmosphere. Particulate Matter (PM) in the exhaust gas

from the Blast Furnace Stoves will be maintained below <30 mg/Nm3 and other BF areas

such as Dedusting & other areas, PM will be less than 50 mg/Nm3.

The flue gases from the DRI kilns will pass through Waste Heat Recovery Boiler and after

heat recovery the gases will be treated in High efficiency ESP and then discharged into the

atmosphere through a stack of 70m height, to bring down the particulate emission in the

exhaust gases to below 50 mg/Nm3.

The flue gases from the Tunnel Kilns will pass through Multi cyclone with bag filters to

bring down the particulate matter in the exhaust gases to less than 50 mg/Nm3. Then the

treated gases will be let out through a stack of 61m height for effective dispersion of


The Exhaust emissions from AFBC Boiler will pass through a high efficiency ESP to bring

down the particulate matter to less than 50 mg/Nm3 and will be let out into the

atmosphere through a stack of 56 m height for effective dispersion of emissions into the

atmosphere.

Energy meters will be provided to all air pollution control systems to ensure effective

operation of the control systems.

Fugitive emissions will be monitored as per CPCB norms.

6





6.2

All air emission control systems will be taken-up for maintenance as per prescribed

schedule and compliance with norms will always be ensured.

Stack monitoring and Ambient air quality checks at regular interval by KSPCB will also help

in cross checking the performance of Pollution control systems i installed in the plant.

6.1.2 FREQUENCY & LOCATIONS OF ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING [Gen. TOR # 7 (xii)]

Continuous Ambient Air Quality Monitoring System (CAAQMS), Continuous Emission

Monitoring System (CEMS) for all Stacks & Continuous Weather Monitoring Station will be

provided. However a third party also will be engaged to monitor all the environmental

parameters as per CPCB / KSPCB norms once the expansion project comes into operation. A

comprehensive monitoring programme is given as under.

Table No. 6.1.1 : MONITORING SCHEDULE FOR ENVIRONMENTAL PARAMETERS

S.No. Particulars Frequency of Monitoring

Duration of sampling

Parameters required to be monitored

1. Water & Waste water quality

A. Water quality in the area

Once in a month except for heavy metals which

will be monitored on quarterly basis.

Composite sampling (24 hourly)

As per IS: 10500

B. Effluent at the inlet & outlet of the ETP

Twice in a month Grab sampling (24 hourly)

As per EPA Rules, 1996

2. Air Quality

A. Stack Monitoring Online monitors (all Stacks)

Once in a month

PM PM, SO2 & NOx

B. Ambient Air quality Twice a week

24 hours continuously

PM2.5, PM10, SO2 & NOx

C. Fugitive emissions Once in a Month 8 hours PM

3. Meteorological Data

Meteorological data to be monitored at the plant.

Daily Continuous monitoring

Temperature, Relative Humidity, rainfall, wind direction & wind speed.

4. Noise level monitoring

Ambient Noise levels Once in a month (Hourly)

Continuous for 24 hours with 1 hour

interval

Noise levels





6.3

6.1.3 DATA ANALYSIS

All the parameters will be analyzed as per IS procedures specified for those parameters. All

water samples will be analyzed for various parameters as per IS: 10500 procedures.

The methodology adopted for monitoring & analysis of PM2.5 & PM10 is as per IS: 5182 Part IV,

SO2 & NOX as per IS: 5182 Part II & Part VI respectively. Samples were analyzed for SO2 using

improved West-Gaeke method for air samples using a spectrophotometer at a wavelength of

560nm. Samples were analyzed for NOX using Jacob and Hocheiser modified (Na-As) method,

for Air samples using a spectrophotometer at wavelength of 540 nm.

PM10 & PM2.5 in ambient air are found by using Respirable Dust Sampler (RDS) & APM-550.

6.1.4 REPORTING SCHEDULE

After completion of analysis, copies of all the analysis reports will be sent to Ministry of

Environment, Forests & Climate Change and KSPCB on monthly basis. Copies of the reports

will be maintained in the plant and will be made available to the concerned inspecting

authorities as and when required.

6.1.5 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES

Whenever the ESP fails to comply with the norms, then interlocking system will immediately

cut-off the supply of raw materials to the kiln. The kiln will be shut down as per the procedure

to have least environmental impact.

6.1.6 DETAILED BUDGET & PROCUREMENT SCHEDULES

Continuous Ambient Air Quality Monitoring System (CAAQMS), Continuous Emission

Monitoring System (CEMS) for all Stacks & Continuous Weather Monitoring Station will be

provided.

However a third party also will be engaged to monitor all the environmental parameters as

per CPCB / KSPCB norms once the expansion project comes into operation. The budgetary

allocation for Environmental monitoring is Approx. Rs. 20 Lakhs/Annum.

Following is the detailed break up of Budget allocation towards Environmental monitoring:





6.4

Table No. 6.1.2 : BREAK UP OF BUDGET ALLOCATION FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING

S.No. Monitoring Item No. of units Monitoring Parameters

Frequency of Monitoring

No. of Samples /annum

Cost / Sample

(Rs.)

Total cost in (Rs. In lakhs) Existing Proposed

1 Stack 6 10 PM, SO2 & NOx Once in a month 192 6000 1152000

2 Effluent 2 2

pH, TDS, TSS, O&G, Free Available Cl, Cu,

Fe, Zn, Chromium, PO4

Twice in a month 96 4500 432000

3 Ground water 1 1 As per IS: 10500 Once in a month 24 4500 108000

4 Noise levels 4 2 --- Once in a month

(hourly) 1728 100 172800

5 Cost for Performance evaluation of APCS 135000

Total 2000000

Note : CAAQMS & Continuous Weather Monitoring Station will be provided





7.1

CHAPTER – 7

ADDITIONAL STUDIES

7.1 INTRODUCTION

As per the ToRs prescribed by MoEFCC, New Delhi, following Additional Studies were required

to be carried out for the proposed enhancement project:

1. Public Consultation

2. Social Impact Assessment Study

3. Risk Assessment and Disaster Management Plan

7.2 PUBLIC CONSULTATION [Spec. ToR No. iv]

Public Hearing for Proposed expansion of Steel Plant by M/s. Sunvik Steels Pvt. Ltd. was

conducted on 12-09-2017 near premises Sri Rama Devara Temple Community Hall near Project

site at Haldodderi Village, Sira Taluka, Tumkuru District and Karnataka.

Details of the Public Hearing include:

1. Proceedings of Public Hearing

2. Public Hearing Notice published in English daily Newspaper “The New Indian Express”,

Kannada daily “Udaya Vani” & also in the local kannada daily ”Praja Pragathi” on 11-08-

2017.

3. Management response for the issues raised during Public Hearing & action plan

7.2.1 Proceedings of Public Hearing

Public Hearing Proceedings have been enclosed as ANNEXURE – 9 along with this Final EIA/EMP

Report.

7.2.2 Management response for the issues raised during Public Hearing & action plan

Public hearing for the proposed expansion proposal was held on 12-09-2017 for obtaining

Environmental Clearance.

7





7.2

Public hearing for the proposed expansion proposal was held on 12-09-2017 for obtaining Environmental Clearance.

Table No. 7.2.1: PUBLIC HEARING ISSUES AND COMMITMENT OF THE PROJECT PROPONENT

S.No. Name of the Person

Issue raised Management Response Time schedule Budgetary allocation

Recurring cost

Reference in EIA report

1. Sri. Govindaraju, Jodidevarahalli

He said that the concerned authorities have not given wide publicity regarding the Environmental Public Hearing.

KSPCB has conducted the Public hearing as per the procedure prescribed by MOEF&CC

---- ---- ----

The Project authorities have stated that, there is no dust pollution from the industry but the local villagers face lot of problem due to dust.

In the existing plant air emission control systems such as ESP, Bagfilters, dust suppression system, covered conveyers, pucca internal roads, Dust extraction system with bag filters have been installed and operated to comply with the KSPCB norms. KSPCB has issued CFO for the existing plant which is valid till 30th June, 2021. KSPCB accords CFO after all necessary emission control systems have been installed and operated. Recently KSPCB has also done stack monitoring and is within the norms. Copy of the Stack monitoring report is enclosed as Appendix - 1 for your kind perusal.

Implemented parallel with

implementation of the

expansion project

As part of expansion

project Rs. 32.7 Crores is earmarked

for Air Emission

Management

Rs. 2.0 crores / Annum

Page no. 10.21; Chapter # 10 of EIA report for

Budget for Environmental

Protection Measures

&

Page no. 7.27; Chapter # 7 of EIA

report for Appendix - 1





7.3

Ambient air quality is also within the norms. MOEF&CC Regional office issued certified compliance report on EC conditions also confirms that emissions are controlled and are within the norms. Greenbelt development also reduces the emissions further.

The authorities are discharging air pollutants after 8.00 PM, nearby water bodies are polluted, dust is deposited on the cultivated crop due to dust discharged from the industry; The local villagers are forced to cultivate horse gram in place of Ragi and Sunflower.

Air emission control systems such as ESP, Bag filters, dust suppression system, dust extraction system with bag filters, covered conveyers, pucca internal roads have been installed / implemented to comply with the norms. Surface water sample collected in the nearby water body does not indicate any contamination and all parameters are in accordance with IS: 2296. Interlocking system has also been provided to ESP and whenever ESP fails, the raw material feed to the unit will stop and there will be no production till ESP is rectified. Net Incremental Ground Level Concentrations have been worked out and are within the National Ambient



expansion project



for Air Emission

Management




Protection Measures

Ragi grown needs to be washed due to dust deposition on Ragi field. Flowers grown have no market because of dust deposition

---- ---- ---- ----





7.4

Air Quality Standards. KSPCB has issued CTO only after all required environment protection measures are installed and operated to comply with the norms. MOEF&CC Regional office issued certified compliance report on EC conditions also confirms that emissions are controlled and are within the norms. Greenbelt development also reduces the emissions further. Once all required environment protection measures are implemented and operated to comply with the norms, then there will not be any adverse impact on water environment, air environment crops in the area due to the plant.

2. Sri. Venkatesh, Jodidevarahalli

He compliant about siltation and pollution of water by the discharge of waste in to the lake, Due to this lake water is not fit for drinking by the live stock in the surrounding area.

Zero Liquid Effluent discharge system is being followed in the existing plant. No effluent is discharged outside the plant. MOEF&CC Regional office issued certified compliance report on EC conditions also confirms that no effluent is being discharged outside the plant. Water quality in the nearby water bodies and ground water will be

Implemented parallel with implementation of the expansion project

As part of expansion project Rs. 1.7 Crores is earmarked for Wastewater Management

Rs. 50 Lakhs / Annum



Protection Measures





7.5

periodically monitored and reports will be submitted to MOEF&CC & KSPCB.

Roads are damaged due to heavy vehicles plying between industry and national highway

Company is using only the permitted capacity trucks for transport of raw materials and products. However the company will definitely contribute to the maintenance of the road between NH # 4 and the plant.

1 to 7 years As part of expansion Rs.

70 Lakhs is earmarked for

Repairs & maintenance of damaged Roads in the

near by village under CER activities

--- Page no. 8.2; Chapter # 8 of EIA

report

3. Sri. Dasappa, Jogihalli

He stated that the industry authorities are misguiding by furnishing false information about location of the industry and the surrounding villagers.

Land details including the survey numbers to be acquired have been clearly stated in the Draft EIA report. The total land envisaged for the plant is 97.5 acres and out of which 57.55 Acres is in possession. The surrounding villages are shown in the topographical map enclosed in the EIA report.

---- ---- ---- Page no. 2.11; Chapter # 2 of EIA

report

Local villagers and livestock are suffering from respiratory problem due to dispersion of dust from the industry, ESP (Electro Static

In the existing plant air emission control systems such as ESP, Bagfilters, dust suppression system, covered conveyers, pucca internal roads, Dust extraction system with bag filters have been installed and operated to comply with the KSPCB norms. KSPCB has issued CTO for the existing plant which



expansion project



for Air Emission

Management




Protection





7.6

Precipitator) is not continuously operated by the industry and he has filed compliant to the Pollution Control Board regarding dust pollution. SPM (Suspended Particulate Matter) quantity in the AAQ (Ambient Air Quality) result of the samples collected from my Agricultural land was less, since the wind movement was in the opposite direction.

is valid till 30th June, 2021. KSPCB accords CTO after all necessary emission control systems have been installed and operated. Recently KSPCB has also done stack monitoring and is within the norms. MOEF&CC Regional office issued certified compliance report on EC conditions also confirms that emissions are controlled and are within the norms. Interlocking system has also been provided to ESPs and whenever the emission exceeds the standard, then raw material feed to the unit will be stopped till ESP is rectified. Greenbelt development also reduces the emissions further. Copy of the Stack monitoring report is enclosed as Appendix - 1 for your kind perusal. Ambient air quality is also within the norms. ESPs are being operated continuously in the plant. As all required environment protection

Measures

&


report for APPENDIX - 1





7.7

measures have been installed and operated duly complying with the norms, there is no adverse impact on humans and on live stock due to the existing plant. Similarly in the expansion also ESP, Bagfilters, dust suppression system, dust extraction system with bagfilters, pucca internal roads, covered conveyers, pneumatic ash handling system etc will be provided and operated duly complying the norms. Hence there will not be any adverse impact on villagers and on live stock due to the proposed expansion project.

He complained about raise in ambient temperature due to industrial operation causing crop loss in the surrounding area.

In the existing DRI plant the exhaust flue gases have a temperature of around 160 Deg C. These gases will be discharged through a stack of 60 m height for effective dispersion of emissions. Due to higher wind speeds and higher dispersion the temperature will come to ambient. Greenbelt developed will also help in mitigating the ambient temperature further.

---- ---- ---- ----

He said that the dust from the industry is reaching Cheluru Village. The surrounding

In the existing plant air emission control systems such as ESP, Bagfilters, dust suppression system, covered conveyers, pucca internal roads, Dust extraction system with bag filters have



expansion









7.8

villagers are suffering from dust pollution caused from the existing plant, if they increase the production capacity further, pollution load will also be increased. Betel leaves which were sold for Rs. 100 is now selling for Rs. 25 because of dust deposited on them, both due to industry and also due to transportation of heavy vehicles because of factory.

been installed and operated to comply with the KSPCB norms. KSPCB has issued CTO for the existing plant which is valid till 30th June, 2021. KSPCB accords CTO after all necessary emission control systems have been installed and operated. Recently KSPCB has also done stack monitoring and is within the norms. MOEF&CC Regional office issued certified compliance report on EC conditions also conforms that emissions are controlled and are within the norms. Interlocking system has also been provided to ESPs and whenever the emission exceeds the standard, then raw material feed to the unit will be stopped till ESP is rectified. Greenbelt development also reduces the emissions further. Copy of the Stack monitoring report is enclosed as Appendix - 1 for your kind perusal. Ambient air quality is also within the norms. As all required environment protection

project for Air Emission

Management


Protection Measures

&







7.9

measures have been installed and operated duly complying with the norms, there is no adverse impact on betel leaves due to the existing plant. Similarly in the expansion also ESP, Bagfilters, dust suppression system, dust extraction system with bagfilters, pucca internal roads, covered conveyers, pneumatic ash handling system etc will be provided and operated duly complying the norms. Covered trucks will be used for transportation. Pucca road exist upto the plant. Hence there will not be any adverse impact on crops in the area due to the proposed expansion project.

KSPCB has notified the meeting details in News Papers, but the villagers don’t read News Papers. Farmers are suffering from respiratory diseases, and I have information about mortality details of livestock due to industrial pollution. Local villagers are

Public hearing has been conducted by KSPCB as per the procedure stipulated in EIA notification. All required environmental protection measures such as ESPs, Bagfilters, dust suppression system, covered conveyers, pucca internal roads, have been provided and operated complying with the norms. Covered trucks are used in transportation. CEMS connected to the CPCB server confirms that the emissions are within the norms. Hence there is no adverse impact on health of the people in the



Health & Hygiene of the

community under CER activities


report





7.10

not benefited from the industry. Instead Labours from Bihar, Uttar Pradesh and Other North Indians are benefited.

area. However periodical health checkups will be carried out in the nearby villages and necessary basic medicines will be given free of cost to the affected village people. Local employment is provided as per govt norms.

Local villagers are suffering from various deceases. We don't want industry to operate here. He requested the Chairman not to recommend for Expansion activity.

All required environmental protection measures such as ESPs, Bagfilters, dust suppression system, covered conveyers, pucca internal roads, have been provided and operated complying with the norms. Covered trucks are used in transporation. CEMS connected to the CPCB server confirms that the emissions are within the norms. Hence there is no adverse impact on health of the people in the area. However periodical health checkups will be carried out in the nearby villages and necessary basic medicines will be given free of cost to the affected village people.



Health & Hygiene of the

community under CER activities


report

4. Sri. Jayasimha, Salupanahalli

Industry is manufacturing steel,

In the existing plant air emission control systems such as ESP, Bagfilters,



Rs. 2.0 crores /





7.11

Bricks and other material. But cultivating Ragi, Maize, Pulses and other food grains in surrounding lands is the livelihood of the local villagers.

The villagers cannot work in the field and are facing eye irritation because of dust discharged from industry. Crops are also damaged due to deposition of dust generated from the vehicular movement. Even during rains the water is full of dust and is not visible.

Villagers & also crop lands which are from 1 km to 4 kms. from the industry are facing several problems.

dust suppression system, covered conveyers, pucca internal road , Dust extraction system with bag filters have been installed and operated to comply with the KSPCB norms. KSPCB has issued CTO for the existing plant which is valid till 30th June, 2021. KSPCB accords CTO after all necessary emission control systems have been installed and operated. Recently KSPCB has also done stack monitoring and is within the norms. MOEF&CC Regional office issued certified compliance report on EC conditions also confirms that emissions are controlled and are within the norms. Interlocking system has also been provided to ESPs and whenever the emission exceeds the standard, then raw material feed to the unit will be stopped till ESP is rectified. Greenbelt development also reduces the emissions further. Copy of the Stack monitoring report is enclosed as Appendix - 1 for your kind perusal. Ambient air quality is also within the


expansion project


for Air Emission

Management

Annum Page no. 10.21; Chapter # 10 of EIA report for


Protection Measures

&







7.12

norms. ESPs are being operated continuously in the plant and same can be verified from Appendix – 1. As all required environment protection measures have been installed and operated duly complying with the norms, there is no adverse impact on crops due to the existing plant. Similarly in the expansion also ESP, Bagfilters, dust suppression system, dust extraction system with bagfilters, pucca internal roads, covered conveyers, pneumatic ash handling system etc will be provided and operated duly complying the norms. Covered trucks will be used for transportation. Pucca road exist upto the plant. Hence there will not be any adverse impact on crops in the area due to the proposed expansion project. Net incremental GLCs even after the proposed expansion are within the National Ambient Air Quality standards. Isopleths for PM, SO2 & NOx clearly indicate the incremental GLCs are within the NAAQS.





7.13

If any crop damage occurs due to our industry operation then compensation will be paid as per the Govt rules to the affected.

Industry authorities are providing financial support only to selected farmers but most of the villagers who have lost their crops are not given compensations.

CER activities have been carried out in the village and not to the individuals.

1 to 7 years As part of expansion Rs. 35 Lakhs is earmarked to provide financial support to the Farmers of the Village under CER activities


report

Borewells in the agricultural land are depleted due to excess water drawn from the industry. The Deputy Commissioner should view the matter seriously, since more than 20 villages in the surrounding area get affected due to expansion project.

The existing plant water requirement is 642 KLD. Ground water is used in the existing plant. Rain water recharging pits have been constructed and ground water is being recharged to augment the water table.

--- --- ---

The villagers around this industry are not

In the existing plant air emission control systems such as ESP, Bagfilters,



Rs. 2.0 crores /





7.14

able to have matrimonial relations because of pollution from the industry. He requested to close the industry and give compensation to the Farmers since 2003.

dust suppression system, covered conveyers, pucca internal roads , Dust extraction system with bag filters have been installed and operated to comply with the KSPCB norms. KSPCB has issued CTO for the existing plant which is valid till 30th June, 2021. KSPCB accords CTO after all necessary emission control systems have been installed and operated. Recently KSPCB has also done stack monitoring and is within the norms. MOEF&CC Regional office issued certified compliance report on EC conditions also confirms that emissions are controlled and are within the norms. Interlocking system has also been provided to ESPs and whenever the emission exceeds the standard, then raw material feed to the unit will be stopped till ESP is rectified. Greenbelt development also reduces the emissions further. Copy of the Stack monitoring report is enclosed as Appendix - 1 for your kind perusal. Ambient air quality is also within the


expansion project


for Air Emission

Management

Annum Page no. 10.21; Chapter # 10 of EIA report for


Protection Measures

&







7.15

norms. ESPs are being operated continuously in the plant and the same can be verified from Appendix – 1. As all required environment protection measures have been installed and operated duly complying with the norms, there is no adverse impact on crops due to the existing plant. Similarly in the expansion also ESP, Bagfilters, dust suppression system, dust extraction system with bagfilters, pucca internal roads, covered conveyers, pneumatic ash handling system etc will be provided and operated duly complying the norms. Covered trucks will be used for transportation. Pucca road exist upto the plant. Hence there will not be any adverse impact on crops in the area due to the proposed expansion project. Net incremental GLCs even after the proposed expansion are within the National Ambient Air Quality standards. Isopleths for PM, SO2 & NOx clearly indicate the incremental GLCs are within the NAAQS. If any crop damage occurs due to our





7.16

industry operation then compensation will be paid as per the Govt rules to the affected.

5. Smt. Manjamma, Jodidevarahalli

She informed that the local villagers are facing severe problems from the day of industry commissioned. The Vegetables and flowers in the field have been deposited with dust, betel leaves grown have no market. Industry people advice us for selection of different crops in our field.

In the existing plant air emission control systems such as ESP, Bagfilters, dust suppression system, covered conveyers, pucca internal roads, Dust extraction system with bag filters have been installed and operated to comply with the KSPCB norms. KSPCB has issued CTO for the existing plant which is valid till 30th June, 2021. KSPCB accords CTO after all necessary emission control systems have been installed and operated. Recently KSPCB has also done stack monitoring and is within the norms. MOEF&CC Regional office issued certified compliance report on EC conditions also conforms that emissions are controlled and are within the norms. Interlocking system has also been provided to ESPs and whenever the emission exceeds the standard, then raw material feed to the unit will be stopped till ESP is rectified. Greenbelt development also reduces the emissions further.



expansion project



for Air Emission

Management




Protection Measures

&


report for Appendix - 1





7.17

Copy of the Stack monitoring report is enclosed as Appendix - 1 for your kind perusal. Ambient air quality is also within the norms. ESPs are being operated continuously in the plant and the same can be verified from Appendix - 1. As all required environment protection measures have been installed and operated duly complying with the norms, there is no adverse impact on crops due to the existing plant. Similarly in the expansion also ESP, Bagfilters, dust suppression system, dust extraction system with bagfilters, pucca internal roads, covered conveyers, pneumatic ash handling system etc will be provided and operated duly complying the norms. Covered trucks will be used for transportation. Pucca road exist upto the plant. Hence there will not be any adverse impact on crops in the area due to the proposed expansion project. Net incremental GLCs even after the





7.18

proposed expansion are within the National Ambient Air Quality standards. Isopleths for PM, SO2 & NOx clearly indicate the incremental GLCs are within the NAAQS. If any crop damage occurs due to our industry operation then compensation will be paid as per the Govt rules to the affected.

6. Sri. Bheemanna, Haldodderi.

He informed that, he is cultivating Betel leaves and coconut in his 6.09 Acres land at Sy.No. 58/2, he could not sell Betel leaves to a good price due to dust pollution.

He also informed that his family members who reside in his agricultural land since 40 years are now suffering from various dust related problems.

He also informed

In the existing plant air emission control systems such as ESP, Bagfilters, dust suppression system, covered conveyers, pucca internal roads , Dust extraction system with bag filters have been installed and operated to comply with the KSPCB norms. KSPCB has issued CTO for the existing plant which is valid till 30th June, 2021. KSPCB accords CTO after all necessary emission control systems have been installed and operated. Recently KSPCB has also done stack monitoring and is within the norms. MOEF&CC Regional office issued certified compliance report on EC conditions also confirms that emissions are controlled and are within the norms. Interlocking system has also



expansion project



for Air Emission

Management




Protection Measures

&







7.19

that he has lost 150 to 200 sheep from the industrial pollution, and requested not to allow the industry to operate.

been provided to ESPs and whenever the emission exceeds the standard, then raw material feed to the unit will be stopped till ESP is rectified. Greenbelt development also reduces the emissions further. Copy of the Stack monitoring report is enclosed as Appendix - 1 for your kind perusal. Ambient air quality is also within the norms. ESPs are being operated continuously in the plant and the same can be verified from Appendix - 1. As all required environment protection measures have been installed and operated duly complying with the norms, there is no adverse impact on crops due to the existing plant. Similarly in the expansion also ESP, Bagfilters, dust suppression system, dust extraction system with bagfilters, pucca internal roads, covered conveyers, pneumatic ash handling system etc will be provided and operated duly complying the norms.





7.20

Covered trucks will be used for transportation. Pucca road exist upto the plant. Hence there will not be any adverse impact on crops, sheep, etc. in the area due to the proposed expansion project. Net incremental GLCs even after the proposed expansion are within the National Ambient Air Quality standards. Isopleths for PM, SO2 & NOx clearly indicate the incremental GLCs are within the NAAQS. If any crop damage occurs due to our industry operation then compensation will be paid as per the Govt rules to the affected.

7. Sri. Padalingaiah, Haldodderi.

He informed that, he has agricultural land adjacent to industry and could not grow any crop from the day of commissioning of this industry.

All required environmental protection measures such as ESPs, bagfilters, covered conveyers, dust suppression system, pucca internal roads will be provided. KSPCB has also issued CTO to the existing unit only after duly verifying the compliance of the norms by the industry. Certified compliance report issued by the Regional office of MOEF&CC also confirms that environment protection measures have been implemented.



expansion project



for Air Emission

Management




Protection Measures





7.21

Hence there is impact on crops due to the existing plant.

8. Sri Ramesh, Haldodderi

He informed that, industry authorities are destroying unity among the villagers, not giving compensation to crop loss, but industry people are saying that, they have provided motor to few villagers. He requested Deputy Commissioner to close down the industry and avoid migration of villagers in search of livelihood to other places.

All required environmental protection measures such as ESPs, bagfilters, covered conveyers, dust suppression system, pucca internal roads will be provided. KSPCB has also issued CTO to the existing unit only after duly verifying the compliance of the norms by the industry. Certified compliance report issued by the Regional office of MOEF&CC also confirms that environment protection measures have been implemented. Hence there is no crop damage due to the existing plant. Skill development training will be provided to unemployed youth in the nearby villages.

1 to 7 years Rs 70 Lakhs is earmarked for Skill development training will be provided to unemployed youth in the nearby villages under CER activities.

-- Page no. 8.2; Chapter # 8 of EIA

report

9. Sri. Bommanna, Zilla Panchayath Member from Kallambella area.

He informed that, because of factory operations some problems happened, the local people are also benefited from the industry. He requested the

All required environmental protection measures such as ESPs, bagfilters, covered conveyers, dust suppression system, pucca internal roads will be provided. KSPCB has also issued CTO to the existing unit only after duly verifying the compliance of the norms by the industry.



expansion project



for Air Emission

Management




Protection Measures





7.22

industry authorities to give crop compensation.

Certified compliance report issued by the Regional office of MOEF&CC also confirms that environment protection measures have been implemented. Hence there is no crop damage due to the existing plant. If any crop damage occurs due to our industry operation then compensation will be paid as per the Govt rules to the affected.

10. Sri. Srinivas, Haldodderi

He informed that, he has agricultural land adjacent to industry, where even weed/grass could not grow due to dust.

All required environmental protection measures such as ESPs, bagfilters, covered conveyers, dust suppression system, pucca internal roads will be provided. KSPCB has also issued CTO to the existing unit only after duly verifying the compliance of the norms by the industry.



expansion project



for Air Emission

Management




Protection Measures

11. Sri. Hanumantayya, Channenahalli

He informed that, the industry authorities let out there dust after 8.00 PM, from which surrounding villagers are facing severe problems.

ESPs, Bagfilters , dust suppression systems are operated continuously. Energy consumption records of APCS is being submitted to KSPCB regularly. That conforms tha regular operation of APCS.

--- --- --- ---

12. Sri. Rangaiah, Channenahalli:

He informed that, villagers in the

All required environmental protection measures such as ESPs, bagfilters,

--- --- --- ---





7.23

surrounding area viz, jodidevarahalli, Haldodderi, jogihalli, Sompanahalli are severely affected by the industry. He informed that, only Ragi can be grown in the agricultural land, which is also affected by the dust, he also informed that vegetables, flowers, betel leaves are affected by the industrial dust.

covered conveyers, dust suppression system, pucca internal roads will be provided. KSPCB has also issued CTO to the existing unit only after duly verifying the compliance of the norms by the industry. Certified compliance report issued by the Regional office of MOEF&CC also confirms that environment protection measures have been implemented. Hence there is no crop damage due to the existing plant. If any crop damage occurs due to our industry operation then compensation will be paid as per the Govt rules to the affected.

13. Sri. Jayanna, Salabarahalli

He requested the Deputy Commissioner to allow agriculturalist to lead there agricultural life.

All required environmental protection measures such as ESPs, bagfilters, covered conveyers, dust suppression system, pucca internal roads will be provided. KSPCB has also issued CTO to the existing unit only after duly verifying the compliance of the norms by the industry. Certified compliance report issued by the Regional office of MOEF&CC also confirms that environment protection

--- --- --- ---





7.24

measures have been implemented . Hence there is no crop damage due to the existing plant. If any crop damage occurs due to our industry operation then compensation will be paid as per the Govt rules to the affected.

14. Sri. Yogesh, Dasarahalli

He informed that, the villagers could not grow any crops, harvested food grain has no value and rate of mortality in livestock has increased due to industrial activity.

All required environmental protection measures such as ESPs, bagfilters, covered conveyers, dust suppression system, pucca internal roads will be provided. KSPCB has also issued CTO to the existing unit only after duly verifying the compliance of the norms by the industry. Certified compliance report issued by the Regional office of MOEF&CC also confirms that environment protection measures have been implemented . Hence there is no crop damage due to the existing plant. As all environment protection measures have been implemented there will is no adverse impact on live stock If any crop damage occurs due to our industry operation then compensation

--- --- --- ---





7.25

will be paid as per the Govt rules to the affected.

15. Sri. Thimmaraju, Dasarahalli

He informed that, the villagers could not grow any crops and harvested food grain has no value, rate of mortality in livestock has increased, water in the surrounding land is polluted, could not be used for any purposes. He requested to give crop loss compensation.

All required environmental protection measures such as ESPs, bagfilters, covered conveyers, dust suppression system, pucca internal roads will be provided. KSPCB has also issued CTO to the existing unit only after duly verifying the compliance of the norms by the industry. Certified compliance report issued by the Regional office of MOEF&CC also confirms that environment protection measures have been implemented . Hence there is no crop damage due to the existing plant. If any crop damage occurs due to our industry operation then compensation will be paid as per the Govt rules to the affected. There is no effluent discharge outside the industry and ZLD is followed in the existing plant. Surface water and ground water quality in the area is within the norms specified. Hence there is no adverse impact on water quality due to the plant operations.

--- --- --- ---





7.26

Ground water quality is also being monitored by KSPCB periodically and the quality of water is within the norms. After the expansion also ZLD will be implemented and water quality will be monitored periodically and the reports will be submitted to MOEF&CC and KSPCB.





7.27

APPENDIX - 1





7.28

7.3 SOCIAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT STUDY [Spec. TOR No. (v)]

In view of the fact that the development is an ever growing process, its impact is also ever

increasing, leading to rapid deterioration in environmental conditional and human health.

Impact assessment thus ensures that the potential problems are foreseen and addressed at an

early stage in the projects plant and design. Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) & Social

Impact Assessment provides a rational approach to sustainable development.

Social Impact Assessment includes the processes of analysing, monitoring and managing the

intended and unintended social consequences, both positive and negative, of planned

interventions (policies, programs, plans, and developmental activities) on individual, social

groups and community at large and any social change processes invoked by those interventions.

7.3.1 LEGISLATIVE & REGULATORY CONSIDERATIONS

According to the Specific TOR point no. iii, in the TOR letter issued by Ministry of Environment,

Forest and Climate Change (MoEF&CC) Vide No. J-11011/959/2008- IA II (I) dated 27th May

2016.

‘’The project proponent should carry out Social Impact Assessment of the project as per the

Office Memorandum No. J-11013/25/2014-IA.I dated 11.08.2014 issued by the Ministry

regarding guidelines on Environment Sustainability and CSR issues. The Social Impact

assessment study so carried should form part of EIA and EMP report’’

Towards the fulfilment of the above TOR, Functional Area Expert and his team has prepared the

Social Impact Assessment report.

7.3.2 OBJECTIVE

The primary objectives of the Social Impact Assessment study are:

Understanding the baseline socio-economic environment obtaining in the impact zone.

Identifying the key stakeholders who are likely to be impacted by the establishment of

the proposed project.

Predicting the positive and negative impacts of the project on the socio-economic

environment in the area.

Suggesting mitigation measures to minimize the negative impacts.





7.29

7.3.3 SCOPE

In keeping with its objectives, the scope of the study extends to:

Making a reconnaissance of the villages and human settlements within the 10 km radius

from the proposed project site.

Understanding the overall socio-economic profile of the impact area.

Assessing the baseline socio-economic environment prevailing in the impact area

focusing the core and buffer zones.

Identifying key economic sectors and major sources of livelihood in the study area.

Understanding social structures and lifestyles of people in the area who are likely to be

affected the most by the proposed project.

Assessing physical and social infrastructure facilities accessible to inhabitants in the

project impact area.

Predicting the likely socio-economic impacts as a consequence of establishing the

project.

Suggesting adverse impact mitigation measures in line with the felt needs, aspirations

and expectations of the project affected population.

Preparing an appropriate Socio Economic Environment Management Plan.

7.3.4 APPROACH & METHODOLOGY

The basic approach for carrying out the SIA is focused on:

Zeroing-in on the project impact area, covering all the villages and other habitations

falling within the 10 km radius from the project site.

Collecting basic information with respect to constituent villages in terms of census

village code, name of the Tehsil in which a particular village falls, number of households,

population level (as per Census 2011) and growth of village population during the last

decade, distance from the proposed project site etc.

Identifying critical knowledge/information gaps which impede an objective and reliable

assessment of the socio-economic impacts of the project.

Zeroing-in on the data/information to be collected for a fair impact assessment and

deciding upon the sources and means to collecting the same.





7.30

Identifying the key stakeholders and potential respondents for collecting the required

information.

Drawing a sampling frame and sample size specifying villages and number of households

to be contacted for primary data/information collection and agencies to be contacted

for eliciting information on various aspects relevant to the study.

Assessing the views raised in the Public Hearing and developing a plan (consisting of

Cost, Budget, Monitoring and Evaluation) to implement the needs of people as per

Public hearing outcome.

Methodology

The Social Impact Assessment (SIA) of the proposed project is relied on a judicious mix

of Secondary (i.e. Census 2011, Govt. Dept., Maps and Literature Research) and Primary

data (i.e. Field survey and Interview / Interactions) collected from different sources.

Various socio-economic aspects considered for impact assessment include livelihoods,

relocation and rehabilitation, incomes, employment, skills, education, health and overall

lifestyles. The cultural aspects considered are archaeological, historical, religious and

aesthetic places of importance, arts and crafts etc.

The SIA was carried out in the three distinct stage:

i. Desktop review / research

ii. Field Survey

iii. Data Analysis & its interpretation

7.3.5 SOCIO ECONOMIC STUDY AREA

The coverage of study extends to all the 43 Census villages and towns falling within the 10 km.

radius, from the proposed project site, as mandated by MoEF&CC’s ToR. The study area is 314

Sq. Km. The land utilisation pattern of the study area shows the dominance of single crop land

accounting for 47.2 %. The land under human settlement covers an area of 13.18 Sq. Km. ,

which is mere 4.2 % of the total area. The detailed land use pattern of the study area is given

below:

The pie diagram showing Land use pattern of the Study Area of 10 Km. radius





7.31

LULC PIE DIAGRAM:

7.3.6 PROJECT IMPACT ZONES

The geographical area for impact assessment extends over 10 Kms. Radius from the project site

and comprises of 43 Census Villages and towns (listed in census). To facilitate a more realistic

and objective assessment, the 43 villages / towns are categorized into three zones:

Core zone (within 2.0 Kms. Radial distance from the project site)

Buffer zone (> 2 – 5 Kms.)

Transition zone (> 5 – 10 Kms.)

TABLE NO. 7.3.1

THE KEY DEMOGRAPHIC FEATURES OF THE VILLAGES / TOWNS IN THE THREE IMPACT ZONES

S.No. Village Name Distance w.r.t. Plant

(in Kms.)

Direction w.r.t. Plant

Total Households

Population

Total Male Female SC ST Avg. Literacy

(%)

Villages within 0 - 2 Kms distance from the project site

1 Devarahalli 1.3 NNW 60 245 119 126 32 142 58.4

2 Saraparahalli 2 SE 139 707 369 338 83 0 62.2





7.32

Sub Total : I 199 952 488 464 115 142 60%


3 Haldodderi 2.3 SE 201 868 436 432 99 373 59.8

4 Dasarahalli 2.8 E 73 317 160 157 29 13 59.6

5 Jogihalli 2.8 NW 66 272 143 129 28 7 64.3

6 Seebi 2.9 SSW 480 2113 1079 1034 234 419 62.6

7 Kalenahalli 3.3 NNW 32 133 63 70 9 0 68.4

8 Sibi Agrahara 3.5 NWW 70 281 151 130 20 0 69.4

9 Chinnenahalli 3.7 NNW 107 411 206 205 34 4 60.1

10 Bhuvaddanahalli 3.8 SEE 346 1540 783 757 129 326 64.7

11 Ajjanahalli 3.9 NEE 98 350 173 177 30 0 62.6

12 Tippedasarahalli 3.9 SE 59 264 134 130 33 14 68.9

13 Chikka Seebi 4 SSW 185 813 407 406 107 155 58.8

14 Kabbigere 4.3 NEE 136 600 306 294 65 176 56.5

15 Dodda Sibi 4.4 W 99 372 185 187 34 0 80.4

16 Brahmasandra 4.5 NW 351 1399 697 702 107 415 71.6

17 Kalishettihalli 4.5 SWW 74 278 133 145 21 23 76.3 18 Nandihalli 4.5 SEE 71 362 189 173 47 112 64.1

19 Gidadagalahalli 5 NE 6 22 9 13 4 0 77.3

20 Gollarahatti 5 SW 62 247 124 123 22 10 69.2

21 Melahalu 5 SSW 161 628 335 293 45 21 72.6

Sub Total : II 2677 11270 5713 5557 1097 2068 67%


22 Hunjanalu 5.9 SW 643 2903 1479 1424 286 488 59.2

23 Tarur 6.5 NNW 680 2848 1446 1402 273 418 64.5

24 Boragunte 6.9 NE 88 387 187 200 50 3 64.3

25 Surenahalli 6.9 SEE 350 1396 683 713 139 226 65.0

26 Shambhonahalli 7 SEE 169 618 291 327 62 113 65.2

27 Balanapalya 7.5 NNW 71 278 142 136 23 56 68.0

28 Yaladabagi 7.5 NW 212 941 494 447 98 187 58.1

29 Gollahalli 7.6 S 68 332 174 158 38 39 64.5

30 Tavinakere 7.6 SEE 812 3321 1650 1671 336 730 68.4

31 Kodihalli 7.7 SE 152 683 332 351 69 157 65.9

32 Linganahelli 7.7 SSE 14 57 26 31 3 1 75.4

33 Thippanahalli 7.7 SWW 198 682 342 340 63 343 51.2 34 Bachchandra 7.8 SE 56 260 132 128 22 0 83.1

35 Kesturu 8.2 SE 608 2326 1178 1148 201 360 70.2

36 Sorekunte 8.2 SSW 433 1830 918 912 181 188 60.2

37 Timmarajanahalli 8.3 SSE 115 465 238 227 45 28 66.5

38 Kempanadodderi 8.5 SW 238 1031 539 492 114 212 62.2

39 Kunigaltimmeriahalli 8.5 NEE 182 836 424 412 84 5 61.1

40 Shirodadu 8.8 NNW 113 417 204 213 34 114 63.8

41 Viranahalli 9.3 NNE 123 456 222 234 44 39 45.6

42 Bedarahalli 9.5 SW 303 1204 618 586 112 338 72.3

43 Talagunda 9.5 NNW 337 1389 690 699 130 473 69.5

Sub Total : III 5965 24660 12409 12251 2407 4518 65%

Total 8841 36882 18610 18272 3619 6728 64%





7.33

It is obvious from the above data that only 2 no. of villages fall in core impact zone, accounting

for just 2.58 % of the total population in the study area. 19 no. of villages accounting for 30.56

% of the total population fall in buffer impact zone, while 22 no. of villages accounting for 66.86

% of the total population fall in transition zone.

Given the nature of the project, its socio-economic impacts will be more pronounced on the

people inhabiting the core and buffer impact zones rather than on the transition zone. Hence

the study focus was more on the socio-economic conditions obtaining among the households in

the core and buffer zones.

7.3.7 BASELINE DATA AND ANALYSIS OF SURVEYED VILLAGES

7.3.7.1 Desktop Review / Research

A fairly comprehensive desk research to understand the socio-economic setting of the project

area was the first initiative towards carrying out SIA. Accordingly, published and unpublished

information available on the subject was referred, reviewed and critical information gaps

identified by the SIA team.

It was during this stage, the key stakeholders were identified and study instruments – schedules

and checklists – prepared, tested and finalised. Similarly, the sampling frame and sample size

were also designed and finalised. The sampling frame for the study consisted of villages,

households and District and Tehsil level officials, key informants as also local opinion leaders.

A proportional random sampling technique was followed to select the sample village’s and

households. Accordingly, the sample villages were picked up at random from the three impact

zones considered – Core, Buffer and Transition. The number of households to be contacted in

each sample village was determined on the basis of the size of population of the respective

village. In the absence of household level information, the respondent households were

selected randomly during the course of visit to the respective village. However, while selecting

the respondent households, emphasis was on contacting households, who are economically

poor, susceptible to shifts in livelihood patterns and belonged to vulnerable social communities.





7.34

To ensure the accuracy of the primary data collected from the study area, all the village specific

information was verified from the data of Census 2011 and secondary information collected

from various Govt. Dept., Map, Literature etc.

Accordingly following 13 no. of villages have been selected:

S.No. Name of Village

1. Ajjanahalli

2. Brahmasandra

3. Dasarahalli

4. Devarahalli

5. Dodda Sibi

6. Gollarahatti

7. Haldodderi

8. Hunjanalu

9. Jogihalli

10. Melahalu

11. Saraparahalli

12. Sibi

13. Tavinakere

7.3.7.2 FIELD SURVEY

Field survey helped in collecting fairly reliable primary data with respect to the major livelihood

sources, education, health status, basic amenities and standard of living. It also helped in

eliciting information from the natives about the negative environmental impacts of industrial

units already existing in the area and the measures initiated by them (industrial units) to

mitigate the impacts.

The potential respondents in the sample households were approached personally by members

of the core study team and Field Investigators who explained the purpose of the visit and

solicited their participation by sharing the intended information unbiasedly. The study team

clarified the doubts and addressed the apprehensions expressed by the respondents. Once the

respondents were willing and ready to participate, household level socio-economic information

was collected with the help of a structured questionnaire. A number of questions were open

ended to facilitate capturing perceptions of the respondents objectively.

In addition, Participatory Rapid Assessment (PRA) tools comprising Villages / Town Transect

Walks, Focus Group Discussions (FGD), Key Informant Interviews and Local Opinion Leader





7.35

interviews were used for collecting qualitative information with regards to key socio-economic

challenges of the area.

7.3.7.3 DATA ANALYSIS & ITS INTERPRETATION

TABLE NO. 7.3.2

Demography of the Surveyed villages

S.No. Village Name Total

Households

Population

Total

Popln

Male Female SC ST Average

Literacy (%)

Sex

Ratio

1 Ajjanahalli 98 350 173 177 30 0 62.6 1023

2 Brahmasandra 351 1399 697 702 107 415 71.6 1007

3 Dasarahalli 73 317 160 157 29 13 59.6 981

4 Devarahalli 60 245 119 126 32 142 58.4 1059

5 Dodda Sibi 99 372 185 187 34 0 80.4 1011

6 Gollarahalli 62 247 124 123 22 10 69.2 992

7 Haldodderi 201 868 436 432 99 373 59.8 991

8 Hunjanalu 643 2903 1479 1424 286 488 59.2 963

9 Jogihalli 66 272 143 129 28 7 64.3 902

10 Melahalu 161 628 335 293 45 21 72.6 875

11 Saraparahalli 139 707 369 338 83 0 62.2 916

12 Seebi 480 2113 1079 1034 234 419 62.6 958

13 Tavinakere 812 3321 1650 1671 336 730 68.4 1013

Total 3245 13742 6949 6793 1365 2618 65.5% 976

Population Distribution

As per analysis of primary data & secondary data the distribution of population varies from

place to place. In the study area, Tavinakere is densely populated areas. Avg. Literacy rate in

surveyed villages is 65.5 %. The Avg. sex ratio of surveyed villages is 976. Total household

population come out to be 13,742 in the Surveyed villages. Average household size is 4.2. The

percentage of Male population is 50.6% and Female population is 49.4 % i.e. no major

difference lies between Male and Female count.





7.36

Vulnerable Group

There are particular groups who, for various reasons, are weak and vulnerable or have

traditionally been victims of violations and consequently require special protection for the

equal and effective enjoyment of their human rights. Such groups fall into reserve category and

the Company has to take special measures to uplift the social strata in this section. The

surveyed villages have very less count of Schedule Caste and Schedule Tribe fraction is

comparatively high i.e. 19.1 %. The category falling in unreserved category shows the major

occupancy in the area i.e.71 % of the total population.

TABLE NO. 7.3.3

DEMOGRAPHY OF VULNERABLE GROUPS

S.No. Village Name Total SC ST Others

1 Ajjanahalli 350 30 0 320

2 Brahmasandra 1399 107 415 877

3 Dasarahalli 317 29 13 275

4 Devarahalli 245 32 142 71

5 Dodda Sibi 372 34 0 338

6 Gollarahalli 247 22 10 215

7 Haldodderi 868 99 373 396

8 Hunjanalu 2903 286 488 2129

9 Jogihalli 272 28 7 237

10 Melahalu 628 45 21 562





7.37

11 Saraparahalli 707 83 0 624

12 Seebi 2113 234 419 1460

13 Tavinakere 3321 336 730 2255

Total 13742 1365 2618 9759

Literacy level

Literacy denotes progress of a nation as a whole. The “multiplier effect” of literacy empowers

people, enables them to participate fully in society and contributes to improve livelihoods.

Literacy is also a driver for sustainable development in that it enables greater participation in

the labour market; improved child and family health and nutrition; reduces poverty and

expands life opportunities. In the surveyed villages male literacy is greater than female literacy

rate. The Company will make efforts in order to fill the lacunae and indirectly contribute to the

progress of the nation. As per the survey, the literacy rate (65.1%) is normal in the surveyed

villages there is still some awareness is required in terms of education & education facilities are

to be improved further. From the survey it is clear that the literacy rate of female (42.6 %) is

lower as compared to male population (57.4 %). Male and female literacy rate of villages vary

from place to place. On whole, female literacy level has to be enhanced to provide a balance in

the society and pace towards economic progress of the area.





7.38

TABLE NO. 7.3.4

LITERACY RATE IN THE SURVEYED VILLAGES

S.No. Name of Vilage Total

Popln.

Total

Literate

Population

Literacy

Rate (%)

Male

literates

Male

Literacy

Rate

Female

literates

Female

Literacy

rate

1 Ajjanahalli 350 219 67.7 133 60.7% 86 39.3%

2 Brahmasandra 1399 1002 71.7 554 55.3% 448 44.7%

3 Dasarahalli 317 189 59.9 115 60.8% 74 39.2%

4 Devarahalli 245 143 64.5 83 58.0% 60 42.0%

5 Dodda Sibi 372 299 67.5 160 53.5% 139 46.5%

6 Gollarahalli 247 171 58.2 91 53.2% 80 46.8%

7 Haldodderi 868 519 57.4 296 57.0% 223 43.0%

8 Hunjanalu 2903 1718 63.2 983 57.2% 735 42.8%

9 Jogihalli 272 175 65.5 106 60.6% 69 39.4%

10 Melahalu 628 456 62.3 262 57.5% 194 42.5%

11 Saraparahalli 707 440 69.8 269 61.1% 171 38.9%

12 Seebi 2113 1323 70.5 751 56.8% 572 43.2%

13 Tavinakere 3321 2270 68.6 1240 54.6% 1030 45.4%

Total / Average 13742 8924 65.1% 5043 57.4% 3881 42.6%





7.39

Economic Activities

The economy of an area is defined by the occupational pattern and income level of the people

in the area. The occupational structure of residents in the study area is studied with reference

to work category. The population is divided occupation wise into three categories, viz., main

workers, marginal workers and non-workers. The workers include cultivators, agricultural

labourers, those engaged in household industry and other services. While the marginal workers

are those workers, engaged in some work for a period of less than 180 days during the

reference year. The non-workers include those engaged in unpaid household duties, students,

retired persons, dependents, beggars, vagrants etc. besides institutional inmates or all other

non-workers who do not fall under the above categories.

The percentage of total working population and non-working population is 54 % & 46 %

respectively in the study area.

TABLE NO. 7.3.5

WORK FORCE OF THE SURVEYED VILLAGES

S.No. Name of Villages Total

Pop.

Total

Workers

Main

Workers

Marginal

Worker

Non

Workers

1 Ajjanahalli 350 225 112 113 125

2 Brahmasandra 1399 781 763 18 618

3 Dasarahalli 317 198 170 28 119

4 Devarahalli 245 98 72 26 147

5 Dodda Sibi 372 176 126 50 196

6 Gollarahalli 247 148 46 102 99

7 Haldodderi 868 572 566 6 296

8 Hunjanalu 2903 1902 1416 486 1001

9 Jogihalli 272 114 92 22 158

10 Melahalu 628 247 229 18 381

11 Saraparahalli 707 456 455 1 251

12 Seebi 2113 931 645 286 1182

13 Tavinakere 3321 1571 1277 294 1750

Total 13742 7419 5969 1450 6323





7.40

It is evident from the above on the basis of information obtained from surveyed villages that

the percentage of total working population is low and dependent population is high. This

indicator shows that the economic conditions in the are not good.

They require livelihood opportunities to upgrade their economic status and fulfil basic needs.

Due to the implemention of proposed expansion project of M/s. SUNVIK STEEL PVT. LTD. will

certainly have some direct / indirect employment to the local people based on the qualification

and will also provide training opportunity for self-employment generation.





7.41

7.3.8 INTERPRETATION ON SOCIO-ECONOMIC STUDY

S.No. Impact Parameter Predicted Impacts Budget Allocation / Remark Positive Negative

1 Human Settlement No displacement of people or habitations would occur.

Nil ----

2 Livelihoods No loss of existing livelihoods. Direct or indirect is expected to occur.

Additional non agricultural livelihood opportunities are expected both directly and as spinoffs.

A moderate influx of people in project construction and operation phases.

Priority will be given local people in employment

3 Employment Generation

No loss of existing employment due to the proposed project is expected.

Creation of additional employment for about 150 skilled, semi-skilled & unskilled workers during project operation.

Indirect employment to about 300 persons as a sequel to income multiplie effect and induced growth during construction & operation phases of the project.

Majority of them will be local women and youth.

Nil ----

4 Incomes and Revenues

Improvement of money incomes of locals engaged in tertiary businesses by an average 8 % through induced spending.

Improved tax revenues of Gram Panchayat.

The successful commissioning and running of the proposed plant will attract more industrial investments which in turn will benefit the society and the nation.

Nil ----





7.42

5 Demographics The population levels of the neighbouring villages are not likely to change in any significant manner.

The lifestyles of people are expected to improve in tune with the rise in incomes and improvement in infrastructure facilities.

The skill sets of the local residents are expected to improve in keeping with the emerging employment opportunities.

Nil ---

6 Community Health Health of people residing in all the three impact zones is not likely to be impacted adversely considering the nature of emissions and the state of the art air pollution control systems planned.

If effective systems are not adopted for Air emission control & Solid waste disposal, it may raise community health issues.

Budget of Rs. 47 Crores has been earmarked for Environment Protection measures.

7 Physical Infrastructure

Road and power network in the area is expected to be strengthened as a sequel to industrial development around.

If major Increase in vehicular traffic may lead to higher incidence of road accidents.

---

8 Social Infrastructure

Improvement in housing stock and educational facilities could be expected in the long run as industrialization in the area gains acceleration.

Increased pressure on residential accommodation, water supply and sanitation in the neighborhood during construction phase due to influx of workers.

---





7.43

7.4 RISK ASSESSMENT [Gen. TOR # 7 (xiii)]

7.4.1 INTRODUCTION

Risk analysis deals with the identification and quantification of risks, the plant equipments and

personnel are exposed to, due to accidents resulting from the hazards present in the factory.

Hazard analysis involves the identification and quantification of the various hazards that are

likely to occur in the industry.

Both hazard and risk analysis are very extensive studies, and require a very detailed design and

engineering information.

The various hazard analysis techniques that may be applied are Hazard and Operability (HAZOP)

studies, Fault - Tree Analysis (FTA), event –tree analysis and, failure and effects mode analysis.

Risk analysis follows an extensive hazard analysis. It involves the identification and assessment

of risks the neighboring populations are exposed to as a result of hazards present. This requires

a through knowledge of failure probability, credible accident scenario, vulnerability of

populations etc. Much of these information’s are difficult to get or generate. Consequently, the

risk analysis is oftenly confined to maximum creditable accident studies.

7.4.2 SCOPE OF THE STUDY

The scope of study includes the study of proposed operations, storage and handling of raw

materials with respect to Hazard Identification. Risk Assessment and preparation of Disaster

Management plan. Based on the Hazard Identification and analysis, the major disaster scenarios

would be worked out to estimate the consequence of failure. A Disaster Management Plan

(DMP) would also be evolved to meet the emergency situation including the occupational

health and safety.

7.4.3 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM

The following Fire Protection system will be provided in the plant.

Hydrant system covering the entire plant including all important auxiliaries and

buildings. The system will be complete with piping, valves, instrumentation, hoses,

nozzles and hydrants, etc.

Sprinkler system for cable galleries / vaults / spreader room etc.





7.44

High velocity water system for FO storage tanks.

Portable fire extinguishers such as pressurized water type, carbon dioxide type and foam

type will be located at strategic locations through out the plant.

Modular type carbon dioxide panel injection fire extinguishing system will be provided in

control equipment room, cable space below control room and at other unmanned

electrical and electronic equipment room.

The following pumps will be provided in the fire protection system.

Fire water pumps:

(Fire water reservoir is part of the main water reservoir)

a) AC motor driven fire water pumps for hydrant, medium velocity water spray system and

foam system.

b) AC motor driven fire water pumps for high velocity water spray system.

c) Diesel engine driven pump as stand by for the above.

d) AC motor driven Jackey pump 1 No. for maintaining pressure.

Suitable number of electric motor driven and diesel engine operated hydrant and spray pumps

with automatic starting will be provided for the above systems. The fire water pumps will take

suction from the fire water reservoir to be created in the plant area.

7.4.4 METHODOLOGY OF MCA ANALYSIS

The MCA Analysis involved ordering and ranking of various sections in terms of potential

vulnerability. The following steps were involved in MCA Analysis.

Preparation of an inventory of major storages and rank them on the basis of their hazardous

properties.

Identification of potentially hazardous storage sections and representative failure cases

from the vessels and the pipelines.

Visualization of chemical release scenarios.

Effect and damage calculation from the release cases through mathematical modeling.

Inventory Analysis and Fire & Explosion and Toxicity Index (FETI) are the two techniques

employed for hazard identification process.





7.45

7.4.5 FIRE & EXPLOSION AND TOXICITY INDEX

The role of Fire & Explosion Index (FEI) aids quantitative hazard identification. The FEI is

calculated by evaluating the loss potential of all the units in the storage area and the hazardous

areas are classified accordingly. The FEI plays an important role in

Identification of the equipment/areas that could likely contribute to the creation or

escalation of incident and relative ranking of the incidents.

Quantification of the expected damage of potential fire and explosion incidents.

Preparation of guidelines for mitigating fire hazards.

The loss potential which could actually be experienced under the most adverse operating

conditions is quantitatively evaluated. The FEI is used for any operation in which a flammable,

combustible or reactive material is stored, handled or processed.

FEI = MF * GPH * SPH

Where MF : Material factor

GPH : General Process Hazard

SPH : Special Process Hazard

TOXICITY INDEX

The Toxicity Index is calculated using the the following formula.

(Nh + Ts) * (1 + GPH + SPH)

TI = -------------------------------------------

100

Where Nh:

Ts:

GPH: General Process Hazard

SPH: Special Process Hazard

7.4.6 ASSESSMENT OF RISK AT SUNVIK STEEL PVT. LTD. [Gen. TOR # 3 (ix)]

Based on the storage inventory the following areas are identified as potential safety risk areas,

shown in table 7.1





7.46

TABLE 7.4.1

POSSIBLE HAZARDS FROM THE PROPOSED EXPANSION PROJECT & MITIGATION MEASURES

Equipment Process Potential Hazard

Proposed Mitigation Measures

Sponge Iron Kiln Reduction of Iron Ore

Falling of Hot Mass & Dust

• Ensuring before opening the kiln bottom door, first clean the inner surface of the stack cap, such that the dust particle and hard clinkers which deposited in the cap is fallen into the DSC.

• Ensure before opening the DSC bottom door to check the DSC bar position and condition and to clean if big block of castables or any hard clinkers which is blocking the dust flow passage to wet scrapper chute.

• Ensure to clean the dust by opening the man hole provided in the chute and check the spiking rods and the screen. In built safety system is provided in the construction of furnace with suitable refractory walls.

• Allow the wet scrapper to run to remove the sludge, then open the drain pipe of the wet scrapper, which is located at bottom on either side, pour sufficient water to clean the sludge and the slurry dust to flow through drain pipe.

• Ensure to stop the wet scrapper and open the top plate to check the alignment, weak and tear of the plates and take necessary precaution against the excessive worn out plate.


Air emission Adequately designed ESP and other Air Pollution control systems will be provided with interlock to the kiln feeding system in order to prevent by passing of emissions through safety cap and also during non operation of ESP or any other pollution control devices.

MBF

Cranes Lifting of heavy Physical hazard • Area of operation of cranes,





7.47

loads at elevated heights

elevated platforms should not cross above worker & preassembly areas.

• Material & product handling shall remain within the restricted zone under suspension.

• Regular maintenance & repairing of cranes, electrical and transport equipment

Cooling spray zone & continuous casting

Potential contact with hot metal, hot water

Fatigue & dehydration

• Shield surface where close contact with hot equipment (or) splashing from hot materials is expected.

• Implementation of safety buffer zones to separate areas where hot materials are handled or stored temporarily.

• implementation of work rotation, providing regular work breaks, access to cool rest areas with drinking water.

• Use of PPE (insulated gloves, shoes, goggles, protective clothing, etc)

MBF top, casthouse near to tueyer, GCP, Burners of stoves

Uncontrolled combustion of fuel and air mixture

Difficulty in breathing, unconsciousness

• Avoid the formation of explosive mixture by purging the gas main with steam

• Prevent the suction of air in the gas main aked lights must not be used near any de-pressurized gas mains unless the same have been thoroughly purged

• It is prohibited to have source of ignition near gas valves, gas line joints.

• In case of furnace going down for the repair, gas pipes to the furnace should be disconnected wherever possible and water seal on blank plates should be inserted into the mains

Furnace Handling of liquid metal may result in explosion .if humidity is trapped in enclosed spaces

Fire & Explosion hazard

• Ensure complete dryness of materials prior to contact with liquid steel.

• Design will be such that adequate separation of flammable gas, oxygen pipelines, combustible materials and liquids from hot areas, source of ignition such as electrical panels





7.48

Induction furnace

IF Converts charge into hot metal

Re-circulating water may come in contact with molten hot metal leading to spurting of metal or under extreme conditions explosion may also occur.

In built safety system is provided in the construction of furnace with suitable refractory walls.

Charging materials being rusty and moisturized which may lead to spurting of metal

This may occur if raw materials are stored in open. However, raw material in the proposed steel plant will be covered

Presence of oil and grease and other impurities, which may lead to unexpected fires.

Fuel supply into the furnace will be regulated and will be controlled by PLC systems.

Power plant

Turbine Convert pressure in the flue gas into Mechanical Energy

Mechanical & Fire Hazards Noise

Layout of Equipment / Machinery will be in accordance to factory and electrical inspectorate. Acoustic enclosure to Turbine

Generator Convert Mechanical energy into electrical energy

Mechanical & Fire Hazards a) Lube Oil System b) Cable galleries c) Short circuits

Layout of Equipment / Machinery will be in accordance to factory and electrical inspectorate

Noise • Acoustic enclosure • Isolated panel rooms • Special foundation with vibration

absorbers

Power Transformers

---- Fire and explosion

Automatic fire fighting system will be provided. Isolated with fencing and restricted entry.

Switch Yard transformer Fire All electrical fittings and cables are provided





7.49

Switch Yard control room

Fire in cable galleries and switch

as per the specified standards.

Coal storage shed Storage of coal for 10 days requirement.

Fire and spontaneous combustion

Coal storage yard will be continuously sprinkled with water with garden type sprinklers.

Coal handling bunkers

---- Fire and dust explosions

Continuous water sprinkling

Compressor House

Plant operation Governor failure due to the failure of pins and springs leading to opening of safety valves

The design precautions of safety will be followed in manufacture and erection of compressors.

Coal storage yard Coal dust is combustible

Explosion Hazard

• Coal storage shall be minimised • Coal piles shall not be located above

heat sources such as steam lines. • motors. • All mechanical & electrical

equipment inside the coal storage area shall be approved for use in hazardous locations and provided with spark proof.

STG, draft fans, soot blowing from boiler, ventillation pipes

Noise generated due to operation of STG, working of fans, ventilation system,

Noise hazard • Acoustic enclosures will be provided to STG.

• Enclose fans, insulating ventilation pipes

• use of dampeners.

HFO storage area LDO storage area FO storage area

MS tanks 1 x 50 m3 1 x 25 m3 2 x 25 m3

Fire & explosion Precautions as per TAC and OISD will be implemented.

Failure of APCS DUST / SMOKE Air emission • Emergency alarm to be given to Villagers.

• Intorlocking system will be provide to APCS.

• Water sprinkling arrangements

Pellet Plant

Raw material storage

Spillage of wet bentonite may lead to slip

Head injury / Broken bones

• Immediate barrier will be placed and warning signage around spillage area

• Training to the workers

Balling & Mixing Dust generation during running of

Lung disorders • Personal respiratory equipments will be provided to the workers at work





7.50

loading circuit place. • Exhaust ventilation system will be

provided

Control Measures for Coal Storage Yard

The entire quantity of coal will be stored in separate stack piles, with proper drains around to

collect washouts during the monsoon. Water sprinkling system will be installed in and around

the stocks of pile to prevent spontaneous combustion and consequent fire hazards. The stack

geometry will be adopted to maintain minimum exposure of stock pile areas towards

predominant wind direction. Temperature will be monitored regularly to detect any abnormal

rise in temperature inside the stock pile to be enabled to control the same.

7.4.7 RISK & CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS OF FIRE

The principle objective of this study is to identify the potential hazards, estimate the effects of

hazards to people both with in and outside the plant premises.

Identification of possible failure cases of the facilities which might affect the population

and property within the plant boundary.

Assessment of consequential effect on surrounding population, property etc., due to

onset of such failures.

Suggest recommendations based on consequence analysis relevant to the situations.

7.4.7.1 METHODOLOGY

The hazards expected from this plant include the pool fire situation due to the leakage of HFO,

LDO & FO from the storage tanks. There will be two Nos. of FO storage tanks each of 25 m3

capacity, one No. of storage tank for HFO with a capacity of 50 m3 & one No. of storage tank for

LDO with a capacity of 25 m3. The tanks, made of Mild steel, will be provided with dyke. The

most credible failure is due to the rupture of the pipe connecting the storage tank. The worst

case can be assumed as when the entire contents leak out into the dyke forming a pool, which

may catch fire after getting source of ignition.

HFO, LDO & FO STORAGE TANK - POOL FIRE SCENARIO

The maximum quantity of HFO, LDO & FO stored at site will be 1 x 50m3, 1 x 25 m3 & 2 x 25 m3

capacity respectively. In the event of oil spillage through a small leakage or due to rupture of





7.51

pipeline connecting the tank fire will follow after getting ignition source. As the tanks are

provided with dyke, the fire will be confined within the dyke. Threshold limit for first degree

burns is 4.5 kw/m2. Based on these results it may be concluded that the vulnerable zone in

which the thermal fluxes above the threshold limit for first degree burns (4.5 kw/m2) is

restricted to 26 m.

The hazard distances for various radiation intensities are shown in table 7.2

TABLE 7.2

HAZARD DISTANCES (Four Tanks on fire - scenario)

HFO Quantity: 1 x 50 m3

LDO Quantity: 1 x 25 m3

FO Quantity: 2 x 25 m3

Radiation intensity Hazard Distances

37.5 kw/m2 (100% lethality) 4 m



4.5 kw/m2 (1st degree burns) 26 m

The hazard distances for Thermal radiation are confined to the plant premises only. Hence

there will not be any thermal radiation impact on outside the population due to the pool fire

scenario. The thick green belt to be developed will help to further mitigate the radiation

intensity level outside plant boundary.

7.5 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN

7.5.1 DISASTERS

A disaster is catastrophic situation in which suddenly, people are plunged into helplessness and

suffering and as a result need protection, clothing, shelter, medical and social care and other

necessities of life.

Disasters can be divided into two main groups. The first group includes those disasters which

result from natural phenomena like earthquakes, volcanic eruptions, cyclones, tropical storms,

floods, avalanches, landslides etc. The second group includes disastrous events occasioned by

humans, or by their impact upon the environment. Examples are industrial accidents, radiation

accidents, factory fires, explosions, escape of toxic gases or chemical substances from an





7.52

industrial unit, river pollution, mining or other structural collapses; air, sea, rail and road

transport accidents. These disastrous events can reach catastrophic dimensions in terms of

human loss.

There can be no set criteria for assessing the gravity of a disaster because it depends, to a large

extent, on the physical, economic and social environment in which it occurs. What would be

considered a major disaster in developing country, equipped to cope with the problems

involved, may not mean more than temporary emergency elsewhere. However, all disasters

bring in their wake similar consequences that call for immediate action, whether at the local,

national or international level, for the rescue and relief of the victims. This includes the search

for the dead and injured, medical and social care, removal of the debris, the provision of

temporary shelter for the homeless, food, clothing and medical supplies and the rapid re-

establishment of essential services.

7.5.2 OBJECTIVES OF DISASTER MANAGEMENT OF PLAN

The disaster Management Plan is aimed to ensure safety of life, protection of environment,

protection of installation, restoration of production and salvage operations in this same order

of priorities. Effective implementation of Disaster Management Plan will be ensured by its wide

circulation among the staff and workers and training of the personnel through rehearsals.

The Disaster Management Plan would reflect the probable consequential severity of undesired

event due to deteriorating conditions or through knock on effects. Further the management

should be able to demonstrate that their assessment of the consequences uses good supporting

evidence and based on currently available and reliable information, incident data from internal

and external sources and if necessary the reports of out side agencies.

To tackle the consequences of a major emergency inside the factory or immediate vicinity of

the factory, a Plan has to be formulated and this emergency plan is called Disaster Management

Plan.

The objective of the Industrial Disaster Management Plan is to make use of the combined

resources of the Plant and the outside services to achieve the following:

Pool fire scenario due to HFO/LDO/FO storage

Minimize damage to the property and the environment.





7.53

Effect the rescue and medical treatment of victims.

Fulfill the needs of relatives.

Provide authoritative information to news media.

Secure the safe rehabilitation of affected areas.

Safeguard other people.

Initially contain and then ultimately bring the situation under the control.

Preserve subsequent records and equipment for subsequent enquiry of the cause and

circumstances leading to emergency.

7.5.3 EMERGENCIES

7.5.3.1 GENERAL EMERGENCIES ANTICIPATED:

The emergencies that could be envisaged in the Plant are as follows:

Pool fire scenario at HFO/LDO/FO storage tanks.

Contamination of food / water.

Sabotage / social disorder.

Structural failures.

Slow isolated fires.

7.5.3.2 SPECIFIC EMERGENCIES ANTICIPATED

During the study of risk assessment, the probabilities of occurrence of hazards are worked out

along with the nature of damage. This is the reason why one should study risk assessment in

conjunction with DMP.

7.5.3.3 EMERGENCY ORGANISATION

It is recommended to setup an Emergency Organization. A senior executive who has control

over the affairs of the Plant would be heading the Emergency Organization. He would be

designated as Site Controller. In the case of stores, utilities, open areas which are the not under

the control of production heads, executive responsible for maintenance of utilities would be

designated as Incident Controller. All the Incident Controllers would be reporting to the Site

Controller.





7.54

Each Incident Controller organizes a team responsible for controlling the incident with the

personnel under his control. Shift in-charge would be the Reporting Officer, who would report

the incident to the Incident Controller.

Emergency Coordinators would be appointed who would undertake the responsibilities like fire

fighting, rescue, rehabilitation, transport and support services. For this purposes, Security in-

charge, staff of the Personnel Department/ Essential services would be engaged. All these

personnel would be designated as key personnel.

In each shift, electrical supervisor, pump house incharge and other maintenance staff would be

drafted for emergency operations. In the event of Power communication system failure, some

of staff members in the office/ Plant offices would be drafted and their services would be

utilised as messengers for quick passing of communications. All these personnel would be

declared as essential personnel.

7.5.3.4 EMERGENCY COMMUNICATION

Whosoever notices an emergency situation such as fire, growth of fire, leakage etc. would

inform his immediate superior and Emergency Control Center. The person on duty in the

Emergency Control Centre would appraise the site controller. Site controller verifies the

situation from the Incident Controller of that area or the shift incharge and takes a decision

about implementing on Site Emergency Plan. This would be communicated to all the Incident

Controllers and Emergency Coordinators. Simultaneously, the emergency warning system

would be activated on the instructions of the Site Controller.

7.5.3.5 EMERGENCY RESPONSIBILITIES

The responsibilities of the key personnel are appended below

7.5.3.5.1 SITE CONTROLLER

On receiving information about emergency, he would rush to Emergency Control Centre (ECC)

and take the charge of ECC and the situation. He would assess the magnitude of the situation in

consultation with the incident controller and decide:

Whether affected area needs to be evacuated.

Whether personnel who are at assembly points need to be evacuated.

Declares Emergency and orders for operation of emergency siren.





7.55

Organizes announcement by public address system about location of emergency.

Assesses the areas which are likely to be affected, and need to be evacuated or alerted.

Maintains a continuous review of possible development and assesses the overall situation

to decide whether shutting down of any section or whole of the Plant is required.

Directs personnel of rescue, rehabilitation, transport, fire brigade, medical and other

designated mutual support systems, locally available, for meeting emergencies.

Controls evacuation of affected areas. If the situation is likely to go out of control or effects

are likely to go beyond the premises of the factory, informs to District Emergency Authority,

Police, and Hospital and seeks their intervention and help.

Informs Inspector of factories, Deputy Chief Inspector of factories, KSPCB and other

statutory authorities.

Gives public statement, if necessary.

Keeps record of chronological events and prepares an investigation report and preserves

the evidences.

After managing the emergent situation and binging the normalcy at the work place, he makes

an statement accordingly

7.5.3.5.2 INCIDENT CONTROLLER

Assembles the incident control team.

Directs operations within the affected areas with the priorities for safety to personnel,

minimizes damage to the plant, property and environment and minimizes the loss of

materials.

Directs the shutting down and evacuation of Plant and areas likely to be adversely

affected by the emergency.

Ensures that all-key personnel help is sought.

Provides advice and information to the Fire and Security officer and the local Fire

Services as and when they arrive.

Ensures that all non-essential workers / staff of the effected areas evacuated to the

appropriate assembly points and the areas are searched for victims, if any

Understands the need for preservation of evidence so as to facilitate any enquiry into

the cause and circumstances, which resulted or escalated the emergency.





7.56

Coordinates with emergency services at the site.

Provides tools and safety equipments to the team members.

Keeps in touch with the team and advise them regarding the method of control to be

used.

Keeps the Site Controller informed continuously about the progress being made?

7.5.3.5.3 EMERGENCY COORDINATOR - RESCUE, FIRE FIGHTING

Rushes to Emergency Control Centre after knowing about the emergency.

Helps the Incident Controller in containment of the emergency.

Ensures fire pumps in operating conditions and instructs pump house operator to be

ready for any emergency.

Guides the fire fighting crew i.e. Firemen, trained Plant personnel and security staff.

Organizes shifting the fire fighting facilities to the emergency site, if required.

Takes guidance of the Incident Controller for fire fighting as well as assesses the

requirements of outside help.

Arranges the traffic control at the gate and the incident area.

Directs the security staff to the incident site to take part in the emergency operations

under his guidance and supervision.

Evacuates the people in the Plant or in the near by areas as advised by site controller.

Searches for any casualties and arranges proper aid for them.

Assembles search and evacuation team.

Decides paths for the workers evacuating the site

Maintains law and order in the area, and if necessary seeks the help of police and local

administration.

Arranges safety tools/equipments for the members of his team.

7.5.3.5.4 EMERGENCY COORDINATOR - MEDICAL, MUTUAL AID, REHABILITATION, TRANSPORT AND

COMMUNICATION

The event of failure of electric supply and there by internal telephone, sets up

communication point and establishes contact with the Emergency Control Center (ECC)

in the event of failure of electric supply and communication network.





7.57

Organizes medical treatment to the injured and if necessary, will shift them to nearby

hospitals.

Mobilizes extra medical help from outside, if necessary

Keeps a list of qualified first aid providers of the factory and seek their assistance.

Maintains first aid and medical emergency requirements.

Makes sure that all safety equipments are made available to the emergency team.

Assists Site Controller with necessary data and coordinates the emergency activities.

Assists Site Controller in updating emergency plan.

Maintains liaison with Civil Administration.

Ensures availability of canteen facilities and maintenance of rehabilitation centre.

Remains in liaison with Site Controller / Incident Controller.

Ensures availability of necessary cash for rescue / rehabilitation and emergency

expenditure.

Controls rehabilitation of affected areas at the end of emergency.

Makes available diesel/petrol for transport vehicles engaged in emergency operation.

7.5.3.5.5 EMERGENCY COORDINATOR – ESSENTIAL SERVICES

He would assist Site Controller and Incident Controller

Maintains essential services like Diesel Generator, Water, Fire Water, Compressed Air /

Instrument Air, Power Supply for lighting.

Plans alternate facilities in the event of Power failure, to maintain essential services such

as lighting, etc.

Organizes separate electrical connections for all utilities and during emergency ensures

that the essential services and utilities are not affected.

Gives necessary instructions regarding emergency electrical supply, isolation of certain

sections etc to shift incharges and electricians.

Ensures availability of adequate quantities of protective equipments and other

emergency materials, spares etc.





7.58

7.5.3.5.6 GENERAL RESPONSIBILITIES OF EMPLOYEES DURING AN EMERGENCY

When an emergency warning is raised, the workers, if they are incharge of any process

equipment, should adopt safe and emergency shut down and attend any prescribed duty as an

essential employee. If no such responsibility has been assigned, he should adopt a safe course

to assembly point and await instructions. He should not resort to spread panic. On the other

hand, he must assist emergency personnel towards objectives of DMP.

7.5. 3.6. EMERGENCY FACILITIES

7.5.3.6.1 EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTRE

During the emergency, the office block would function as Emergency Control Centre. It would

have external Telephone & Fax facility. All the Incident Controllers, Officers, senior personnel

would be available there.

The following information and equipments will be provided at the ECC.

Intercom, telephone

Fire suit / gas tight goggles / gloves / helmets

Factory layout, emergency site plan

Emergency lamp / torchlight

Plan indicating locations of hazardous inventories, Plant control room, sources of

safety equipment, work road plan, assembly points, rescue locations, vulnerable

zones, escape routes.

Hazard chart

Self-contained breathing apparatus

Hand tools, wind direction, wind velocity indications

Public Address Megaphone, Hand bell, Telephone directories (Internal and P&T).

Address with telephone numbers of key personnel, Emergency coordinator.

Important addresses, telephone numbers of experts from outside, government

agencies, neighboring industries etc.

Emergency shut down procedures.

Nominal roll of employees.





7.59

7.5.3.6.2 EMERGENCY POWER SUPPLY

Plant facilities would be connected to Diesel Generator and would be placed in auto mode.

7.5.3.6.3 FIRE FIGHTING FACILITIES

First Aid and Fire Fighting equipment suitable for emergency should be maintained as per

statutory requirements/ TAC Regulations. Fire hydrant line covering major areas would be laid.

It would be maintained at 6 kg / sq.cm. pressure.

7.5.3.6.4 LOCATION OF WIND SOCK

On the top of production block and on the top of administrative block wind socks would be

installed to indicate direction of wind during emergency period.

7.5.3.6.5 EMERGENCY MEDICAL FACILITIES

Gas masks and general first aid materials for dealing with chemical burns, fire burns etc. would

be maintained in the medical centre as well as in the emergency control room. Private medical

practitioners help would be sought. Government hospital would be approached for emergency

help.

Apart from Plant first aid facilities, external facilities would be augmented. Names of Medical

Personnel, Medical facilities in Tumkur & Bangalore city would be prepared and updated.

Necessary specific medicines for emergency treatment of burnt patients and for those affected

by toxicity would be maintained.

Breathing apparatus and other emergency medical equipment would be provided and

maintained. The help of nearby industrial managements in this regard would also be taken on

mutual support basis.

7.5.3.7 EMERGENCY ACTIONS

7.5.3.7.1 EMERGENCY WARNING

Communication of emergency would be made familiar to the personnel inside the plant and

people outside. An emergency warning system would be established.

7.5.3.7.2 EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN

There are number of facilities which can be provided to help in dealing with hazardous

conditions. The suggested arrangements are





7.60

Stop feed

Deluge contents

Remove heat

Transfer contents

Methods of removing additional heat include removal by the normal cooling arrangements or

by the use of an emergency cooling system. Cooling facilities which vaporizes liquid may be

particularly effective, since a big increase in vaporization can be obtained by reducing pressure.

7.5.3.7.3 EVACUATION OF PERSONNEL

The area would have adequate number of exits and staircases. In the event of an emergency,

unrelated personnel have to escape to assembly point. Operators have to take emergency

shutdown procedure and escape. Time office maintains a copy of deployment of employees in

each shift at Emergency Communication Centre. If necessary, persons can be evacuated by

rescue teams.

7.5.3.7.4 ALL CLEAR SIGNAL

At the end of emergency, after discussing with Incident Controllers and Emergency

Coordinators, the site controller orders an all clear signal.

7.6 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SURVEILLANCE [Gen. TOR # 8 (i)]

There is no report on prevalent diseases to the employees in existing plant. The area has good

medical facilities. M/s. SSPL will provide a Primary Health Centre at the plant with Ambulance

facility.

Large industries where multifarious activities are involved during construction, erection, testing,

commissioning, operation and maintenance, the men, materials and machines are the basic

inputs. Along with the booms, the industrialization generally brings several problems related

with health and safety of the workmen.

7.6.1 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH

Occupational health needs attention both during construction and operation phases. However,

the problem varies both in magnitude and variety in the above phases.





7.61

7.6.2 CONSTRUCTION & ERECTION

The occupational health problems envisaged at this stage can mainly be due to constructional

activities and noise.

To overcome these hazards, in addition to arrangements required to reduce it within TLV'S,

personnel protective equipments should also be supplied to workers.

7.6.3 OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

The working personnel would be given the following appropriate personnel protective

equipments.

Industrial Safety helmets

Crash helmets

Face shield with replacement acrylic vision

Zero power plain goggles with cut type filters on both ends

Zero power goggles with cut type filters on both sides and blue colour glasses

Welders equipment for eye and face protection

Cylindrical type earplug

Ear plugs

Canister gas masks

Self contained breathing apparatus

Leather apron

Boiler suit

Safety belt / line man's safety belt

Leather hand gloves

Asbestos hand gloves

Canvas cum leather hand gloves with leather palm

Industrial safety shoes with steel toe

Electrical safety shoes without steel toe and gum boots

7.6.4 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH

Significant Occupational Health & Safety Hazards

A. Fall Hazard





7.62

B. Fire Hazard

C. Electrical Hazards

D. Mechanical Hazards

E. Chemical Hazards

F. Occupational Health Hazards

Anticipated Occupational & Safety Hazards

Heat Stress & Stroke

Physical activity

Extremes of age, poor physical condition, fatigue

Excessive clothing

Dehydration

Cardiovascular disease

Skin disorders

Dust Exposure

Metallic dust exposure

Noise

Illumination

Burns and shocks due electricity

Note: The air and water samples at the site revealed that Arsenic is Below Detectable Level.

Hence Arsenicosis Management Plan is not envisaged.

The health of workers can be protected by adopting the following measures:


Proper Designing of building, Work area.

Relaxation facilities to workers in working in furnace are in separate rooms with

good ventilation & air circulation. This will help in relieving of thermal stress.

Good Housekeeping practices

Well engineered ventilation & exhaust system

Enclosure

Isolation of specific areas





7.63

Enforcement of usage of Personal Protective Devices.

Regular Work Environment Monitoring

Statistical Monitoring

Working hours

Rotation of employees in specific areas to avoid continuous exposure

Frequency of Periodical Examination:

For employees <30 Years once in five years

Between 31-50 Years once in four years

Between 41-50 Years once in two years

Above >50 years once a year

Personal Protective Devices and Measures


Crash helmets


Zero power goggles with cut type filters on both sides and blue color glasses


Ear muffs

Canister gas masks


Leather apron


Leather hand gloves





Protective clothing etc.

Plan of pre-placement and periodical health status of workers:

Pre-employment check up will be made mandatory and following test will be conducted:





7.64

Plan of evaluation of health of workers

Chest x rays

Audiometry

Spirometry

Vision testing (Far & Near vision, color vision and any other ocular defect)

ECG

Haemogram (examination of the blood)

Urine (Routine and Microscopic)

Complete physical examination

Musculo-skeletal disorders (MSD)

Backache

Pain in minor and major joints

Fatigue, etc.

Medical records of each employee will be maintained separately and will be updated

as per finding during monitoring. Age, sex wise, department wise data on the above

parameters will be maintained and submitted to the ministry.

Medical records of the employee at the end of his / her term will be updated.

List of equipment for Occupational Health Monitoring

ECG

Analytical Pan Balance

Dust Sampling devices

Heat stress monitoring device (Personal)

Spectrophotometer

Noise Monitoring device (dosimeter)

Spiro meter

Audiometric device

Vision screener

Budget for Occupational Health & Safety

Capital cost of Rs. 4.5 Crores & recurring cost of about Rs. 25 Lakhs /Annum will be allocated

for will be allocated for Occupational Health & Fire Safety Systems.





7.65

7.7 SAFETY PLAN

Safety of both men and materials during construction and operation phases is of great concern.

The preparedness of an industry for the occurrence of possible disasters is known as emergency

plan. The disaster in Project is possible due to collapse of structures and fire / explosion etc.

The details of fire fighting equipments to be installed are given below:

Carbon dioxide type

Foam type

DCP type

Soda acid type

Fire buckets

Fire hydrants

Keeping in view the safety requirement during construction, operation and maintenance

phases, Sunvik Steel Pvt. Ltd. has formulated safety policy with the following regulations.

To take steps to ensure that all known safety factors are taken into account in the design,

construction, operation and maintenance of Plants, machinery and equipment.

To allocate sufficient resources to maintain safe and healthy conditions of work.

To ensure that adequate safety instructions are given to all employees.

To provide where ever necessary protective equipment, safety appliances and clothing

and to ensure their proper use.

To inform employees about materials, equipments or processes used in their work which

are known to be potentially hazardous to health and safety.

To keep all operations and methods of work under regular review for making necessary

changes from the safety point of view in the light of experience and up to date

knowledge.

To provide appropriate facilities for first aid and prompt treatment of injuries and illness

at work.

To provide appropriate instructions, training and supervision to employee’s health and

safety, first aid and to ensure that adequate publicity is given to these matters.

To ensure proper implementation of fire preventive methods and an appropriate fire

fighting service along with training facilities for personnel involved in this service.





7.66

To publish / notify regulations, instructions and notices in the common language of

employees.

To prepare separate safety rules for each type of process involved.

To ensure regular safety inspection by a competent person at suitable intervals of all

buildings, equipments, work places and operations.

7.7.1 SAFETY ORGANISATION

7.7.1.1 CONSTRUCTION AND ERECTION PHASE

A highly qualified and experienced safety officer will be appointed. The responsibilities of the

safety officer include identification of the hazardous conditions and unsafe acts of workers and

advice on corrective actions, conduct safety audit, organize training programmes and provide

professional expert advice on various issues related to occupational safety and health. In

addition to employment of safety officer, every contractor, whose employees will be more than

250, would also be asked to employ one safety officer to ensure safety of the workers in

accordance with the conditions of the contract.

7.7.1.2 OPERATION & MAINTENANCE PHASE

After the completion of construction, the posting of safety officer would be in accordance with

the requirements of Factories Act and he will be assigned the duties and responsibilities

accordingly.

7.7.1.3 SAFETY CIRCLE

In order to fully develop the capabilities of the employees in identification of hazardous

processes and improving safety and health, safety circles would be constituted in each area of

work. The circle would consist of 5-6 employees from that area. The circle would normally meet

for about an hour every week.

7.7.2 SAFETY TRAINING

A full fledged training centre will be established at Sunvik Steel Pvt. Ltd. Safety training will be

provided by the safety officers with the assistance of faculty members called from professional

safety institutions and universities. In addition to regular employees, limited contractor labours





7.67

will also given safety training. To create safety awareness safety films will be shown to workers

and leaflets etc. will be distributed.

7.7.3 HEALTH AND SAFETY MONITORING PLAN

All the potential occupational hazardous work places will be monitored regularly. The health of

employees working in these areas will be monitored once in a year

7.9 R & R ACTION PLAN

There is no habitation in the proposed site. Hence no Rehabilitation & Resettlement Action Plan

will be required.





8.1

CHAPTER – 8

PROJECT BENEFITS

8.1 PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE

Once the proposed activity is commissioned, the socio-economic status of the local people will

improve and there by infrastructure facilities like communication systems will improve.

8.2 SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE

With the implementation of the proposed plant, the socio-economic status of the local people

will improve substantially. The land rates in the area will improve in the nearby areas due to

the proposed activity. This will help in upliftment of the social status of the people in the area.

Educational institutions will also come-up and will lead to improvement of educational status

of the people in the area. Primary health and medical facilities will certainly improve due to

the proposed plant.

8.3 EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL [Gen. TOR # 3 (vii)]

The proposed plant creates employment to 300 people during construction and 150 people

during operation of the proposed expansion.

8.3.1 SKILLED

Total skilled employment in the proposed plant will be 30.

8.3.2 SEMI-SKILLED

Total Semi-skilled employment in the proposed plant will be 50. Priority will be given to local

people for semi-skilled jobs.

8.3.3 UNSKILLED

Total Unskilled employment in the proposed plant will be 70. Top priority will be given to local

people for unskilled jobs.

8




8.2

8.4 SOCIO-ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENTAL ACTIVITIES PROPOSED [Spec. ToR No. V & Gen. TOR # 11 (i)]

[Corporate Environment Responsibility (CER)]

SUNVIK STEEL PVT. LTD. will be actively contributing to improve the Socio-economic conditions of the area by providing assistance for local

persons preferable from the nearby villages. The continuing commitment by business to behave ethically and contribute to economic

development while improve the quality of life of workforce and their families as well as that of the local community and society at large.

Details of expenditure for CER activities

Total cost of the expansion project : Rs. 550 Crores

Budget earmarked towards CER as per Ministry’s Office Memorandum vide F.No. 22-65/2017-IA.III dated 1st May 2018.

Work out to : Rs. 4.25 Crores

Spent over in no. of years : 7 years

Table No. 8.4.1: BREAKUP OF BUDGET ALLOCATED FOR CER ACTIVITIES

S.No. Major Activity Heads Years (Rs. in Lakhs) Total Expenditure (Rs. In Lakhs) 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th

A Based on Social Impact Assessment (SIA)

1 Community & Infrastructure Development Programmes (Laying of Roads, Providing Street lights, drainage facilities)

20 20 20 20 10 10 10 110

2 for Health & Hygiene of the community (Medical Camps, Mineral Water plants, construction toilets in villages, PHC, additional Ambulance facility, Distribution of Medicines

15 15 15 15 10 10 10 90




8.3

S.No. Major Activity Heads Years (Rs. in Lakhs) Total Expenditure (Rs. In Lakhs) 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th

etc.

3 for Education & Sports (Merit Scholarships, Rennovation of class rooms in schools, providing computers in class rooms, development of library facility, Sponsering for Sport activities, Sport kits etc.

5 4 4 4 4 4 4 29

4 Borewells / RWH pits / Greenbelt Development in nearby villages / deepening of Ponds

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 21

B Based on Public Consultation

1 Repairs & maintenance of damaged Roads 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 70

2 Vocational Training Institute / Computer / IT Training Centre for improving computer knowledge and making Industry ready.

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 70

3 Financial support only to farmers in Jodidevarahalli Village & providing Fertilizers to improve the soil supplements such as N,P,K.

5 5 5 5 5 5 5 35

Total 68 67 67 67 52 52 52 425





9.1

CHAPTER – 9

ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS

No specific TOR has been stipulated regarding Cost benefit analysis.

All the required environmental protection measures will be implemented in the

proposed plant and will be operated to comply with the

MOEF&CC/CPCB/KSPCB norms.

Rs. 47 Crores is earmarked as capital investment for environmental protection

measures in the proposed project & Rs. 3.45 Crores/Annum for Recurring cost

for Pollution control measures.

9





10.1

CHAPTER – 10

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

10.1 INTRODUCTION

The major objective and benefit of utilising Environmental Impact Assessment in project

planning stage itself, is to prevent avoidable losses of environmental resources and values as a

result of Environmental Management. Environmental Management includes protection /

mitigation / enhancement measures as well as suggesting post project monitoring programme.

Environmental management may suggest revision of project site or operation, to avoid adverse

impacts or more often additional project operations may have to be incorporated in the

conventional operation.

The industrial development in the study area needs to be intertwined with judicious utilization

of non-renewable resources of the study area and with in the limits of permissible assimilative

capacity. The assimilative capacity of the study area is the maximum amount of pollution load

that can be discharged in the environment without affecting the designated use and is governed

by dilution, dispersion, and removal due to physico-chemical and biological processes.

Environment Management Plan (EMP) is required to ensure sustainable development in the

study area of the plant due to the proposed expansion. Hence it should be an all encompassive

plan for which the proposed industry, Government, Regulating agencies like KSPCB and more

importantly, the affected population of the study area, need to extend their cooperation and

contribution.

It has been evaluated that the study area will not be affected adversely and is likely to get new

economical fillip. The affected environmental attributes in the region are air quality, water

quality, soil, land use, ecology and public health. The Management Action Plan aims at

controlling pollution at the source level to the possible extent with the available and affordable

technology followed by treatment measures before they are discharged.

Environmental Management aims at the preservation of ecosystem by considering the pollution

abatement facilities at the plant since inception. In the upcoming modern integrated steel

10





10.2

plants, pollution abatement has become an integral part of planning and design along with

Techno economic factors.

10.2 MANAGEMENT DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE [Gen. TOR # 10]

Environmental pollution is inevitable during the construction phase. The project proponent will

take appropriate steps to control pollution during construction phase. The following are the

factors requiring control during construction phase.

10.2.1 SITE PREPARATION

At the time of construction, there will be some quantity of soil and debris. The disturbed slopes

shall be well stabilized before the on set of the monsoon. The leveling operation will also

involve piling up of backfill materials. Use of dust suppressant spraying to minimize fugitive dust

during construction activities is recommended.

10.2.2 WATER SUPPLY, FUEL, RESTROOM AND SANITATION

The employees at the plant shall be provided with water for their requirement and for the

construction activities. The proposed plant shall be provided with sufficient and suitable

sanitary facilities to maintain proper standards of hygiene. It is proposed to treat the sanitary

wastewater by Septic Tank followed by subsurface dispersion trench. These facilities shall be

maintained properly to have least environmental impact.

10.2.3 FUEL & REST ROOMS FACILITY

Fuel will be supplied to construction labour for cooking during construction period. This will

prevent usage of fire wood for cooking. Rest rooms will be provided to construction labour

during construction period.

10.2.4 NOISE

Noise pollution is anticipated during the construction phase due to the usage of various

construction equipment such as mechanical vibrator and mixers etc. The noise effect on the

nearest inhabitations due to construction activity will be negligible. However, as advised the

onsite workers working near the noise generating equipments shall be provided with noise

protection devices like earplugs.





10.3

10.2.5 MAINTENANCE OF VEHICLES

One should be very careful in selecting the site for vehicle maintenance, so as to prevent the

ground water contamination due to the spillage of oil. Both diesel and petrol engine vehicles

shall be maintained properly. Unauthorized dumping of waste oil will be prohibited. Wastes will

be disposed off to the KSPCB approved vendors.

10.2.6 WASTE

The solid waste shall be collected and disposed off as per norms.

10.2.7 STORAGE OF HAZARDOUS MATERIAL

The following hazardous materials need to be stored at the site during construction.

a. Gas for welding purpose

b. LDO

c. Painting materials

All these materials would be stored as per international safety standards.

10.2.8 LAND ENVIRONMENT

The proposed expansion will not create any major impact on land environment. After the

completion of construction activity, the surplus earth will be utilized to fill up low lying areas,

the rubbish will be cleared and all in- built surfaces will be reinstated. Appropriate vegetation

will be planned and all such areas shall be landscaped. 33 acres of extensive greenbelt (inclusive

of existing) will be developed within the premises.

10.3 POST CONSTRUCTION PHASE

10.3.1 AIR EMISSION MANAGEMENT [Gen. TOR # 3 (vi) & 7 (v)]

The following pollution control systems are proposed.

S.No. Source Control Equipment Particulate emission at the outlet

1. DRI kilns with WHRB’s Electro Static Precipitators (ESP) < 50 mg/Nm3

2. Induction Furnaces with CCM Fume Extraction system with bag

filters < 50 mg/Nm3

3. Blast furnace Dust catcher followed by Venturi

scrubber < 30 mg/Nm

3

4. Tunnel Kilns Multicyclones followed by Bag < 50 mg/Nm3





10.4

filters

5. Pellet plant Electro Static Precipitator (ESP) < 50 mg/Nm3

6.

AFBC Boiler Electro Static Precipitator (ESP) Flue Gas Desulphurization (FGD)

Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR)

PM - < 30 mg/Nm3

SOx - 100 mg/Nm3 NOx - 100 mg/Nm3

Note : Apart from the above Fume extraction system with bagfilters, dust suppression

system, covered conveyers etc. will also be installed.

The flue gases from Travelling Grate Kiln (Pellet plant) will be treated in High efficiency ESP to

bring down the particulate matter in the exhaust gas to less than 50 mg/Nm3 & then discharged

into the atmosphere through the stack of 52 m height.

The flue gases from the Blast Furnace Stove will be treated in Dust Catcher followed by Venturi

Scrubber and let out into the atmosphere through a stack of 50 m height for effective

dispersion of emissions into the atmosphere. Particulate Matter (PM) in the exhaust gas from

the Blast Furnace Stoves will be maintained below <30 mg/Nm3 and other BF areas such as

Dedusting & other areas, PM will be less than 50 mg/Nm3.

The flue gases from the DRI kiln will pass through Waste Heat Recovery Boiler and after heat

recovery the gases will be treated in High efficiency ESPs to bring down the particulate emission

in the exhaust gases to below 50 mg/Nm3 and then discharged into the atmosphere through a

stack of 70 m height.

The flue gases from the Tunnel Kilns will pass through Multi cyclone with bag filters to bring

down the particulate matter in the exhaust gases to less than 50 mg/Nm3. Then the treated

gases will be let out through a stack of 61m height for effective dispersion of emissions into the

atmosphere.

The Fugitive emissions from the Induction furnaces will be sucked through hoods and will pass

through a fume extraction system with bag filters and then the treated gases will be discharged

into the atmosphere through a combined stack (with twin flues) of 30 m height for effective

dispersion of emissions from Induction Furnaces. The outlet dust emission in the exhaust gases

will be less than 50 mg/Nm3. The dust will be pneumatically carried to covered bins.





10.5

The flue gases from the AFBC boiler will be treated in a high efficiency Electrostatic Precipitator

to bring down the particulate emission to less than 50 mg/Nm3 and will be discharged through a

stack of 56 m height for effective dispersion of emissions into the atmosphere.

All the CREP recommendations will be implemented & followed strictly.

Good House keeping: Good house keeping practices will be maintained in all sections of the

plant.

10.3.1.1 DUST EXTRACTION AND DUST SUPPRESSION SYSTEM

The following are the details of dust extraction system & dust suppression system proposed in

the plant.

Table No. 10.3.1: PROPOSED DUST EXTRACTION AND DUST SUPPRESSION SYSTEM

S.No Location Pollution control system proposed

1. Coal screen House Crusher House Junction houses and surge

hopper Iron ore screen house and

bins Product discharge Junction House & SMS bins

These areas will be provided with Dust extraction systems - each comprising of pulse jet type bag filter, centrifugal fan and motor, duct work including suction hoods, duct supports, stack, dust hopper, rotary air lock valves etc.

2. Junction houses and truck hoppers

Dust suppression system with plain water - comprising of spray nozzles, piping network, valves, pumps, instrumentation & controls, water tank etc.

3. Stock piles in DR route Dust suppression system with plain water - comprising piping network, valves, pumps, instrumentation & control, water tank etc.

Table No. 10.3.2: SOURCES OF AIR POLLUTION (DRI Kilns)

S.No AREA OF AIR POLLUTION MEASURES ADOPTED FOR CONTROL

1.

Raw Material Handling 1. All vibrating screens will be totally covered, to prevent the leakages of dust.

2. Throughout the length, the conveyor is covered with G.I. Sheets to prevent the dust pollution

3. All the material handling systems will be connected with de dusting system. All the discharge points and feed points wherever the possibility of dust generation is there, a de dusting suction point will be provided to collect the dust.

4. DUST SUPPRESSION SYSTEM It is the most effective and successful system to prevent the





10.6


fly-off of dust. Dust suppression system will be adopted to control the fugitive dust emanated during raw material unloading operations.

2. Raw Material Storage System 1. All conveyors will be covered with G.I. Sheets to control the dust.

2. All bins will be totally packed and covered, so that there will not be any chance of dust leakage. i. Weigh feeders will be kept below the hopper and used

to feed the known quantity of raw material per hour; it also seals the discharge area.

ii. All discharge and feed points wherever the possibility of dust generation is there, will be provided with dust suppression system.

iii. All material transfer points will be connected with dust suppression water nozzles to avoid the fugitive dust emission.

3. Kiln Feed System The raw material will be fed into the kiln through a double pendulum valve, which seals the false air entry into the rotary kiln and gas leakage from the kiln. The chute will be sealed with a double pendulum flap.

4. Main Processing System Kiln Sealed system to avoid false air entry as well as exit. So that the desired quality can be produced. Hence no dust escapes outside.

5. Kiln Cooler Transfer Building The transfer point between kiln to coolers is completely sealed to avoid the false air entry and gas leakages.

6. Rotary Cooler 1. The water will be circulated again and again. Hence there will not be any water pollution problem

2. There will be slip seals at cooler inlet & cooler outlet. The seals are also being lubricated to avoid false air entry and gas leakages.

3. Cooler discharge and feed points wherever the possibility of dust generation is there, will be provided with de dusting system.

7. Waste Gas Cleaning System AFTER BURNING CHAMBER (POST COMBUSTION CHAMBER) The waste gas passes through the after burning chamber where the combustion of carbon monoxide and un burnt carbon takes place in presence of air supplied. The basic purpose of after burning chamber is to reduce the carbon monoxide content in waste flue gases. ELECTRO STATIC PRECIPITATOR The flue gas from DRI kilns, after heat recovery, will pass through an electro static precipitator where it is cleaned to contain < 50 mg/Nm3 particulate matter. The clean gas will be emitted into the atmosphere through the combined chimney





10.7


whose height is calculated on the basis of CPCB guidelines. The total conveying of gas from kiln to chimney is done by the induced draft fan located between ESP and chimney.

8. Product Separation System 1. All conveyors will be covered with G.I. Sheets, to control the dust emission.

2. All bins will be totally packed and covered, so that there will not be any chance for dust leakage.

3. Telescopic chutes will be provided below the hopper to discharge the product directly into the truck for dispatch to avoid the pollution.

4. All the above material handling system will be connected with de-dusting system

5. All discharge points and feed points wherever the possibility of dust generation is there, a de-dusting suction point will be provided to collect the dust.

6. The collected dust will be taken by pneumatic conveying system and stored in a dust storage bin.

7. Bag housing system In the bag house, the dry dust will be collected in an enclosed housing containing fabric filter bags which are suspended inside the unit. The dust ladden air will pass through bag filters forming a dust cake to separate the particulate from the clean air. The collected dust will be taken by a pneumatic conveying system and stored in a dust storage bin.

10.3.1.2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF CONTROL SYSTEMS

10.3.1.2.1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF ELECTROSTATIC PRECIPITATOR (ESP)

a) For Waste Heat Recovery Boilers (WHRB) - 1 x 200 TPD DRI Kilns

S.No. Parameters Value

1. No. of ESP’s 2

2. Gas flow rate per kiln, m3/hour 153000

3. Flue gas temperature (0C) 170

4. Inlet dust concentration, gm/Nm3 21

5. Guaranteed outlet dust Concentration, mg/Nm3 < 50

6. Design pressure, mm wc +/- 300

7. Number of fields Three

8. Pressure drop across the ESP, mm wg 25 (max)

9. Collection efficiency 99.96 %





10.8

b) For Pellet Plant

c) For FBC Boiler

S.No. Parameter Value

1. Gas flow rate, m3/hr 95378

2. Flue gas temperature (0C) 170

3. Inlet dust concentration, gm/nm3 45

4. Guaranteed outlet dust Concentration, mg/nm3 : < 50 (at max. flow conditions)

5. Design pressure, mm wg 300

6. Number of fields Three

7. Pressure drop across the ESP, mm wg 25 (max)

8. Collection efficiency 99.92 %





10.9

10.3.1.2.2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF DUST CATCHER FOLLOWED BY VENTURI SCRUBBER


1. Gas Flow rate 84300 Nm3/hr

2. Flue Gas Temperature Inlet Temp : 80 Deg, Outlet Temp : 45 Deg

3. Inlet dust concentration 8-9 gms/Nm3

4. Guaranted outlet dust 3-5 mg

5. Concentration 5-7 mg/Nm3

6. Design Pressure 8000 mmWC

7. Collection Efficiency Collection Efficiency is directly proportional to D.P (D.P=2400 mmWC

8. Diameter 1100 mm

9. Height 25930 mm

10. Gas inlet dia 1100 mm

11. Gas outlet dia 1100 mm

12. Circulating pump capacity 206 m3/hr

10.3.1.2.3 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF BAGFILTER (TO INDUCTION FURNACE)


1. Capacity of Bag Filter (m3/hr) 45,000

2. Operating Temperature (oC) 130oC

3. Size of Each Bag 160 x 4880 mm long

4. No. of Modules 1 No.

5. Total No. of Bags 150 Nos.

6. Total filtering Area (m2) 342

7. Air To Cloth Ratio 1.4

8. Pressure drop (mm WG.) 125 to 150

9. Bag Material 500 gm/m2 Non-woven polyester needle felt

10. Compressed air reqd. at 7 kg/cm2 338 ( FAD AT 6 Kg / cm2 )

11. No. of Solenoid Cum Diaphragm Pulse Valves 40 NB (1½”) x 24 v D.C.

12 Nos.

12. Type & Qty of Sequential Timer 12 Channel Electronic Sequential Controller -240 volt A.C. Supply

13. Dust Disposal Arrangement Through Rotary Air Lock Valves

14. Rated Speed 20 RPM

15. Type of Drive Direct Drive Through Flexible Coupling

16. Geared Motor Rating 0.37 KW / 20 rpm

17. Material of Construction:

a) Raw Gas Casing 3.15 mm thk. MS sheet

b) Clean Gas Casing 3.15 mm thk. MS sheet

c) Hopper 3.15 mm thk. MS sheet





10.10


d) Cage Plate 4 mm thk. MS sheet

e) Diffuser at inlet To be Provided

f) Cage MS

g) Venturies MS

18. Guaranteed Emission Level Less than 50 mg / Nm3

10.3.2 ACTION PLAN FOR CONTROL AND MONITORING OF FUGITIVE EMISSIONS

[Gen. TOR # 7 (vi)]

10.3.2.1 CONTROL OF FUGITIVE EMISSIONS FROM SPONGE IRON PLANT

Fugitive dust emissions are likely in the unloading areas, material transfer point, cooler

discharge area, product separation area, etc. Fugitive emission in the material unloading area

can be avoided by providing dust suppression system. Fugitive emission from material

unloading operations, material transfer points will be controlled fully with total enclosure and

all the transfer emission will be connected with extractor inlet point and will pass through a

high efficiency Bag Filter before discharging into the atmosphere. All internal roads will be

asphalted.

10.3.2.2 CONTROL OF FUGITIVE EMISSIONS (BLAST FURNACE)

Fugitive emissions from material handling, conveying and screening operations will be

evacuated in closed systems and treated by Fabric filters

Timely evacuation of dust (from Dust catchers, Bag filter hoppers etc.) will be will be

done on regular basis.

Fugitive emissions will be minimized by controlled wetting using crust formers.

Blast Furnace flue dust, collected within the dust catchers will be evacuated using closed

vessels or employing equally effective methods to minimize fugitive dust.

All the conveyors will be covered with GI sheets to prevent fugitive dust emission.

10.3.2.3 MONITORING OF SECONDARY FUGITIVE EMISSIONS

Sponge Iron plant

As per MoEF notification vide no. G.S.R. 414 (E) dated 30th May 2008, fugitive emissions will be

monitored at a distance 10 m from their source as per following:





10.11

Table No. 10.3.3: Monitoring Locations For Monitoring Secondary Fugitive Emissions

S.No Area Monitoring Location

1. Raw material handling area

Wagon tippler, Screen area, Transfer Points, Stock Bin area

2. Crusher area Crushing plant, vibrating screen, transfer points

3. Raw material feed area Feeder area, Mixing area, transfer points

4. Cooler discharge area Over size discharge area, Transfer Points

5. Product processing area Intermediate stock bin area. Screening plant, Magnetic Separation unit, Transfer Points, Over size discharge area, Product separation area, Bagging area

6. Other areas Areas as specified by State Pollution Control Board

The fugitive emissions will be maintained below the MoEF&CC norm of 2000 µg/m3.

Blast Furnace

Monitoring will be carried out at the following locations:

Area Monitoring Locations

Highline / Stock house / Material Handling Sections

Transfer Points, Saddle conveyor, Vibro feeder and Screening area

Cast house Hot metal tapping area, Ladle pouring area

Fugitive emission will be monitored at specified locations as above at different levels and within

a distance of 10 m away from the source of emission or from suction hood connected to control

system.

10.3.2.4 DUST SUPPRESSION SYSTEM

Water sprinklers will be provided at the unloading areas of the raw materials for dust

suppression. Dust suppression system will be provided with plain water - comprising of piping

network, valves, pumps, instrumentation & control, water tank etc.

10.3.2.5 INTERNAL ROADS

All internal roads will be asphalted to prevent the fugitive dust emission due to vehicular

movement.

10.3.2.6 INTERLOCKING SYSTEM

All ESPs will have interlocking system. Whenever the ESP fails, there will be no production in the

unit till the ESP is rectified.





10.12

10.3.3 COMPLIANCE ON CREP RECOMMENDATIONS [Addl. TOR # 9]

All the CREP recommendations will be implemented & followed strictly. The following will be

the compliance of CREP recommendations.

Continuous stack monitoring system is proposed for stack attached to WHRB & FBC Boiler.

Online Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations will be established in consultation with KSPCB

during operation of the plant.

Fugitive emission monitoring will be carried out as per CPCB norms.

Energy meters will be installed for all the pollution control systems.

Rain water harvesting pits are being constructed in consultation with CGWB.

Recommendations

a) The proposed air pollution control equipment will be installed prior to commissioning of the

plant.

b) Pressure drop measuring system will be installed to measure the pressure drop across the bag

filters.

c) All the internal roads shall be asphalted to reduce the fugitive dust due to truck movement.

10.3.4 WASTEWATER MANAGEMENT [Gen. TOR # 3 (v), 7 (iv)]

In the existing plant zero effluent discharge is being maintained and similar pattern will be

maintained after expansion also.

The effluent generated from I/O Beneficiation plant, Pellet plant, DRI plant, Tunnel Kiln, SMS

& Rolling Mill units will be sent to settling tank & will be recycled through closed circuit

cooling system.

The effluent generated will be in the form of GCP blow down (From MBF), Boiler blow down,

D.M. Plant regeneration water and sanitary water.


treatment it will be recycled.

Effluent from power plant will be treated and after ensuring compliance with KSPCB norms,

it will be utilized for dust suppression, ash conditioning and for greenbelt development.

Sanitary waste water will be treated in Septic Tank followed by Subsurface dispersion

trench.





10.13

EFFLUENT TREATMENT PLANT

pH of the boiler blowdown will be between 9.5 to 10.5. Hence a neutralization tank will be

constructed for neutralizing the boiler blow down. DM plant regeneration water will be

neutralized in a neutralization tank. After neutralization, these two effluent streams will be

mixed in a Central Monitoring Basin (CMB). Service water will be treated in an oil separator and

after treatment it will be taken to CMB. The treated effluent will be utilized for dust

suppression, ash conditioning and for Green belt development. No effluent will be let out of the

plant premises. Hence Zero discharge concept will be implemented. Sanitary waste water from

Plant & Quarters will be treated in Septic Tank followed by Subsurface dispersion trench.

The following will be treated combined effluent characteristics.

pH - 6.5 - 8.5

TSS - < 100 mg/l

Oil & Grease - < 10 mg/l

Free available chlorine - < 1.0 mg/l

Copper - <1.0 mg/l

Iron - < 1.0 mg/l

Zinc - < 1.0 mg/l

Chromium - < 0.2 mg/l

Phosphates - < 5.0 mg/l

TREATED EFFLUENT DISPOSAL

Total effluent generation from project : 124 m3/day

(Excluding sanitary wastewater)

Effluent quantity to be used for ash conditioning : 40 m3/day

Effluent to be used for dust suppression in CHP : 10 m3/day

Effluent to be used for slag granulation : 20 m3/day

Balance effluent to be used for Greenbelt development : 54 m3/day





10.14

33.0 acres of greenbelt will be developed within the plant premises by using the treated

effluent. A dedicated pipe distribution network will be provided for using the treated effluent

for greenbelt development.

The characteristics of the treated effluent will comply with the KSPCB Standards for onland

irrigation. Hence there will not be any adverse impact on ground water / surface water due to

the proposed expansion project.

Effluent Treatment Plant Flow Diagram

GCP Blowdown

Fig: 10.1

Recycled Settling Tank

Neutralization Tank

Boiler Blowdown

Neutralization Tank

DM Plant regeneration

CT Blowdown

CMB

Treated effluent will be used for Dust suppression, Ash Conditioning & for Greenbelt development

Oil Separator

Service water

Subsurface dispersion trench

Sanitary Wastewater

Septic Tank





10.15

10.3.5 SOLID WASTE GENERATION & DISPOSAL [Gen. TOR # 7 (vii) & Addl. TOR # 8]

The following will be the solid waste generation & proposed method of disposal.

Table No. 10.3.4: SOLID WASTE GENERATION & ITS DISPOSAL


Method of disposal

1. Tailings 2,70,000 Will be given to M/s. KEJ Minerals Pvt. Ltd. for their processing plant.













with Indian coal

with Imported coal

33,525 15,120







A copy of expression of interest letter for utilization of tailings is enclosed as ANNEXURE – 5 for

& ANNEXURE – 6 for expression of interest letter for utilization of Granulated slag.





10.16

Table No. 10.3.5: TYPICAL COMPOSITION OF SOLID WASTE [Addl.ToR # 12]

S. No Solid waste Chemical composition

1. Dolo Char FC -35%; Ash - 50%; VM- 3%

2. Dust from Bag filters FC -30%; VM -7%,

3. SMS Slag Silica 57.5 % ; Al 17.8 %; FeO 19.6 %; Other Oxides 5.1 %

4. Kiln Accretion Slag Fe (T) – 36%; Fe (M)- 27%; FeO -12%; SiO2 -30%; Al2O3 - 24%; CaO - 5%; MgO- 0.16%

5. Mill scales from Rolling Mill

Fe - 68 %; Mn -0.6%; C- 0.2 %; Si- 0.25 %; other elements and oxygen

Hazardous waste generation, storage & disposal [Gen. TOR # 3 (vi)]


This will be stored in covered HDPE drums in a designated area and will be given to SPCB

approved vendors.

2. Used Batteries


supplier.

Table No. 10.3.6: MUNICIPAL SOLID WASTE GENERATION & ITS DISPOSAL



Used for landfill within the plant site to the extent possible and recyclables will be given to authorised recyclers.

Canteen waste Used in composting / Vermiculture Used as manure for greenbelt development within the premises.

Recyclables Given to SPCB authorised dealers

10.3.6 NOISE LEVEL MANAGEMENT

The major noise generating sources in the plant are Turbines, Boilers, DG set & Compressors. All

equipments will be of internationally reputed make and the same will be manufactured in

accordance of the MOEF&CC, OSHA & other international guidelines by the supplier. Acoustic

enclosure will be provided to Turbines. Silencers will be provided to DG set. The major noise

levels will be confined to the working zones of the plant. The Leq of eight hours will be within the

prescribed standards. Community noise levels are not likely to be effected due to the proposed

thick green belt and attenuation due to the physical barriers. The ambient noise levels will be





10.17

less than 75 dBA during day time & less than 70 dBA during night time. Hence there will not be

any adverse impact on habitations due to the proposed activities.

Recommendations

a) Acoustic enclosures to turbines.

b) The impact can be reduced by adopting shock absorbing techniques.

c) The Noise absorption will improve by using hollow concrete blocks in the construction of

the proposed Plant.

d) Ear plugs shall be provided to the workers and this shall be enforced strictly.

e) Extensive greenbelt shall be developed for further attenuating the noise levels.

10.3.7 LAND ENVIRONMENT

All the required Air Emission Control systems will be provided in the proposed activities. The

treated effluent will confirm to the KSPCB’s standards for onland irrigation. Hence there will not

be any impact on land environment due to the proposed plant. The solid waste generated from

the project will be reused / disposed as per norms. Hence there will not be any adverse impact

on land environment due to the solid waste generated from the proposed activities. Extensive

greenbelt development will have positive impact on land environment.

Recommendations

Landscaping can be done around the Administrative building, raw material storage sheds etc.

This will help in preserving the ecological conditions.

10.3.8. MEASURES FOR IMPROVEMENT OF ECOLOGY

There are no National Parks, Wild life sanctuaries, Bird sanctuaries within 10 Km. radius of the

plant. No significant vegetation occurs in and around the project site. No significant fauna exists

in the area. Hence there will not be any adverse impact on flora & fauna due to the proposed

expansion.

Recommendations

Plantation program should be undertaken at several areas. They should include plantation,

along the internal and external roads and along the administrative buildings and the stacking

yards.





10.18

People should be educated and trained in social forestry activities by local governmental and

non-governmental organizations.

10.3.8.1 GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT [Gen. TOR # 7 (ix)]

The greenbelt shall be developed simultaneously with the plant construction. This will further

mitigate the pollution impacts. 7 m to 95 m wide greenbelt will be developed all around the

plant as per CPCB guidelines in consultation with local DFO.

Greenbelt plantation

Greenbelt will be developed in a set of rows of trees planted in such a way that they form an

effective barrier between the plant and the surroundings. The main purpose of greenbelt

development is to contribute to the following factors.

To maintain the ecological homeostatus.

To attenuate the air emissions from the kiln and the fugitive dust emissions.

To prevent the soil erosion.

To attenuate the noise levels.

Plantation of grass, flowers, bushes and trees will be taken up to reduce the generation of dust

from the bare earth and to enhance the aesthetic value.

Plantation species

Plantation species will be considered based on the following.

Suitable to the Geo-climatic conditions of the area.

Mix of round, spreading, oblong and conical canopies.

Ever green trees.

Different heights ranging from 4m to 20m.

Plantation for arresting dust

Trees particularly having compact branching closely arranged leaves of simple elliptical and

hairy structure, shiny or waxy leaves and hairy twigs are efficient filters of dust. The following

species are suggested to arrest the dust





10.19

Alstonia Scholaris

Bauhinia purpurea

Cassia siamea

Peltoferrum ferrugineum

Butea monosperma

Tamarindus indica

Azadirachta indica

Plantation to absorb SO2 emissions

The following plants are suggested for plantation to absorb SO2 in the air.

Azadirachta indica

Albizia lebbeck

Alstonia scholaris

Lagerstroemia flosregineae

Melia azedarach

Minusops elangi

Poloyalthia longifloia

Plantation to reduce noise pollution

Trees having thick and flushy leaves with petioles are suitable. Heavier branches and trunks of

trees also deflect the sound waves. The following plant species are suggested to reduce noise

pollution.

Alstonia scholaris

Azadirachta indica

Melia monosperma

Grevillea peridifolia

Tamarindus indica

Greavillea robusta

Plantation along the roads (Avenue plantation)

Alstonia scholaris





10.20

Cassia fistula

Bauhinia purpurea

Mimusops elangi

Pongamia pinnata

Polyalthia longifolia

Poluferrum ferrugineum

Lagerstroemia flosreginea

Cassia siamea

GREENBELT DEVELOPMENT PLAN

Local DFO will be consulted in developing the green belt.

Greenbelt of 33 Acres (inclusive of existing greenbelt) will be developed in the plant

premises. 7 m to 95 m wide greenbelt will be developed all around the plant.

In the existing plant 11,750 no. of plants are exists. It is proposed to plant about another

10,000 no. of saplings as part of expansion project.

The tree species to be selected for the plantation are pollutant tolerant, fast growing,

wind firm, deep rooted. A three-tier plantation is proposed comprising of an outer most

belt of taller trees which will act as barrier, middle core acting as air cleaner and the

innermost core which may be termed as absorptive layer consisting of trees which are

known to be particularly tolerant to pollutants.

Greenbelt will be developed as per CPCB guidelines.

600 plants will be planted per acre as per CPCB norms.

10.3.9 RAINWATER HARVESTING [Gen. TOR # 7 (x)]

In the existing plant few Recharge pits & 1 no. of Rain water Harvesting Pond have already been

provided. As part of expansion 1 no. of Rainwater Harvesting Pond will be constructed.

Rainwater harvesting structures will be constructed to harvest the run-off water from roof tops

by laying a separate storm water drainage system for recharging of ground water. Rain water

harvesting structures will be provided in the plant to recharge the precious ground water. Rain

harvesting pits will be constructed in consultation with Central Ground Water Board.





10.21

The following is the Plan for rain water harvesting measure at plant site.

Average annual rainfall = 780 mm

Quantum of Rain water that can be harvested from the premises

a) Average annual rainfall = 0.78 m

b) Runoff co-efficient

Runoff co-efficient for Roof area = 90%

Runoff co-efficient for Roads and Paved area = 80%

Runoff co-efficient for Open area = 40%

Runoff co-efficient for Green belt area = 20%

Table No. 10.3.7: PREDICTED POST PROJECT RUNOFF FROM DIFFERENT SURFACES

S.No. Type of area Total Area (m2)

Runoff Co-efficient

Rainfall in m Rainwater Collection Potential

(m3)

1 Roof top area 72828 0.90 0.78 56805.8

2 Internal roads 12138 0.80 0.78 9467.6

3 Greenbelt 133518 0.20 0.78 104144.0

4 Water Storage & RWH 12138 1.00 0.78 9467.6

5 Switch yard 2023 0.40 0.78 1577.9

Total 247211 192824.3

The potential rain water that can be recharged / collected will be 192824.3 m3/year. Whatever

the conserved water in RWH ponds will be utilized for plant water requirement. Accordingly,

the net water requirement for the plant will be reduced. The net groundwater table will also

increased due to the Recharge Pits.

10.4 POST PROJECT MONITORING STRATEGY [Gen. TOR # 7 (xii)]

The monitoring of various environmental parameters is necessary which part of the

environmental protection measures is. Monitoring is an important feature because the

efficiency of control measures can only be determined by monitoring. A comprehensive

monitoring programme is given here under. PM2.5, PM10, SO2 and NOX are monitored as per

Ministry notification vide G.S.R. No. 826(E) dated 16th November, 2009.

Locations and frequency of monitoring as per the guidelines of KSPCB and MOEF&CC are

tabulated below.





10.22

Table No. 10.4.1: MONITORING SCHEDULE FOR ENVIRONMENTAL PARAMETERS








Composite sampling

(24 hourly)

As per IS: 10500




2. Air Quality


Once in a month

PM PM, SO2 & NOx












interval

Noise levels

Infrastructure for Environmental Protection

Man Power

The following manpower shall be provided on regular basis.

Environmental Engineer / Safety Officer

He will be a graduate engineer with adequate experience, responsible for implementing and

monitoring the environmental impacts and all the safety aspects. He will act as a liaison officer

between the proposed plant and regulatory agencies like KSPCB, CPCB etc.

Chemist

He will be a qualified chemist to carry out the analysis of various samples.





10.23

Monitoring equipment and Consumables

Environmental monitoring during the operation phase of the plant will be entrusted to a third

party. Monitoring will be carried out as per CPCB/KSPCB norms. A budgetary allocation of Rs.20

Lakhs has been earmarked for Environmental monitoring.

Noise levels

A sound level meter shall be purchased to record noise levels in different scales like A, B and C

with slow and fast response options at various generating source from D.G set which will be

used only when there is an interruption in the power supply of Karnataka State Electricity

Board.

10.5 COSTS FOR ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION [Gen. TOR # 7 (xi)]

Capital Cost for Environment Protection, Health & safety measures: Rs. 47 Crores

Recurring Cost / annum for Environmental protection, Health & safety measures: Rs.3.45 Crores

Table No.10.5.1: BUDGET FOR ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION MEASURES [Gen. TOR # 8 (iv)]

S.No Item Capital Cost

(Rs.in Crores)

Recurring Cost / Annum

(Rs.in Lakhs)

1. Air Emission Management

Electro Static Precipitators (ESP) 15.0 200

Fume Extraction system with bag filters 4.0

Dust catcher followed by Venturi scrubber 2.5

Multicyclones followed by Bag filters &

others

2.0

Stacks 5.0

Flue Gas Desulphurization (FGD) & for

Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR)

4.0

Water Sprinklers 0.2

2. Wastewater Management

for ETP 1.5 50

for Garland drains 0.2

3. Solid waste Management

Fly Ash Handling & disposal 3.0 30

Slag Handling & Disposal 0.5

Tailings handling & disposal 0.5





10.24

Hazardous waste storage & disposal 0.3

Municipal solid waste storage & disposal 0.2

4. Greenbelt development, Land scaping, Noise

Management, RWH etc.

0.4

10

5. Fire Safety Systems 3.9 5

6. Environmental Monitoring

AAQMS 1.6 6

CEMS 1.6 4

Third party Monitoring -- 20

7. Occupational Health & Safety

PHC 0.3 20

PPEs 0.2

Ambulance (additional) 0.1

TOTAL 47.0 345

10.6 ENVIRONMENT POLICY [Gen. TOR # 9 (i), (ii), (iii) & (iv)]

The management will periodically review the Environmental Management System (EMS) to

ensure its effectiveness and sustainability. The need for possible changes in the environmental

policy and objectives for continual improvement will be ascertained and revisions will be made

accordingly. A Copy of Environment Policy by the company is shown below.





10.25





10.26





11.1

CHAPTER – 11

SUMMARY & CONCLUSION

[Gen. TOR # 1]

i. Project name and location

Name of the project : SUNVIK STEEL PVT. LTD

Location of the Plant : Jodidevarahalli Village, Sira Taluka, Tumkur (D), Karnataka

ii. Products and Production capacities

The following are the existing & proposed products under expansion project

Table 11.1 : EXISTING & PROPOSED UNITS, PRODUCTS & THEIR PRODUCTION CAPACITIES



Proposed Expansion

1 DRI Kiln based Sponge Iron Plant

Sponge Iron 90,000 TPA

(3 x 100 TPD) 60,000 TPA

(1 x 200 TPD)



1,50,000 TPA (2 x 25 T)


(1 x 100 TPD) 1,50,000 TPA (1 x 500 TPD)


& AFBC - 4 MW

WHRB - 1 x 5 MW &

AFBC - 1 x 10 MW


6 Tunnel Kilns Cold Briquetted

Iron (CBI) --- 2 x 100 TPD


Iron ore concentrate /

Pellets --- 1 x 2000 TPD

8 Fly-Ash Brick Plant Fly ash 2000 Bricks/day 18000 Bricks/Day

9 Fly-Ash Beneficiation Plant (Dropped)

--- --- 1 x 100 TPD (Dropped)

10 Slag Crusher & Beneficiation Plant

--- 1 x 15 TPD 1 x 30 TPD

Note: During ToR, Fly-Ash Beneficiation Plant of 1 x 100 TPD capacity was included. Now it is proposed to Drop Fly-Ash Beneficiation Plant.

11





11.2

iii. Requirement of land, raw material, water, power, fuel

a) Total land Requirement

Existing plant is located at Jodidevarahalli village, Sira Taluk, Tumkur District, Karnataka.

Proposed expansion will be taken up partly in the existing plant of 49.5 acres for which EC

has already been obtained and the remaining in the 48 acres land adjacent to the existing

plant. Total land envisaged for the entire project is 97.5 acres (49.5 acres + 48.0 acres).

Out of 97.5 Acres of land 57.55 Acres was already under acquisition, Agreements have been

entered for another 4.95 Acres, remaining 35 Acres of land is to be allotted under Section

109 of Karnataka Land Reforms Act, 1961, Govt. of Karnataka. The following are the Sy. Nos.

24, 33, 33P - P4, 56, 57, 59 to 72 involved for 97.5 Acres.

b). Raw Material & Fuel requirement for the Proposed Project

The following will be the raw material requirement for the proposed expansion project:

Table 11.2 : RAW MATERIAL REQUIREMENT

Raw Material Quantity Sources Distance in Kms.

w.r.t. plant

Mode of Transport

For Iron Ore beneficiation plant (Iron ore concentrate)

Iron ore fines 9,00,000 Karnataka (E-auctions

conducted by Monitoring Committee)


For Pellet Plant (Pellets)

Iron ore Concentrate 6,30,000 Own Generation Nil Covered Conveyor

Bentonite 9,000 Karnataka 200 to 300 By road (through covered trucks)


Coke breeze 36,770 Indonesia / South Africa / Australia


Furnace Oil 8100 KL/annum


Coal (Gasifier)

Indian --- --- --- ---



For DRI Kilns (Sponge Iron)

Pellets 96,000 Own generation --- Covered Conveyor





11.3

(for 1 x 200 TPD DRI Kilns)

Coal (1 x 200 TPD DRI Kilns)




~350 Through sea route, rail route & by road

Dolomite 3,000 Karnataka ~100 By road (through covered trucks)

For Induction Furnace (MS Billets)

Sponge Iron 1,08,000

42,000


---

~200


Scrap / end cuttings from Rolling mill

22,500 Karnataka ~200 By road (through covered trucks)

Ferro Alloys 2,250 Karnataka ~200 By road (through covered trucks)

For Rolling Mill (TMT bars & Structural Steel)

M.S. Ingots / Steel billets

1,53,000

13,000


Nil

~200


Furnace oil 5100 KL/annum


Coal (Gasifier)


--- ---



For Mini Blast Furnace (Pig Iron)

Iron ore lump 1,49,700 Karnataka ~200 By rail & road (through covered trucks)

BF coke 45,000 Andhra Pradesh ~350 By road (through covered trucks)

Quartzite 2,250 KARNATAKA ~200 By rail & road (through covered trucks)

Manganese ore 1350 KARNATAKA MOIL, Maharashtra

~200

~1000

By rail & road (through covered trucks)

For FBC Boiler [Power Generation 10 MW]

Dolochar 18,000 In plant generation Nil through covered conveyors

Coal Indian 46,500 SCCL, Telangana / SECL

766 By rail & road (through covered trucks)



For Tunnel Kiln (Cold Briquetted Iron)

Iron ore concentrate 1,00,000 Karnataka ~200 By road





11.4

(through covered trucks)

Coal for Tunnel Kilns & Coal Gasifier (Imported)

47,000 Indonesia / South Africa / Australia



Note: All raw materials are in TPA except Furnace Oil, which is in KL/annum

c) Water Requirement

The water requirement for expansion project will be 1000 m3/day and the same will be

sourced from Ground Water. An application has been submitted for NOC from Karnataka

State Ground water Authority. A copy of letter given by Karnataka Ground Water

Authority is enclosed.

This includes Make-up water for Iron ore beneficiation unit, Pellet plant, DRI Kiln, Tunnel Kiln,

Induction Furnace, Rolling Mill, Power Plant, Fly ash brick manufacturing, Slag Crusher &

Beneficiation Plant. Air cooled condensers will be provided in Captive power plant. Hence

the net water requirement will be substantially reduced. The following is the break-up of the

water requirement for proposed project.

Table 11.3 : WATER REQUIREMENT (for Expansion project)

S.No. Details of water requirement Quantity in KLD 1 DRI Based Sponge Iron Kiln 80 2 Induction Furnace 80 3 Rolling Mill with Gasifier 40 4 Captive Power Plant 120 5 Blast Furnace 400 6 Tunnel Kiln with Gasifier 40 7 I/O Beneficiation & Pelletization with Gasifier 180 8 Fly-Ash Brick manufacturing unit 35 9 Slag Crushing & Beneficiation Plant 5

10 Domestic 20

Total 1000 d) Power Requirement

Power required for the operation of Existing & for Expansion projects will be 45.8 MW. Out

of which 25 MW power will be captive generation and remaining will be sourced from State

Grid. Power during construction will also be sourced from State Grid.





11.5

iv. Process description

a) Iron Ore Beneficiation

Beneficiation is a process which removes the gang particle like Alumina, Silica from the Iron

Ore. Basically, it separates Fe2O3 or Fe3O4 from other impurities in the iron ore. In this

process the Fe content is improve to maximum possible extent. The highest can be 70% i.e.

purest form. After beneficiation process Iron Ore Fines will be generated which will be sent

to Pelletization plant to make Pellets.

b) Pelletization Plant

Iron ore fines will be grinded in Ball mills along with Limestone & Bentonite. The concentrate

will be fed to thickener and subsequently to filtering unit. The filter cake will be sent to pellet

plant comprising of Travelling grate kiln. Green pellets will be produced from this process.

The flue gases from grate kiln will be treated in ESP and discharged through a stack.

c) Sponge Iron (DRI)

Refractory lined rotary kilns will be used for reduction of iron ore in solid state. A central

Burner located at the discharge end will be used for initial heating of the kiln.

Iron ore will be continuously fed into the kiln along with coal which has dual role of fuel as

well as reductant. Dolomite will be added to scavenge the sulphur from the coal. A number

of air tubes will be provided along the length of the kiln. The desired temperature profile will

be maintained by controlling the volume of the combustion air through these tubes. The

Carbon monoxide generated due to the combustion of coal, reduces the iron ore and

converts it into sponge iron. The rotary kiln is primarily divided into two zones viz. the pre

heating zone and the reduction zone. The preheating zone extends over 30 to 50 % of the

length of the kiln and in this the moisture in the charge will be driven off and the volatile

matter in the coal will be burnt with the combustion air supplied through the air tubes. Heat

from the combustion raises the temperature of the lining and the bed surface. As the kiln

rotates, the lining transfers the heat to the charge. Charge material, pre-heated to about

10000C enters the reduction zone. Temperature of the order of 10500C will be maintained in





11.6

the reduction zone, which is the appropriate temperature for solid state reduction of iron

oxide to metallic iron.

This hot material will be transferred to Heat exchanger. In Heat exchanger the material will

be cooled to 1600C. The cooler discharge material consists of sponge iron lumps, sponge iron

fines and char. Magnetic and non-magnetic material will be separated through magnetic

separators and stored in separate bins. The hot flue gases will be taken to a Waste Heat

Recovery Boilers and after heat recovery they will be treated in high efficiency ESP and

discharged into the atmosphere through stack whose height will be in accordance with CPCB

norms.

d) Blast Furnace

The blast furnace shop will comprise of furnace of capacity 1 x 125 m3. The blast furnace is

envisaged to operate with sized lump Pellets, coke, fluxes and additives. The hot metal

produced will be cast at pig casting machines to produce cold pigs. The liquid slag will be

granulated at cast house granulation unit. The BF top gas will be cleaned in dust catcher and

gas cleaning system and distributed to the stoves, burners for runner drying, boilers for

process and process steam supply.

e) Cold Briquetted Iron (through Tunnel Kiln Technology)

In this process, iron cakes or moulds of iron ore concentrates are made by using high

pressure hydraulic press. The cakes are then placed in silicon carbide crucibles and then

covering it with coal powder from all sides as per design and the container is completely

filled with coal powder and closed from top. The container is already closed from bottom, so

now it is almost closed. Containers are placed on the kiln cars/ trolleys and sent to tunnel

kiln.

The tunnel kiln consists of three zones: Pre - heating zone, Reduction zone and Cooling zone.

The temperature in the pre-heating zone is going up to 900oC. In Reduction zone, the

temperature goes up to 1200oC. In cooling zone the temperature goes down slowly to app.

200oC / 300oC near the exit.

The reduced iron is kept in the crucible till the temperature comes down to 50 /100oC. After

cooling it is separated from the char and sent for crushing.





11.7

The char is reused by mixing with coal and briquetted to be used in gasifier.

The direct reduced iron is crushed in crushers and cold briquettes are made by using

briquetting machine. The cold briquetted iron so made has metallization > 90 %.

Reduction is in closed crucibles is very good, as there are no chances of backward reaction

with air. The heating of the furnace is by coal gas generated from coal gasifier. The kiln has

sufficient provision for our waste heat recovery. Heat exchangers are installed in the furnace

roof which preheats the combustion air, resulting in high efficiency of heating system.

The cold briquetted iron has fem= > 90% and metallization > 95 %.

f) Steel Melting Shop

In Steel Melting Shop (SMS), Sponge Iron will be melted along with melting scrap and fluxes

to make pure liquid steel and then to mould it in required size billets. The SMS will consist of

Induction furnace, Ladles, Cranes & Continuous Casting Machine (CCM). There will be 2 nos.

of Induction Furnaces in the SMS plant, each of 25T capacity. MS Ingots/ MS Billets will be

produced in Continuous Casting Machine.

g) Rolling Mill

In the proposed expansion project, there will 1 X 500 TPD reheating furnaces is proposed for

the heating of billets. Furnace will be heated with Furnace oil. A bar and round mill will be

installed in the plant to produce 500 TPD of TMT bars/ Structural steel.

h) Fly Ash Brick Manufacturing

Fly ash (70%), Bed Material (10%), cement (5%) and M-sand (15%) are manually feed into a

pan mixer where water is added to the required proportion for homogeneous mixing. The

proportion of raw material may vary depending upon quality of raw materials. After mixing,

the mixture is allowed to belt conveyor through feed in to automatic block making machine

where the blocks are pressed automatically. Then the blocks/ blocks are placed on wooden

pallets and kept as it is for two days there-after transported to open area where they are

water cured for 10 -15 days. The blocks are sorted and tested before dispatch.





11.8

i) SLAG CRUSHER & BENEFICIATION PLANT

Steel slag iron separation equipment researched and developed by our company is of high

efficiency. Steelmaking in steel works, the residue flowing out contains iron, the second

recycling uses crane to pour the liquid slag of slag ladle with layering onto the slag bed (or

slag pit), spray a proper amount of water to make the high-temperature slag quench

fragmentate and accelerate cooling, and then excavate and loading with loading machine,

electric shovel and other equipment mining loading, then ship it to the residue field. Those

needs processing and utilization is transported to the steel slag treatment room for

fabrication processing such as crushing, grinding, grading, magnetic separation.

j) Power Generation

Through WHRB Boiler

The hot flue gases from DRI kilns will pass through waste heat recovery Boilers to recover the

heat and to generate 1 x 5 MW electricity. The gases after heat recovery will pass through

ESPs and then discharged through chimneys into the atmosphere for effective dispersion of


Through AFBC Boiler

Coal (Imported / Indian) and dolochar will be used in AFBC Boilers to generate 10 MW

electricity. The flue-gases will be treated in high efficiency ESP and then discharged through

stack into the atmosphere.

Emissions from proposed project

Table 11.4 : STACK DETAILS

S.No. Stack attached to PM (g/s) SO2 (g/s) NOx (g/s)


1. Travelling Grate Kiln 1.9 21.3 7.6

2. De-dusting system 1.2 --- ---


3. DRI kiln with WHRB 1.5 21.4 5.8


4. Induction Furnace 0.5 (per flue)

--- 1.9 (per flue)


5. Rolling Mill 0.4 13.4 4.0






11.9

6. Stove 0.9 17.4 5.8

7. Cast House 0.5 --- ---

8. Stock House 0.5 --- ---


9. AFBC Boiler * 0.5 1.8 1.8


10. Tunnel Kiln 0.4 (per flue)

10.9 (per flue)

1.6 (per flue)

Effluent generation

The effluent generated from I/O Beneficiation plant, Pellet plant, DRI plant, Tunnel Kiln, SMS &

Rolling Mill units will be sent to settling tank & will be recycled through closed circuit cooling system.


treatment it will be recycled. Effluent from power plant will be treated and after ensuring

compliance with KSPCB norms, it will be utilized for dust suppression, ash conditioning and for

greenbelt development. Sanitary waste water will be treated in septic tank followed by sub-surface

dispersion trench. The following will be the total wastewater & it’s break-up.

Table 11.5 : WASTEWATER BREAKUP

S.No. Source Generation (KLD)

1. GCP effluent from Blast Furnace 80

2. Power Plant

a) Boilers blowdown 24

b) D.M. plant regeneration water 20

3. Sanitary Wastewater 16

Total 140

Solid & Hazardous waste generation

The following will be the solid waste generation from the proposed expansion project & proposed

method of disposal.

Table 11.6: SOLID WASTE GENERATION & ITS DISPOSAL


Method of disposal

1. Tailings 2,70,000 Will be given to M/s. KEJ Minerals Pvt. Ltd. for their processing plant.







11.10











with Indian coal

with Imported coal

33,525 15,120







A copy of expression of interest letter for utilization of tailings is enclosed as ANNEXURE – 5 for &

ANNEXURE – 6 for expression of interest letter for utilization of Granulated slag.

Hazardous waste generation, storage & disposal [TOR # 3 (vi)]


This will be stored in covered HDPE drums in a designated area and will be given to

SPCB approved vendors.

2. Used Batteries


supplier.





11.11

MUNICIPAL SOLID WASTE GENERATION & ITS DISPOSAL



Used for landfill within the plant site to the extent possible and recyclables will be given to authorised recyclers.

Canteen waste Used in composting / Vermiculture Used as manure for greenbelt development within the premises.

Recyclables Given to SPCB authorised dealers

Material balance

(A) IRON BENEFICIAITON UNIT

INPUTS OUTPUTS


1. Iron ore fines 9,00,000 Iron ore concentrate 6,30,000

Tailing 2,70,000

Total 9,00,000 Total 9,00,000

(B) PELLETISATION UNIT

INPUTS OUTPUTS


1. Iron ore concentrate

6,30,000 Pellets 6,00,000

2. Coal 36,770

3. Bentonite 9,000 Ash/Dust 16,200

4. Lime Powder 9,000 Gases 68,570

Total 6,84,770 Total 6,84,770

(C) SPONGE IRON UNIT [1 x 200 TPD DRI Kilns]

INPUTS OUTPUTS


1. Pellets/Iron Ore 96,000 Sponge Iron 60,000

2. Coal (Indian) 78,000 Dolochar 18,000

3. Dolomite 3,000 Flue Gases 55,200

4. Ash / Dust from Bag filters 10,800

5. Wet Scraper sludge 27,000

6. Accretion slag 6,000

Total 1,77,000 Total 1,77,000





11.12

(D) PIG IRON UNIT

INPUTS OUTPUTS


1. Iron ore lump 1,49,700 Pig Iron 90,000

2. BF coke 45,000 Granulated slag 27,000

3. Quartzite 2,250 BF Gases 81,300

4. Manganese ore 1,350

Total 1,98,300 Total 1,98,300

(E) COLD BRIQUETTED IRON (CBI) UNIT

INPUTS OUTPUTS


1. Pellets 1,00,000 Cold Briquetted Iron 60,000

2. Coal 47,000 Char 14,400

3. Limestone 3,600 Burning loss 76,200

Total 1,50,600 Total 1,50,600

(F) INDUCTION FURNACE

INPUTS OUTPUTS


1. Sponge Iron 1,50,000 Billets 1,39,800

2. MS Scrap 22,500 Slag 34950

3. Ferro Alloys 2,250

Total 1,74,750 Total 1,74,750

(G) ROLLING MILL

INPUTS OUTPUTS


1. Billets 1,66,000 Rolled Products 1,50,000

Mill scales 7,500

Gases 8,500

Total 1,66,000 Total 1,66,000





11.13

(H) POWER PLANT [10 MW]

With Imported Coal

INPUTS OUTPUTS


1. Coal (Imported) 25,200 Power 10 MW


Gases 25,950TPA

Total 43,200 Total 43,200TPA

Note: Ash in Imported coal is considered as 10%

With Indian Coal

INPUTS OUTPUTS


1. Coal (Indian) 46,500 Power 10 MW


Gases including dust 30,975 TPA

Total 64,500 Total 64,500 TPA

Note: Ash in Indian coal is considered as 45%

v. Measures for mitigating the impact on the environment

a. Impact due to Air emission on the Environment & on nearest habitation

The flue gases from Travelling Grate Kiln (Pellet plant) will be treated in High efficiency

ESP to bring down the particulate matter in the exhaust gas to less than 50 mg/Nm3 &

then discharged into the atmosphere through the stack of 52 m height.

The flue gases from the Blast Furnace Stove will be treated in Dust Catcher followed by

Venturi Scrubber and let out into the atmosphere through a stack of 50 m height for

effective dispersion of emissions into the atmosphere. Particulate Matter (PM) in the

exhaust gas from the Blast Furnace Stoves will be maintained below <30 mg/Nm3 and

other BF areas such as Dedusting & other areas, PM will be less than 50 mg/Nm3.

The flue gases from the DRI kiln will pass through Waste Heat Recovery Boiler and after

heat recovery the gases will be treated in High efficiency ESPs to bring down the

particulate emission in the exhaust gases to below 50 mg/Nm3 and then discharged into

the atmosphere through a stack of 70 m height.





11.14

The flue gases from the Tunnel Kilns will pass through Multi cyclone with bag filters to

bring down the particulate matter in the exhaust gases to less than 50 mg/Nm3. Then the

treated gases will be let out through a stack of 61m height for effective dispersion of


The Fugitive emissions from the Induction furnaces will be sucked through hoods and will

pass through a fume extraction system with bag filters and then the treated gases will be

discharged into the atmosphere through a combined stack (with twin flues) of 30 m

height for effective dispersion of emissions from Induction Furnaces. The outlet dust

emission in the exhaust gases will be less than 50 mg/Nm3. The dust will be

pneumatically carried to covered bins.

The flue gases from the AFBC boiler will be treated in a high efficiency Electrostatic

Precipitator to bring down the particulate emission to less than 50 mg/Nm3 and will be

discharged through a stack of 56 m height for effective dispersion of emissions into the

atmosphere.

All the CREP recommendations will be implemented & followed strictly.

Good House keeping: Good house keeping practices will be maintained in all sections of

the plant.

Energy meters will be provided to all air pollution control systems to ensure effective

operation of the control systems.

Fugitive emissions will be monitored as per CPCB norms.

All air emission control systems will be taken-up for maintenance as per prescribed

schedule and compliance with norms will always be ensured.

Stack monitoring and Ambient air quality checks at regular interval by SPCB will also help

in cross checking the performance of Pollution control systems installed in the plant.

Hence there will not be any adverse impact on near by village due to the proposed project.

b. Wastewater Treatment / disposal proposed

In the existing plant zero effluent discharge is being maintained and similar pattern will

be maintained after expansion also.





11.15

The effluent generated from I/O Beneficiation plant, Pellet plant, DRI plant, Tunnel Kiln,

SMS & Rolling Mill units will be sent to settling tank & will be recycled through closed

circuit cooling system.

Air Cooled condensers will be provided in the power plant, which will be reduce the

water consumption significantly. Hence wastewater generation will also be minimized.

The effluent generated will be in the form of GCP blow down (From MBF), Boiler blow

down, D.M. Plant regeneration water and sanitary water.





development.

Sanitary waste water will be treated in septic tank followed by sub-surface dispersion

trench.

vi. Capital cost of the project, estimated time of completion

The total capital investment of the proposed project is Rs. 550 Crores. The proposed project

will be implemented within 7 years from the date of issue of Environmental Clearance.

Schedule of Implementation of proposed units are furnished in Pg.no. 2.15 of CHAPTER # 2.

vii. Site Selection / Environment Setting within 10 Km. radius.

TABLE NO. 11.7: ENVIRONMENT SETTING WITHIN 10 KM. RADIUS.


1. Type of Land Land converted to Industrial

2. National Park/ Wild life sanctuary /

Biosphere reserve / Tiger Reserve /

Elephant Corridor / migratory routes for

Birds

Nil

3. Historical places / Places of Tourist

importance / Archeological sites

Nil

4. Critically polluted area as per MoEF&CC

Office Memorandum dated 13th January

2010

Nil





11.16


5. Defence Installations Nil

6. Nearest village Devarahalli - 1.3 Kms.

7. Forests Ankasandra RF (6.2 Kms.)

Badavanahalli RF (4.9 Kms.)

Maradiguda RF (7.5 Kms)

Madhugiri R.F (9.5 Kms.)

exists within 10 Km. radius of the plant site.

No forest land is involved in the proposed

project site.

8. Water body A Seasonal Nallah is passing proximate to the

site

DoddaHalla stream (5.0 Kms.)

No River / Stream passes through the site.

9. Nearest Highway NH # 4 (2.0 Kms.) – Tumakuru to Sira Road

10. Nearest Railway Station Nil (Tumakuru R.S – 26 Kms.)

11. Interstate Border Nil (Andhra Pradesh – 20 Kms. )

12. Industries in 10 Km. radius

[TOR # 4 - viii]

Vasanthanarsapura Industrial area is situated

within 10 Km. radius of the project site.

13. R & R There are no habitations in the land earmarked

for the project. Hence no rehabilitation and

resettlement is involved.

14. Litigation / court case is pending against

the proposed project / proposed site and

or any direction passed by the court of law

against the project

Nil

viii. Baseline Environmental Data

Ambient air quality

Ambient air quality was monitored for PM2.5, PM10, SO2, NOx & CO at 8 stations including

project site during October 2015 to December 2015. The following are the concentrations of

various parameters at the monitoring stations:

Parameter Concentration

PM2.5 : 17.1 to 31.4 g/m3

PM10 : 29.6 to 52.3 g/m3

SO2 : 9.5 to 15.9 g/m3

NOX : 9.9 to 17.9 g/m3

CO : 355 to 690 g/m3





11.17

Water Quality

Surface Water Quality

2 no. of Samples are collected from Dodda Halla Stream (5.0 Kms.), 1 no. of sample is

collected from Devarahalli Pond, 1 no. of sample collected from Haldodderi pond and

analyzed for various parameters. There are no other samples collected as no water is

available during study period. The analysis of samples shows that all the parameters are in

accordance with BIS-2296 specifications.

Ground Water Quality

8 No. of ground water samples from open wells / bore wells were collected from the nearby

villages to assess ground water quality impacts and analyzed for various Physico-Chemical

parameters. The analysis of samples shows that all the parameters are in accordance with

BIS: 10500 specifications.

Noise Levels

Noise levels were measured at 8 locations during day time & Night time. The noise levels at

the monitoring stations are ranging from 45.9 dBA to 68.2 dBA.

ix. Identification of hazards

The following are the Possible Risks from the Proposed Expansion Project

TABLE NO. 11.8

POSSIBLE HAZARDS FROM THE PROPOSED EXPANSION PROJECT & MITIGATION MEASURES

Equipment Process Potential Hazard Mitigation


Falling of Hot Mass & Dust

• Ensuring before opening the kiln bottom door, first clean the inner surface of the stack cap, such that the dust particle and hard clinkers which deposited in the cap is fallen into the DSC.

• Ensure before opening the DSC bottom door to check the DSC bar position and condition and to clean if big block of castables or any hard clinkers which is blocking





11.18

the dust flow passage to wet scrapper chute.

• Ensure to clean the dust by opening the man hole provided in the chute and check the spiking rods and the screen. In built safety system is provided in the construction of furnace with suitable refractory walls.

• Allow the wet scrapper to run to remove the sludge, then open the drain pipe of the wet scrapper, which is located at bottom on either side, pour sufficient water to clean the sludge and the slurry dust to flow through drain pipe.

• Ensure to stop the wet scrapper and open the top plate to check the alignment, weak and tear of the plates and take necessary precaution against the excessive worn out plate.


Air emission Adequately designed ESP and other Air Pollution control systems will be provided with interlock to the kiln feeding system in order to prevent by passing of emissions through safety cap and also during non operation of ESP or any other pollution control devices.

MBF

Cranes Lifting of heavy loads at elevated heights

Physical hazard • Area of operation of cranes, elevated platforms should not cross above worker & preassembly areas.

• Material & product handling shall remain within the restricted zone under suspension.

• Regular maintenance & repairing of cranes, electrical and transport equipment

Cooling spray zone & continuous casting

Potential contact with hot metal, hot water

Fatigue & dehydration

• Shield surface where close contact with hot equipment (or) splashing from hot materials is expected.

• Implementation of safety buffer zones to separate areas where hot materials are handled or stored





11.19

temporarily. • implementation of work rotation,

providing regular work breaks, access to cool rest areas with drinking water.

• Use of PPE (insulated gloves, shoes, goggles, protective clothing, etc)

MBF top, casthouse near to tueyer, GCP, Burners of stoves

Uncontrolled combustion of fuel and air mixture

Difficulty in breathing, unconsciousness

• Avoid the formation of explosive mixture by purging the gas main with steam

• Prevent the suction of air in the gas main aked lights must not be used near any de-pressurized gas mains unless the same have been thoroughly purged

• It is prohibited to have source of ignition near gas valves, gas line joints.

• In case of furnace going down for the repair, gas pipes to the furnace should be disconnected wherever possible and water seal on blank plates should be inserted into the mains

Furnace Handling of liquid metal may result in explosion .if humidity is trapped in enclosed spaces

Fire & Explosion hazard

• Ensure complete dryness of materials prior to contact with liquid steel.

• Design will be such that adequate separation of flammable gas, oxygen pipelines, combustible materials and liquids from hot areas, source of ignition such as electrical panels

Induction furnace

IF Converts charge into hot metal

Re-circulating water may come in contact with molten hot metal leading to spurting of metal or under extreme conditions explosion may also occur.

In built safety system is provided in the construction of furnace with suitable refractory walls.





11.20

Charging materials being rusty and moisturized which may lead to spurting of metal

This may occur if raw materials are stored in open. However, raw material in the proposed steel plant will be covered

Presence of oil and grease and other impurities, which may lead to unexpected fires.

Fuel supply into the furnace will be regulated and will be controlled by PLC systems.

Power plant

Turbine Convert pressure in the flue gas into Mechanical Energy

Mechanical & Fire Hazards Noise

Layout of Equipment / Machinery will be in accordance to factory and electrical inspectorate. Acoustic enclosure to Turbine

Generator Convert Mechanical energy into electrical energy

Mechanical & Fire Hazards a) Lube Oil System b) Cable galleries c) Short circuits

Layout of Equipment / Machinery will be in accordance to factory and electrical inspectorate

Noise • Acoustic enclosure • Isolated panel rooms • Special foundation with vibration

absorbers

Power Transformers

---- Fire and explosion Automatic fire fighting system will be provided. Isolated with fencing and restricted entry.

Switch Yard transformer Fire All electrical fittings and cables are provided as per the specified standards. Switch Yard

control room Fire in cable

galleries and switch

Coal storage shed

Storage of coal for 10 days requirement.

Fire and spontaneous combustion

Coal storage yard will be continuously sprinkled with water with garden type sprinklers.

Coal handling bunkers

---- Fire and dust explosions

Continuous water sprinkling

Compressor House

Plant operation Governor failure due to the failure of pins and springs leading to opening of safety valves

The design precautions of safety will be followed in manufacture and erection of compressors.

Coal storage yard Coal dust is combustible

Explosion Hazard • Coal storage shall be minimised • Coal piles shall not be located

above heat sources such as steam





11.21

lines. • motors. • All mechanical & electrical

equipment inside the coal storage area shall be approved for use in hazardous locations and provided with spark proof.

STG, draft fans, soot blowing from boiler, ventillation pipes

Noise generated due to operation of STG, working of fans, ventilation system,

Noise hazard • Acoustic enclosures will be provided to STG.

• Enclose fans, insulating ventilation pipes

• use of dampeners.

HFO storage area LDO storage area FO storage area

MS tanks 1 x 50 m3 1 x 25 m3 2 x 25 m3

Fire & explosion Precautions as per TAC and OISD will be implemented.

Failure of APCS DUST / SMOKE Air emission • Emergency alarm to be given to Villagers.

• Intorlocking system will be provide to APCS.

• Water sprinkling arrangements

Pellet Plant

Raw material storage

Spillage of wet bentonite may lead to slip

Head injury / Broken bones

• Immediate barrier will be placed and warning signage around spillage area

• Training to the workers

Balling & Mixing Dust generation during running of loading circuit

Lung disorders • Personal respiratory equipments will be provided to the workers at work place.

• Exhaust ventilation system will be provided

x. Impact of the project on air, water, land, flora-fauna and nearby population

Zero effluent discharge will be adopted. All the required air pollution control systems will be

provided to comply with KSPCB / CPCB norms. All solid wastes will be disposed / utilized as per

KSPCB / CPCB norms. 33 Acres / 13.35 Ha. of greenbelt will be developed as per guidelines. Hence

there will not be any adverse impact on land environment due to the proposed project.

xi. Emergency preparedness plan

As part of Emergency preparedness plan the following shall be taken care





11.22

Communication systems (including Public Address System)

Emergency Siren

Transport for evacuation of plant personnel

Proving proper Assembly area

First Aid facility including ambulance at site

Fire Fighting and rescue arrangements

Security arrangements

Breathing air sets and facilities for bottling of breathing air.

Laboratory facilities

Fire Alarm System –Heat & Smoke Detectors

Fire Pump House

xii. Issues raised during public hearing and response given

Public Hearing for Proposed expansion of Steel Plant by M/s. Sunvik Steels Pvt. Ltd. was conducted

on 12-09-2017 near premises Sri Rama Devara Temple Community Hall near Project site at

Haldodderi Village, Sira Taluka, Tumkuru District and Karnataka. Management response for the

issues raised during Public Hearing & action plan is furnished in Pg. no. 7.1 of CHAPTER # 7 of EIA

report.

xiii. CER activities with proposed expenditure

SUNVIK STEEL PVT. LTD.will be actively contribute to improve the Socio-economic conditions

of the area by providing assistance for local persons preferable from the nearby villages.

Details of expenditure for CER activities

Total cost of the expansion project : Rs. 550 Crores

Budget earmarked towards CER as per Ministry’s Office Memorandum vide F.No. 22-

65/2017-IA.III dated 1st May 2018.

Work out to : Rs. 4.25 Crores

Spent over in no. of years : 7 years

Detailed break-up of CER budget is furnished in Pg. no. 8.2 of Chapter # 8 of this report.





11.23

xiv. Occupational Health Measures


Proper Designing of building, Work area.

Relaxation facilities to workers with good ventilation & air circulation. This will help in

relieving of thermal stress.

Good Housekeeping practices.

Well engineered ventilation & exhaust system.

Enclosure.

Isolation of specific areas

Enforcement of usage of Personal Protective Devices.

Regular Work Environment Monitoring

Statistical Monitoring

Working hours

Rotation of employees in specific areas to avoid continuous exposure

Frequency of Periodical Examination:

For employees <30 Years once in five years

Between 31-50 Years once in four years

Between 41-50 Years once in two years

Above >50 years once a year

Personal Protective Devices and Measures


Crash helmets


Zero power goggles with cut type filters on both sides and blue color glasses


Ear muffs

Canister gas masks


Leather apron





11.24


Leather hand gloves





Protective clothing etc.

xv. Post project monitoring plan

A comprehensive monitoring programme is given here under.

TABLE NO. 11.9: POST PROJECT ENVIRONMENT MONITORING








Composite sampling (24 hourly)

As per IS: 10500




2. Air Quality


Once in a month

PM PM, SO2 & NOx












interval

Noise levels





12.1

CHAPTER – 12

DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT ENGAGED

[Gen. TOR # 2 (i)]

12.1 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT ENGAGED

PIONEER ENVIRO LABORATORIES & CONSULTANTS PVT. LTD. is QCI-NABET accredited

EIA Consultant, vide certificate No. NABET/ EIA/ 1619/ RA 026 & ISO 9001-2008 certified

company. It is one of the leading Environmental Consultancy organizations in South India

and Chhattisgarh. Established in 1996 PIONEER ENVIRO has an excellent track record of

serving several well-established Group companies across the Country.

PIONEER ENVIRO is a team of professionals in various disciplines such as Environmental

Engineering & Environmental Management. The team is slated to double in next two

years.

Our goals are to provide all of our clients with quality services at a fair, competitive price.

By offering a turnkey service (excepting some specific areas), we can maximize the

efficiency of data collection so that our clients pay one time for similar services. The

technologies deployed at PIONEER ENVIRO are current and leading edge, duly validated.

PIONEER ENVIRO has an exceptional team of Environment professionals. PIONEER

ENVIRO has the expertise to assess the impact of various industrial activities such Coal

Washery, Power Plants, Steel Plants, Distilleries, Cement Plants etc., on the environment.

These assessments will help the industry to install the best Environmental Management

Systems and to maintain the plant in accordance with the norms stipulated for ISO-14001

& ISO-18000. PIONEER ENVIRO services range from site assessments, environmental

audits, environmental impact statements and risk assessments to waste management.

A copy of certificate issued by NABET is shown below.

12





12.2





12.3

Following are some of the services which are PIONEER ENVIRO core competency:

Helping the client to select the suitable site as per the norms of Ministry of

Environment and Forest, Govt. of India and State Pollution Control Boards in India.

Environmental Impact assessment studies carried out as per the guidelines issued

by Ministry of Environment and Forest, Govt. of India and State Pollution Control

Boards in India.

Environment Audits.

Risk Assessment and Disaster Management Studies.

Occupational health & industrial hygiene.

Solid waste management.

Environmental baseline studies covering the fields of ambient Air, Surface water,

Ground water, Soil, Noise and Biological Environment (Flora & Fauna).

Stack Emission Monitoring, Effluent Analysis, Ground water analysis.

Design of Effluent Treatment Plant

Design of Sewage Treatment Plant

Date post:	26-Mar-2020
Category:	Documents
Upload:	others
View:	2 times
Download:	0 times

Sunvik Steels Private...

Documents